Compare commits

..
12 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
Jake.Stine d5f86e26f6 Tagged the 0.9.6 Official Release, in all of its glory.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/tags/0.9.6@684 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-03-05 04:14:30 +00:00
Jake.Stine d1314ca5fe RC: SIO's memcard ejection fix from trunk.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@623 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-27 04:45:09 +00:00
Jake.Stine 99945e0f27 RC: Merged unbroken SPR fix, and set the version number back. ;)
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@613 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-26 12:41:40 +00:00
Jake.Stine b8011af5ea RC: Some important changes didn't get merged right, thanks to TSVN glitches. -_- (it's been a long night)
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@610 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-26 09:55:24 +00:00
Jake.Stine 60b0c5c336 ... see above.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@608 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-26 04:05:06 +00:00
Jake.Stine b8a1d57600 Merged Ref's latest bugfix/opt into RC, after he and cotton finished debating it's validity. (for score keepers: Ref won this one! ;)
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@607 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-26 03:08:32 +00:00
Jake.Stine 4f2e6e3122 Merged all recent bugfixes and stable changes into RC branch. (RC branch still uses the old buildsystem)
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@606 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-26 02:53:33 +00:00
mattmenke 9152925524 LilyPad: Version number updated in rc copy. Refresh device list bug on device insertion/removal fixed. Attempt to resolve potential XInput/DirectInput infighting by deleting DirectInput interfaces to disabled/bindingless DirectInput devices.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@565 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-21 19:41:30 +00:00
ramapcsx2 de68593f4c Rc branch also needed the Tri-Ace gamefix fix :p
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@554 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-20 18:17:05 +00:00
Jake.Stine e714c7a982 Merged some stable bugfixes from r543->548 into rc_0.9.6.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@549 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-20 09:27:12 +00:00
Jake.Stine 46944ebde2 Updated version information displayed in the window title for rc_0.9.6.
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@545 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-20 03:32:10 +00:00
Jake.Stine 49b4cf3b77 New svn branch: Release Candidate for 0.9.6. (designated for bugfix/stability patches in preparation of a proper release to supersede the ageless 0.9.4 -- major code renovations will continue to be applied to /trunk)
git-svn-id: http://pcsx2.googlecode.com/svn/branches/rc_0.9.6@542 96395faa-99c1-11dd-bbfe-3dabce05a288
2009-02-20 02:48:02 +00:00
4916 changed files with 360012 additions and 1378614 deletions
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30128.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<OutDir>$(SvnRootDir)\deps\$(PlatformName)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
<IntDir>$(PlatformName)\$(Configuration)\</IntDir>
<ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>*.bsc;*.idb;*.sbr;*.res;*.pch;*.pdb;*.obj;*.tlb;*.tli;*.tlh;*.tmp;*.rsp;*.pgc;*.pgd;*.meta;$(TargetPath);$(ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean)</ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>$(ProjectDir);%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>__WIN32__;WIN32;_WINDOWS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<StructMemberAlignment>16Bytes</StructMemberAlignment>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<RuntimeTypeInfo>false</RuntimeTypeInfo>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
<CompileAs>Default</CompileAs>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
</Project>
-26
View File
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1250"?>
<VisualStudioPropertySheet
ProjectType="Visual C++"
Version="8.00"
Name="3rdparty"
OutputDirectory="$(SvnRootDir)\deps\$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
DeleteExtensionsOnClean="*.bsc;*.idb;*.sbr;*.res;*.pch;*.pdb;*.obj;*.tlb;*.tli;*.tlh;*.tmp;*.rsp;*.pgc;*.pgd;*.meta;$(TargetPath)"
>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="&quot;$(ProjectDir)&quot;"
PreprocessorDefinitions="__WIN32__;WIN32;_WINDOWS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE"
StructMemberAlignment="5"
EnableFunctionLevelLinking="true"
RuntimeTypeInfo="false"
WarningLevel="3"
DebugInformationFormat="3"
CompileAs="0"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="2"
/>
</VisualStudioPropertySheet>
-28
View File
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30128.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<OutDir>$(SvnRootDir)\deps\$(PlatformName)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
<IntDir>$(PlatformName)\$(Configuration)\</IntDir>
<LinkIncremental>false</LinkIncremental>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>$(ProjectDir);%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>__WIN32__;WIN32;_WINDOWS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<StructMemberAlignment>16Bytes</StructMemberAlignment>
<RuntimeTypeInfo>false</RuntimeTypeInfo>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<OutputFile>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(ProjectName).dll</OutputFile>
<GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
<SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
<ImportLibrary>$(OutDir)$(ProjectName).lib</ImportLibrary>
</Link>
<ResourceCompile>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>$(SvnRootDir)/common/include;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
</ResourceCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
</Project>
-30
View File
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1250"?>
<VisualStudioPropertySheet
ProjectType="Visual C++"
Version="8.00"
Name="3rdpartyDLL"
OutputDirectory="$(SvnRootDir)\deps\$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="&quot;$(ProjectDir)&quot;"
PreprocessorDefinitions="__WIN32__;WIN32;_WINDOWS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE"
StructMemberAlignment="5"
RuntimeTypeInfo="false"
WarningLevel="3"
DebugInformationFormat="3"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLinkerTool"
OutputFile="$(SolutionDir)\bin\$(ProjectName).dll"
LinkIncremental="1"
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
SubSystem="2"
ImportLibrary="$(OutDir)\$(ProjectName).lib"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories="&quot;$(SvnRootDir)/common/include&quot;"
/>
</VisualStudioPropertySheet>
-8
View File
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
# Check that people use the good file
if(NOT TOP_CMAKE_WAS_SOURCED)
message(FATAL_ERROR "
You did not 'cmake' the good CMakeLists.txt file. Use the one in the top dir.
It is advice to delete all wrongly generated cmake stuff => CMakeFiles & CMakeCache.txt")
endif(NOT TOP_CMAKE_WAS_SOURCED)
### 3rd party was dropped
-18
View File
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
<ProjectRootDir>$(ProjectDir)</ProjectRootDir>
<SvnRootDir>$(ProjectRootDir)\..\..</SvnRootDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30128.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<BuildMacro Include="ProjectRootDir">
<Value>$(ProjectRootDir)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
<BuildMacro Include="SvnRootDir">
<Value>$(SvnRootDir)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-15
View File
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
<VisualStudioPropertySheet
ProjectType="Visual C++"
Version="8.00"
Name="DefaultProjectRootDir"
>
<UserMacro
Name="ProjectRootDir"
Value="$(ProjectDir)"
/>
<UserMacro
Name="SvnRootDir"
Value="$(ProjectRootDir)\..\.."
/>
</VisualStudioPropertySheet>
-14435
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-11011
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-1476
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-1247
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-901
View File
@@ -1,901 +0,0 @@
#ifndef __wglext_h_
#define __wglext_h_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
** Copyright (c) 2007-2010 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/* Function declaration macros - to move into glplatform.h */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
#include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef APIENTRY
#define APIENTRY
#endif
#ifndef APIENTRYP
#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
#endif
#ifndef GLAPI
#define GLAPI extern
#endif
/*************************************************************/
/* Header file version number */
/* wglext.h last updated 2010/08/06 */
/* Current version at http://www.opengl.org/registry/ */
#define WGL_WGLEXT_VERSION 22
#ifndef WGL_ARB_buffer_region
#define WGL_FRONT_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000001
#define WGL_BACK_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000002
#define WGL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000004
#define WGL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000008
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_multisample
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2041
#define WGL_SAMPLES_ARB 0x2042
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_extensions_string
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format
#define WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_ARB 0x2000
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_ARB 0x2001
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_ARB 0x2002
#define WGL_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2003
#define WGL_NEED_PALETTE_ARB 0x2004
#define WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_ARB 0x2005
#define WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2006
#define WGL_SWAP_METHOD_ARB 0x2007
#define WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_ARB 0x2008
#define WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_ARB 0x2009
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_ARB 0x200A
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_ARB 0x2037
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_ARB 0x2038
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_ARB 0x2039
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_ARB 0x203A
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_ARB 0x203B
#define WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_ARB 0x200C
#define WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_ARB 0x200D
#define WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_ARB 0x200E
#define WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_ARB 0x200F
#define WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_ARB 0x2010
#define WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_ARB 0x2011
#define WGL_STEREO_ARB 0x2012
#define WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_ARB 0x2013
#define WGL_COLOR_BITS_ARB 0x2014
#define WGL_RED_BITS_ARB 0x2015
#define WGL_RED_SHIFT_ARB 0x2016
#define WGL_GREEN_BITS_ARB 0x2017
#define WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_ARB 0x2018
#define WGL_BLUE_BITS_ARB 0x2019
#define WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_ARB 0x201A
#define WGL_ALPHA_BITS_ARB 0x201B
#define WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_ARB 0x201C
#define WGL_ACCUM_BITS_ARB 0x201D
#define WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_ARB 0x201E
#define WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_ARB 0x201F
#define WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_ARB 0x2020
#define WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_ARB 0x2021
#define WGL_DEPTH_BITS_ARB 0x2022
#define WGL_STENCIL_BITS_ARB 0x2023
#define WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2024
#define WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2025
#define WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2026
#define WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2027
#define WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_ARB 0x2028
#define WGL_SWAP_COPY_ARB 0x2029
#define WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_ARB 0x202A
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_ARB 0x202B
#define WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_ARB 0x202C
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_make_current_read
#define ERROR_INVALID_PIXEL_TYPE_ARB 0x2043
#define ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DEVICE_CONTEXTS_ARB 0x2054
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pbuffer
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_ARB 0x202D
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_ARB 0x202E
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB 0x202F
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB 0x2030
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_ARB 0x2033
#define WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB 0x2034
#define WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB 0x2035
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LOST_ARB 0x2036
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_render_texture
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB 0x2070
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB 0x2071
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT_ARB 0x2072
#define WGL_TEXTURE_TARGET_ARB 0x2073
#define WGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_ARB 0x2074
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB 0x2075
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB 0x2076
#define WGL_NO_TEXTURE_ARB 0x2077
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB 0x2078
#define WGL_TEXTURE_1D_ARB 0x2079
#define WGL_TEXTURE_2D_ARB 0x207A
#define WGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL_ARB 0x207B
#define WGL_CUBE_MAP_FACE_ARB 0x207C
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_ARB 0x207D
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_ARB 0x207E
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_ARB 0x207F
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_ARB 0x2080
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_ARB 0x2081
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_ARB 0x2082
#define WGL_FRONT_LEFT_ARB 0x2083
#define WGL_FRONT_RIGHT_ARB 0x2084
#define WGL_BACK_LEFT_ARB 0x2085
#define WGL_BACK_RIGHT_ARB 0x2086
#define WGL_AUX0_ARB 0x2087
#define WGL_AUX1_ARB 0x2088
#define WGL_AUX2_ARB 0x2089
#define WGL_AUX3_ARB 0x208A
#define WGL_AUX4_ARB 0x208B
#define WGL_AUX5_ARB 0x208C
#define WGL_AUX6_ARB 0x208D
#define WGL_AUX7_ARB 0x208E
#define WGL_AUX8_ARB 0x208F
#define WGL_AUX9_ARB 0x2090
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ARB 0x21A0
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB
#define WGL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_CAPABLE_ARB 0x20A9
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context
#define WGL_CONTEXT_DEBUG_BIT_ARB 0x00000001
#define WGL_CONTEXT_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_BIT_ARB 0x00000002
#define WGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION_ARB 0x2091
#define WGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION_ARB 0x2092
#define WGL_CONTEXT_LAYER_PLANE_ARB 0x2093
#define WGL_CONTEXT_FLAGS_ARB 0x2094
#define ERROR_INVALID_VERSION_ARB 0x2095
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context_profile
#define WGL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK_ARB 0x9126
#define WGL_CONTEXT_CORE_PROFILE_BIT_ARB 0x00000001
#define WGL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT_ARB 0x00000002
#define ERROR_INVALID_PROFILE_ARB 0x2096
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context_robustness
#define WGL_CONTEXT_ROBUST_ACCESS_BIT_ARB 0x00000004
#define WGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_ARB 0x8252
#define WGL_CONTEXT_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_ARB 0x8256
#define WGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_ARB 0x8261
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_make_current_read
#define ERROR_INVALID_PIXEL_TYPE_EXT 0x2043
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pixel_format
#define WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_EXT 0x2000
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_EXT 0x2001
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_EXT 0x2002
#define WGL_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2003
#define WGL_NEED_PALETTE_EXT 0x2004
#define WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_EXT 0x2005
#define WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2006
#define WGL_SWAP_METHOD_EXT 0x2007
#define WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_EXT 0x2008
#define WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_EXT 0x2009
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_EXT 0x200A
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_VALUE_EXT 0x200B
#define WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_EXT 0x200C
#define WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_EXT 0x200D
#define WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_EXT 0x200E
#define WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_EXT 0x200F
#define WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_EXT 0x2010
#define WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_EXT 0x2011
#define WGL_STEREO_EXT 0x2012
#define WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_EXT 0x2013
#define WGL_COLOR_BITS_EXT 0x2014
#define WGL_RED_BITS_EXT 0x2015
#define WGL_RED_SHIFT_EXT 0x2016
#define WGL_GREEN_BITS_EXT 0x2017
#define WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_EXT 0x2018
#define WGL_BLUE_BITS_EXT 0x2019
#define WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_EXT 0x201A
#define WGL_ALPHA_BITS_EXT 0x201B
#define WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_EXT 0x201C
#define WGL_ACCUM_BITS_EXT 0x201D
#define WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_EXT 0x201E
#define WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_EXT 0x201F
#define WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_EXT 0x2020
#define WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_EXT 0x2021
#define WGL_DEPTH_BITS_EXT 0x2022
#define WGL_STENCIL_BITS_EXT 0x2023
#define WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2024
#define WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2025
#define WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2026
#define WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2027
#define WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_EXT 0x2028
#define WGL_SWAP_COPY_EXT 0x2029
#define WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_EXT 0x202A
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_EXT 0x202B
#define WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_EXT 0x202C
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pbuffer
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_EXT 0x202D
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_EXT 0x202E
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x202F
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2030
#define WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x2031
#define WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2032
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_EXT 0x2033
#define WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x2034
#define WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2035
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_depth_float
#define WGL_DEPTH_FLOAT_EXT 0x2040
#endif
#ifndef WGL_3DFX_multisample
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_3DFX 0x2060
#define WGL_SAMPLES_3DFX 0x2061
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_multisample
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2041
#define WGL_SAMPLES_EXT 0x2042
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_digital_video_control
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_FRAMEBUFFER_I3D 0x2050
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_VALUE_I3D 0x2051
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_INCLUDED_I3D 0x2052
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_GAMMA_CORRECTED_I3D 0x2053
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_gamma
#define WGL_GAMMA_TABLE_SIZE_I3D 0x204E
#define WGL_GAMMA_EXCLUDE_DESKTOP_I3D 0x204F
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_genlock
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_MULTIVIEW_I3D 0x2044
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTENAL_SYNC_I3D 0x2045
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTENAL_FIELD_I3D 0x2046
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTENAL_TTL_I3D 0x2047
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_SYNC_I3D 0x2048
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_FIELD_I3D 0x2049
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_FALLING_I3D 0x204A
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_RISING_I3D 0x204B
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_BOTH_I3D 0x204C
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_image_buffer
#define WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_MIN_ACCESS_I3D 0x00000001
#define WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_LOCK_I3D 0x00000002
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_render_depth_texture
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_DEPTH_NV 0x20A3
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_DEPTH_NV 0x20A4
#define WGL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_FORMAT_NV 0x20A5
#define WGL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_COMPONENT_NV 0x20A6
#define WGL_DEPTH_COMPONENT_NV 0x20A7
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGB_NV 0x20A0
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGBA_NV 0x20A1
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x20A2
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ATI 0x21A0
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_float_buffer
#define WGL_FLOAT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x20B0
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_R_NV 0x20B1
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RG_NV 0x20B2
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGB_NV 0x20B3
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV 0x20B4
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_R_NV 0x20B5
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RG_NV 0x20B6
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGB_NV 0x20B7
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV 0x20B8
#endif
#ifndef WGL_3DL_stereo_control
#define WGL_STEREO_EMITTER_ENABLE_3DL 0x2055
#define WGL_STEREO_EMITTER_DISABLE_3DL 0x2056
#define WGL_STEREO_POLARITY_NORMAL_3DL 0x2057
#define WGL_STEREO_POLARITY_INVERT_3DL 0x2058
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pixel_format_packed_float
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_UNSIGNED_FLOAT_EXT 0x20A8
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB
#define WGL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_CAPABLE_EXT 0x20A9
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_present_video
#define WGL_NUM_VIDEO_SLOTS_NV 0x20F0
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_out
#define WGL_BIND_TO_VIDEO_RGB_NV 0x20C0
#define WGL_BIND_TO_VIDEO_RGBA_NV 0x20C1
#define WGL_BIND_TO_VIDEO_RGB_AND_DEPTH_NV 0x20C2
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_COLOR_NV 0x20C3
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_ALPHA_NV 0x20C4
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_DEPTH_NV 0x20C5
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_COLOR_AND_ALPHA_NV 0x20C6
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_COLOR_AND_DEPTH_NV 0x20C7
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_FRAME 0x20C8
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_FIELD_1 0x20C9
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_FIELD_2 0x20CA
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_STACKED_FIELDS_1_2 0x20CB
#define WGL_VIDEO_OUT_STACKED_FIELDS_2_1 0x20CC
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_swap_group
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_gpu_affinity
#define WGL_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_AFFINITY_MASKS_NV 0x20D0
#define WGL_ERROR_MISSING_AFFINITY_MASK_NV 0x20D1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_AMD_gpu_association
#define WGL_GPU_VENDOR_AMD 0x1F00
#define WGL_GPU_RENDERER_STRING_AMD 0x1F01
#define WGL_GPU_OPENGL_VERSION_STRING_AMD 0x1F02
#define WGL_GPU_FASTEST_TARGET_GPUS_AMD 0x21A2
#define WGL_GPU_RAM_AMD 0x21A3
#define WGL_GPU_CLOCK_AMD 0x21A4
#define WGL_GPU_NUM_PIPES_AMD 0x21A5
#define WGL_GPU_NUM_SIMD_AMD 0x21A6
#define WGL_GPU_NUM_RB_AMD 0x21A7
#define WGL_GPU_NUM_SPI_AMD 0x21A8
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_capture
#define WGL_UNIQUE_ID_NV 0x20CE
#define WGL_NUM_VIDEO_CAPTURE_SLOTS_NV 0x20CF
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_copy_image
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_multisample_coverage
#define WGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLES_NV 0x2042
#define WGL_COLOR_SAMPLES_NV 0x20B9
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_create_context_es2_profile
#define WGL_CONTEXT_ES2_PROFILE_BIT_EXT 0x00000004
#endif
/*************************************************************/
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pbuffer
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPBUFFERARB);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pbuffer
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPBUFFEREXT);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_present_video
DECLARE_HANDLE(HVIDEOOUTPUTDEVICENV);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_output
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPVIDEODEV);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_gpu_affinity
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPGPUNV);
DECLARE_HANDLE(HGPUNV);
typedef struct _GPU_DEVICE {
DWORD cb;
CHAR DeviceName[32];
CHAR DeviceString[128];
DWORD Flags;
RECT rcVirtualScreen;
} GPU_DEVICE, *PGPU_DEVICE;
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_capture
DECLARE_HANDLE(HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_buffer_region
#define WGL_ARB_buffer_region 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern HANDLE WINAPI wglCreateBufferRegionARB (HDC hDC, int iLayerPlane, UINT uType);
extern VOID WINAPI wglDeleteBufferRegionARB (HANDLE hRegion);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSaveBufferRegionARB (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglRestoreBufferRegionARB (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height, int xSrc, int ySrc);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef HANDLE (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HDC hDC, int iLayerPlane, UINT uType);
typedef VOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLDELETEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSAVEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRESTOREBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height, int xSrc, int ySrc);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_multisample
#define WGL_ARB_multisample 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_extensions_string
#define WGL_ARB_extensions_string 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern const char * WINAPI wglGetExtensionsStringARB (HDC hdc);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef const char * (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGARBPROC) (HDC hdc);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format
#define WGL_ARB_pixel_format 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int *piAttributes, int *piValues);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int *piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglChoosePixelFormatARB (HDC hdc, const int *piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVARBPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int *piAttributes, int *piValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVARBPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int *piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATARBPROC) (HDC hdc, const int *piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_make_current_read
#define WGL_ARB_make_current_read 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglMakeContextCurrentARB (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
extern HDC WINAPI wglGetCurrentReadDCARB (void);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTARBPROC) (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCARBPROC) (void);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pbuffer
#define WGL_ARB_pbuffer 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern HPBUFFERARB WINAPI wglCreatePbufferARB (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int *piAttribList);
extern HDC WINAPI wglGetPbufferDCARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
extern int WINAPI wglReleasePbufferDCARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDestroyPbufferARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryPbufferARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef HPBUFFERARB (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFERARBPROC) (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int *piAttribList);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFERARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFERARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_render_texture
#define WGL_ARB_render_texture 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBindTexImageARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglReleaseTexImageARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSetPbufferAttribARB (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, const int *piAttribList);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDTEXIMAGEARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASETEXIMAGEARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETPBUFFERATTRIBARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, const int *piAttribList);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB
#define WGL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context
#define WGL_ARB_create_context 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern HGLRC WINAPI wglCreateContextAttribsARB (HDC hDC, HGLRC hShareContext, const int *attribList);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef HGLRC (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATECONTEXTATTRIBSARBPROC) (HDC hDC, HGLRC hShareContext, const int *attribList);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context_profile
#define WGL_ARB_create_context_profile 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ARB_create_context_robustness
#define WGL_ARB_create_context_robustness 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_display_color_table
#define WGL_EXT_display_color_table 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern GLboolean WINAPI wglCreateDisplayColorTableEXT (GLushort id);
extern GLboolean WINAPI wglLoadDisplayColorTableEXT (const GLushort *table, GLuint length);
extern GLboolean WINAPI wglBindDisplayColorTableEXT (GLushort id);
extern VOID WINAPI wglDestroyDisplayColorTableEXT (GLushort id);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLLOADDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (const GLushort *table, GLuint length);
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
typedef VOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_extensions_string
#define WGL_EXT_extensions_string 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern const char * WINAPI wglGetExtensionsStringEXT (void);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef const char * (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGEXTPROC) (void);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_make_current_read
#define WGL_EXT_make_current_read 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglMakeContextCurrentEXT (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
extern HDC WINAPI wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT (void);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTEXTPROC) (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCEXTPROC) (void);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pbuffer
#define WGL_EXT_pbuffer 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern HPBUFFEREXT WINAPI wglCreatePbufferEXT (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int *piAttribList);
extern HDC WINAPI wglGetPbufferDCEXT (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
extern int WINAPI wglReleasePbufferDCEXT (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDestroyPbufferEXT (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryPbufferEXT (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef HPBUFFEREXT (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int *piAttribList);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCEXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCEXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pixel_format
#define WGL_EXT_pixel_format 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int *piAttributes, int *piValues);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int *piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglChoosePixelFormatEXT (HDC hdc, const int *piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int *piAttributes, int *piValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int *piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, const int *piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_swap_control
#define WGL_EXT_swap_control 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSwapIntervalEXT (int interval);
extern int WINAPI wglGetSwapIntervalEXT (void);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC) (int interval);
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC) (void);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_depth_float
#define WGL_EXT_depth_float 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_vertex_array_range
#define WGL_NV_vertex_array_range 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern void* WINAPI wglAllocateMemoryNV (GLsizei size, GLfloat readfreq, GLfloat writefreq, GLfloat priority);
extern void WINAPI wglFreeMemoryNV (void *pointer);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef void* (WINAPI * PFNWGLALLOCATEMEMORYNVPROC) (GLsizei size, GLfloat readfreq, GLfloat writefreq, GLfloat priority);
typedef void (WINAPI * PFNWGLFREEMEMORYNVPROC) (void *pointer);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_3DFX_multisample
#define WGL_3DFX_multisample 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_multisample
#define WGL_EXT_multisample 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_OML_sync_control
#define WGL_OML_sync_control 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetSyncValuesOML (HDC hdc, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetMscRateOML (HDC hdc, INT32 *numerator, INT32 *denominator);
extern INT64 WINAPI wglSwapBuffersMscOML (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
extern INT64 WINAPI wglSwapLayerBuffersMscOML (HDC hdc, int fuPlanes, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglWaitForMscOML (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglWaitForSbcOML (HDC hdc, INT64 target_sbc, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETSYNCVALUESOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETMSCRATEOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT32 *numerator, INT32 *denominator);
typedef INT64 (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
typedef INT64 (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPLAYERBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, int fuPlanes, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLWAITFORMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLWAITFORSBCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_sbc, INT64 *ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_digital_video_control
#define WGL_I3D_digital_video_control 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int *piValue);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int *piValue);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_gamma
#define WGL_I3D_gamma 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int *piValue);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGammaTableI3D (HDC hDC, int iEntries, USHORT *puRed, USHORT *puGreen, USHORT *puBlue);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSetGammaTableI3D (HDC hDC, int iEntries, const USHORT *puRed, const USHORT *puGreen, const USHORT *puBlue);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int *piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iEntries, USHORT *puRed, USHORT *puGreen, USHORT *puBlue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iEntries, const USHORT *puRed, const USHORT *puGreen, const USHORT *puBlue);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_genlock
#define WGL_I3D_genlock 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEnableGenlockI3D (HDC hDC);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDisableGenlockI3D (HDC hDC);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D (HDC hDC, BOOL *pFlag);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGenlockSourceI3D (HDC hDC, UINT uSource);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGenlockSourceI3D (HDC hDC, UINT *uSource);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D (HDC hDC, UINT uEdge);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D (HDC hDC, UINT *uEdge);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGenlockSampleRateI3D (HDC hDC, UINT uRate);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D (HDC hDC, UINT *uRate);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D (HDC hDC, UINT uDelay);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D (HDC hDC, UINT *uDelay);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D (HDC hDC, UINT *uMaxLineDelay, UINT *uMaxPixelDelay);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDISABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLISENABLEDGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, BOOL *pFlag);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uSource);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT *uSource);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uEdge);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT *uEdge);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uRate);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT *uRate);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uDelay);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT *uDelay);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYGENLOCKMAXSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT *uMaxLineDelay, UINT *uMaxPixelDelay);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_image_buffer
#define WGL_I3D_image_buffer 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern LPVOID WINAPI wglCreateImageBufferI3D (HDC hDC, DWORD dwSize, UINT uFlags);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDestroyImageBufferI3D (HDC hDC, LPVOID pAddress);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D (HDC hDC, const HANDLE *pEvent, const LPVOID *pAddress, const DWORD *pSize, UINT count);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D (HDC hDC, const LPVOID *pAddress, UINT count);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef LPVOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, DWORD dwSize, UINT uFlags);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, LPVOID pAddress);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLASSOCIATEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, const HANDLE *pEvent, const LPVOID *pAddress, const DWORD *pSize, UINT count);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, const LPVOID *pAddress, UINT count);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock
#define WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEnableFrameLockI3D (void);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDisableFrameLockI3D (void);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D (BOOL *pFlag);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D (BOOL *pFlag);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDISABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLISENABLEDFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (BOOL *pFlag);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYFRAMELOCKMASTERI3DPROC) (BOOL *pFlag);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage
#define WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetFrameUsageI3D (float *pUsage);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D (void);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEndFrameTrackingI3D (void);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D (DWORD *pFrameCount, DWORD *pMissedFrames, float *pLastMissedUsage);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETFRAMEUSAGEI3DPROC) (float *pUsage);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBEGINFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENDFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (DWORD *pFrameCount, DWORD *pMissedFrames, float *pLastMissedUsage);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_float_buffer
#define WGL_NV_float_buffer 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_3DL_stereo_control
#define WGL_3DL_stereo_control 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSetStereoEmitterState3DL (HDC hDC, UINT uState);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETSTEREOEMITTERSTATE3DLPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uState);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pixel_format_packed_float
#define WGL_EXT_pixel_format_packed_float 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB
#define WGL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB 1
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_present_video
#define WGL_NV_present_video 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern int WINAPI wglEnumerateVideoDevicesNV (HDC hDC, HVIDEOOUTPUTDEVICENV *phDeviceList);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBindVideoDeviceNV (HDC hDC, unsigned int uVideoSlot, HVIDEOOUTPUTDEVICENV hVideoDevice, const int *piAttribList);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryCurrentContextNV (int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLENUMERATEVIDEODEVICESNVPROC) (HDC hDC, HVIDEOOUTPUTDEVICENV *phDeviceList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDVIDEODEVICENVPROC) (HDC hDC, unsigned int uVideoSlot, HVIDEOOUTPUTDEVICENV hVideoDevice, const int *piAttribList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYCURRENTCONTEXTNVPROC) (int iAttribute, int *piValue);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_output
#define WGL_NV_video_output 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetVideoDeviceNV (HDC hDC, int numDevices, HPVIDEODEV *hVideoDevice);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglReleaseVideoDeviceNV (HPVIDEODEV hVideoDevice);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBindVideoImageNV (HPVIDEODEV hVideoDevice, HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iVideoBuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglReleaseVideoImageNV (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iVideoBuffer);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglSendPbufferToVideoNV (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBufferType, unsigned long *pulCounterPbuffer, BOOL bBlock);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglGetVideoInfoNV (HPVIDEODEV hpVideoDevice, unsigned long *pulCounterOutputPbuffer, unsigned long *pulCounterOutputVideo);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETVIDEODEVICENVPROC) (HDC hDC, int numDevices, HPVIDEODEV *hVideoDevice);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEVIDEODEVICENVPROC) (HPVIDEODEV hVideoDevice);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDVIDEOIMAGENVPROC) (HPVIDEODEV hVideoDevice, HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iVideoBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEVIDEOIMAGENVPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iVideoBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSENDPBUFFERTOVIDEONVPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBufferType, unsigned long *pulCounterPbuffer, BOOL bBlock);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETVIDEOINFONVPROC) (HPVIDEODEV hpVideoDevice, unsigned long *pulCounterOutputPbuffer, unsigned long *pulCounterOutputVideo);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_swap_group
#define WGL_NV_swap_group 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglJoinSwapGroupNV (HDC hDC, GLuint group);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBindSwapBarrierNV (GLuint group, GLuint barrier);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQuerySwapGroupNV (HDC hDC, GLuint *group, GLuint *barrier);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryMaxSwapGroupsNV (HDC hDC, GLuint *maxGroups, GLuint *maxBarriers);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryFrameCountNV (HDC hDC, GLuint *count);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglResetFrameCountNV (HDC hDC);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLJOINSWAPGROUPNVPROC) (HDC hDC, GLuint group);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDSWAPBARRIERNVPROC) (GLuint group, GLuint barrier);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYSWAPGROUPNVPROC) (HDC hDC, GLuint *group, GLuint *barrier);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYMAXSWAPGROUPSNVPROC) (HDC hDC, GLuint *maxGroups, GLuint *maxBarriers);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYFRAMECOUNTNVPROC) (HDC hDC, GLuint *count);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRESETFRAMECOUNTNVPROC) (HDC hDC);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_gpu_affinity
#define WGL_NV_gpu_affinity 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEnumGpusNV (UINT iGpuIndex, HGPUNV *phGpu);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEnumGpuDevicesNV (HGPUNV hGpu, UINT iDeviceIndex, PGPU_DEVICE lpGpuDevice);
extern HDC WINAPI wglCreateAffinityDCNV (const HGPUNV *phGpuList);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglEnumGpusFromAffinityDCNV (HDC hAffinityDC, UINT iGpuIndex, HGPUNV *hGpu);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDeleteDCNV (HDC hdc);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENUMGPUSNVPROC) (UINT iGpuIndex, HGPUNV *phGpu);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENUMGPUDEVICESNVPROC) (HGPUNV hGpu, UINT iDeviceIndex, PGPU_DEVICE lpGpuDevice);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEAFFINITYDCNVPROC) (const HGPUNV *phGpuList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENUMGPUSFROMAFFINITYDCNVPROC) (HDC hAffinityDC, UINT iGpuIndex, HGPUNV *hGpu);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDELETEDCNVPROC) (HDC hdc);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_AMD_gpu_association
#define WGL_AMD_gpu_association 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern UINT WINAPI wglGetGPUIDsAMD (UINT maxCount, UINT *ids);
extern INT WINAPI wglGetGPUInfoAMD (UINT id, int property, GLenum dataType, UINT size, void *data);
extern UINT WINAPI wglGetContextGPUIDAMD (HGLRC hglrc);
extern HGLRC WINAPI wglCreateAssociatedContextAMD (UINT id);
extern HGLRC WINAPI wglCreateAssociatedContextAttribsAMD (UINT id, HGLRC hShareContext, const int *attribList);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglDeleteAssociatedContextAMD (HGLRC hglrc);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglMakeAssociatedContextCurrentAMD (HGLRC hglrc);
extern HGLRC WINAPI wglGetCurrentAssociatedContextAMD (void);
extern VOID WINAPI wglBlitContextFramebufferAMD (HGLRC dstCtx, GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef UINT (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGPUIDSAMDPROC) (UINT maxCount, UINT *ids);
typedef INT (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGPUINFOAMDPROC) (UINT id, int property, GLenum dataType, UINT size, void *data);
typedef UINT (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCONTEXTGPUIDAMDPROC) (HGLRC hglrc);
typedef HGLRC (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEASSOCIATEDCONTEXTAMDPROC) (UINT id);
typedef HGLRC (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEASSOCIATEDCONTEXTATTRIBSAMDPROC) (UINT id, HGLRC hShareContext, const int *attribList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDELETEASSOCIATEDCONTEXTAMDPROC) (HGLRC hglrc);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLMAKEASSOCIATEDCONTEXTCURRENTAMDPROC) (HGLRC hglrc);
typedef HGLRC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCURRENTASSOCIATEDCONTEXTAMDPROC) (void);
typedef VOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLBLITCONTEXTFRAMEBUFFERAMDPROC) (HGLRC dstCtx, GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_video_capture
#define WGL_NV_video_capture 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglBindVideoCaptureDeviceNV (UINT uVideoSlot, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
extern UINT WINAPI wglEnumerateVideoCaptureDevicesNV (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV *phDeviceList);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglLockVideoCaptureDeviceNV (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglQueryVideoCaptureDeviceNV (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
extern BOOL WINAPI wglReleaseVideoCaptureDeviceNV (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDVIDEOCAPTUREDEVICENVPROC) (UINT uVideoSlot, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
typedef UINT (WINAPI * PFNWGLENUMERATEVIDEOCAPTUREDEVICESNVPROC) (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV *phDeviceList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLLOCKVIDEOCAPTUREDEVICENVPROC) (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYVIDEOCAPTUREDEVICENVPROC) (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice, int iAttribute, int *piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEVIDEOCAPTUREDEVICENVPROC) (HDC hDc, HVIDEOINPUTDEVICENV hDevice);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_copy_image
#define WGL_NV_copy_image 1
#ifdef WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES
extern BOOL WINAPI wglCopyImageSubDataNV (HGLRC hSrcRC, GLuint srcName, GLenum srcTarget, GLint srcLevel, GLint srcX, GLint srcY, GLint srcZ, HGLRC hDstRC, GLuint dstName, GLenum dstTarget, GLint dstLevel, GLint dstX, GLint dstY, GLint dstZ, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth);
#endif /* WGL_WGLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLCOPYIMAGESUBDATANVPROC) (HGLRC hSrcRC, GLuint srcName, GLenum srcTarget, GLint srcLevel, GLint srcX, GLint srcY, GLint srcZ, HGLRC hDstRC, GLuint dstName, GLenum dstTarget, GLint dstLevel, GLint dstX, GLint dstY, GLint dstZ, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth);
#endif
#ifndef WGL_NV_multisample_coverage
#define WGL_NV_multisample_coverage 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
-349
View File
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Win32 version of the AMD 3DNow! optimized routines for AMD K6-2/Athlon
/// processors. All 3DNow! optimized functions have been gathered into this
/// single source code file, regardless to their class or original source code
/// file, in order to ease porting the library to other compiler and processor
/// platforms.
///
/// By the way; the performance gain depends heavily on the CPU generation: On
/// K6-2 these routines provided speed-up of even 2.4 times, while on Athlon the
/// difference to the original routines stayed at unremarkable 8%! Such a small
/// improvement on Athlon is due to 3DNow can perform only two operations in
/// parallel, and obviously also the Athlon FPU is doing a very good job with
/// the standard C floating point routines! Here these routines are anyway,
/// although it might not be worth the effort to convert these to GCC platform,
/// for Athlon CPU at least. The situation is different regarding the SSE
/// optimizations though, thanks to the four parallel operations of SSE that
/// already make a difference.
///
/// This file is to be compiled in Windows platform with Microsoft Visual C++
/// Compiler. Please see '3dnow_gcc.cpp' for the gcc compiler version for all
/// GNU platforms (if file supplied).
///
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support 3DNow! instruction set. The update is
/// available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
///
/// If the above URL is expired or removed, go to "http://msdn.microsoft.com" and
/// perform a search with keywords "processor pack".
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-02-21 18:00:14 +0200 (Sat, 21 Feb 2009) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: 3dnow_win.cpp 63 2009-02-21 16:00:14Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
#ifndef WIN32
#error "wrong platform - this source code file is exclusively for Win32 platform"
#endif
using namespace soundtouch;
#ifdef ALLOW_3DNOW
// 3DNow! routines available only with float sample type
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of 3DNow! optimized functions of class 'TDStretch3DNow'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "TDStretch.h"
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
double TDStretch3DNow::calcCrossCorrStereo(const float *pV1, const float *pV2) const
{
int overlapLengthLocal = overlapLength;
float corr = 0;
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
/*
c-pseudocode:
corr = 0;
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength / 4; i ++)
{
corr += pV1[0] * pV2[0];
pV1[1] * pV2[1];
pV1[2] * pV2[2];
pV1[3] * pV2[3];
pV1[4] * pV2[4];
pV1[5] * pV2[5];
pV1[6] * pV2[6];
pV1[7] * pV2[7];
pV1 += 8;
pV2 += 8;
}
*/
_asm
{
// give prefetch hints to CPU of what data are to be needed soonish.
// give more aggressive hints on pV1 as that changes more between different calls
// while pV2 stays the same.
prefetch [pV1]
prefetch [pV2]
prefetch [pV1 + 32]
mov eax, dword ptr pV2
mov ebx, dword ptr pV1
pxor mm0, mm0
mov ecx, overlapLengthLocal
shr ecx, 2 // div by four
loop1:
movq mm1, [eax]
prefetch [eax + 32] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
pfmul mm1, [ebx]
prefetch [ebx + 64] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
movq mm2, [eax + 8]
pfadd mm0, mm1
pfmul mm2, [ebx + 8]
movq mm3, [eax + 16]
pfadd mm0, mm2
pfmul mm3, [ebx + 16]
movq mm4, [eax + 24]
pfadd mm0, mm3
pfmul mm4, [ebx + 24]
add eax, 32
pfadd mm0, mm4
add ebx, 32
dec ecx
jnz loop1
// add halfs of mm0 together and return the result.
// note: mm1 is used as a dummy parameter only, we actually don't care about it's value
pfacc mm0, mm1
movd corr, mm0
femms
}
return corr;
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of 3DNow! optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "FIRFilter.h"
FIRFilter3DNow::FIRFilter3DNow() : FIRFilter()
{
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
}
FIRFilter3DNow::~FIRFilter3DNow()
{
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
}
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for 3DNow! routine
void FIRFilter3DNow::setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
{
uint i;
float fDivider;
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
// Scale the filter coefficients so that it won't be necessary to scale the filtering result
// also rearrange coefficients suitably for 3DNow!
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
filterCoeffsUnalign = new float[2 * newLength + 4];
filterCoeffsAlign = (float *)(((uint)filterCoeffsUnalign + 15) & (uint)-16);
fDivider = (float)resultDivider;
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
for (i = 0; i < newLength; i ++)
{
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] =
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 0] / fDivider;
}
}
// 3DNow!-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
uint FIRFilter3DNow::evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *src, uint numSamples) const
{
float *filterCoeffsLocal = filterCoeffsAlign;
uint count = (numSamples - length) & (uint)-2;
uint lengthLocal = length / 4;
assert(length != 0);
assert(count % 2 == 0);
/* original code:
double suml1, suml2;
double sumr1, sumr2;
uint i, j;
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
{
const float *ptr;
suml1 = sumr1 = 0.0;
suml2 = sumr2 = 0.0;
ptr = src;
filterCoeffsLocal = filterCoeffs;
for (i = 0; i < lengthLocal; i ++)
{
// unroll loop for efficiency.
suml1 += ptr[0] * filterCoeffsLocal[0] +
ptr[2] * filterCoeffsLocal[2] +
ptr[4] * filterCoeffsLocal[4] +
ptr[6] * filterCoeffsLocal[6];
sumr1 += ptr[1] * filterCoeffsLocal[1] +
ptr[3] * filterCoeffsLocal[3] +
ptr[5] * filterCoeffsLocal[5] +
ptr[7] * filterCoeffsLocal[7];
suml2 += ptr[8] * filterCoeffsLocal[0] +
ptr[10] * filterCoeffsLocal[2] +
ptr[12] * filterCoeffsLocal[4] +
ptr[14] * filterCoeffsLocal[6];
sumr2 += ptr[9] * filterCoeffsLocal[1] +
ptr[11] * filterCoeffsLocal[3] +
ptr[13] * filterCoeffsLocal[5] +
ptr[15] * filterCoeffsLocal[7];
ptr += 16;
filterCoeffsLocal += 8;
}
dest[0] = (float)suml1;
dest[1] = (float)sumr1;
dest[2] = (float)suml2;
dest[3] = (float)sumr2;
src += 4;
dest += 4;
}
*/
_asm
{
mov eax, dword ptr dest
mov ebx, dword ptr src
mov edx, count
shr edx, 1
loop1:
// "outer loop" : during each round 2*2 output samples are calculated
prefetch [ebx] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
prefetch [filterCoeffsLocal] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
mov esi, ebx
mov edi, filterCoeffsLocal
pxor mm0, mm0
pxor mm1, mm1
mov ecx, lengthLocal
loop2:
// "inner loop" : during each round four FIR filter taps are evaluated for 2*2 output samples
movq mm2, [edi]
movq mm3, mm2
prefetch [edi + 32] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
pfmul mm2, [esi]
prefetch [esi + 32] // give a prefetch hint to CPU what data are to be needed soonish
pfmul mm3, [esi + 8]
movq mm4, [edi + 8]
movq mm5, mm4
pfadd mm0, mm2
pfmul mm4, [esi + 8]
pfadd mm1, mm3
pfmul mm5, [esi + 16]
movq mm2, [edi + 16]
movq mm6, mm2
pfadd mm0, mm4
pfmul mm2, [esi + 16]
pfadd mm1, mm5
pfmul mm6, [esi + 24]
movq mm3, [edi + 24]
movq mm7, mm3
pfadd mm0, mm2
pfmul mm3, [esi + 24]
pfadd mm1, mm6
pfmul mm7, [esi + 32]
add esi, 32
pfadd mm0, mm3
add edi, 32
pfadd mm1, mm7
dec ecx
jnz loop2
movq [eax], mm0
add ebx, 16
movq [eax + 8], mm1
add eax, 16
dec edx
jnz loop1
femms
}
return count;
}
#endif // ALLOW_3DNOW
-184
View File
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// FIR low-pass (anti-alias) filter with filter coefficient design routine and
/// MMX optimization.
///
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-01-11 09:34:24 -0200 (dom, 11 jan 2009) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: AAFilter.cpp 45 2009-01-11 11:34:24Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <memory.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "AAFilter.h"
#include "FIRFilter.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
#define PI 3.141592655357989
#define TWOPI (2 * PI)
/*****************************************************************************
*
* Implementation of the class 'AAFilter'
*
*****************************************************************************/
AAFilter::AAFilter(uint len)
{
pFIR = FIRFilter::newInstance();
cutoffFreq = 0.5;
setLength(len);
}
AAFilter::~AAFilter()
{
delete pFIR;
}
// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to
// sampling frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5).
// The filter will cut frequencies higher than the given frequency.
void AAFilter::setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq)
{
cutoffFreq = newCutoffFreq;
calculateCoeffs();
}
// Sets number of FIR filter taps
void AAFilter::setLength(uint newLength)
{
length = newLength;
calculateCoeffs();
}
// Calculates coefficients for a low-pass FIR filter using Hamming window
void AAFilter::calculateCoeffs()
{
uint i;
double cntTemp, temp, tempCoeff,h, w;
double fc2, wc;
double scaleCoeff, sum;
double *work;
SAMPLETYPE *coeffs;
assert(length >= 2);
assert(length % 4 == 0);
assert(cutoffFreq >= 0);
assert(cutoffFreq <= 0.5);
work = new double[length];
coeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
fc2 = 2.0 * cutoffFreq;
wc = PI * fc2;
tempCoeff = TWOPI / (double)length;
sum = 0;
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
{
cntTemp = (double)i - (double)(length / 2);
temp = cntTemp * wc;
if (temp != 0)
{
h = fc2 * sin(temp) / temp; // sinc function
}
else
{
h = 1.0;
}
w = 0.54 + 0.46 * cos(tempCoeff * cntTemp); // hamming window
temp = w * h;
work[i] = temp;
// calc net sum of coefficients
sum += temp;
}
// ensure the sum of coefficients is larger than zero
assert(sum > 0);
// ensure we've really designed a lowpass filter...
assert(work[length/2] > 0);
assert(work[length/2 + 1] > -1e-6);
assert(work[length/2 - 1] > -1e-6);
// Calculate a scaling coefficient in such a way that the result can be
// divided by 16384
scaleCoeff = 16384.0f / sum;
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
{
// scale & round to nearest integer
temp = work[i] * scaleCoeff;
temp += (temp >= 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5;
// ensure no overfloods
assert(temp >= -32768 && temp <= 32767);
coeffs[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)temp;
}
// Set coefficients. Use divide factor 14 => divide result by 2^14 = 16384
pFIR->setCoefficients(coeffs, length, 14);
delete[] work;
delete[] coeffs;
}
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
uint AAFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
{
return pFIR->evaluate(dest, src, numSamples, numChannels);
}
uint AAFilter::getLength() const
{
return pFIR->getLength();
}
-91
View File
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
///
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 14:26:55 -0200 (dom, 10 fev 2008) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: AAFilter.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef AAFilter_H
#define AAFilter_H
#include "STTypes.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
class AAFilter
{
protected:
class FIRFilter *pFIR;
/// Low-pass filter cut-off frequency, negative = invalid
double cutoffFreq;
/// num of filter taps
uint length;
/// Calculate the FIR coefficients realizing the given cutoff-frequency
void calculateCoeffs();
public:
AAFilter(uint length);
~AAFilter();
/// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to sampling
/// frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5). The filter will cut off the
/// frequencies than that.
void setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq);
/// Sets number of FIR filter taps, i.e. ~filter complexity
void setLength(uint newLength);
uint getLength() const;
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples,
uint numChannels) const;
};
}
#endif
-370
View File
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
///
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
/// - Inputted sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
/// leave only notable peaks there.
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 16:45:25 -0300 (qui, 30 ago 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: BPMDetect.cpp 149 2012-08-30 19:45:25Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <math.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
#include "PeakFinder.h"
#include "BPMDetect.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
#define INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES 2048
#define DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES 256
/// decay constant for calculating RMS volume sliding average approximation
/// (time constant is about 10 sec)
const float avgdecay = 0.99986f;
/// Normalization coefficient for calculating RMS sliding average approximation.
const float avgnorm = (1 - avgdecay);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Enable following define to create bpm analysis file:
// #define _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
#ifdef _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
#define DEBUGFILE_NAME "c:\\temp\\soundtouch-bpm-debug.txt"
static void _SaveDebugData(const float *data, int minpos, int maxpos, double coeff)
{
FILE *fptr = fopen(DEBUGFILE_NAME, "wt");
int i;
if (fptr)
{
printf("\n\nWriting BPM debug data into file " DEBUGFILE_NAME "\n\n");
for (i = minpos; i < maxpos; i ++)
{
fprintf(fptr, "%d\t%.1lf\t%f\n", i, coeff / (double)i, data[i]);
}
fclose(fptr);
}
}
#else
#define _SaveDebugData(a,b,c,d)
#endif
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
BPMDetect::BPMDetect(int numChannels, int aSampleRate)
{
this->sampleRate = aSampleRate;
this->channels = numChannels;
decimateSum = 0;
decimateCount = 0;
envelopeAccu = 0;
// Initialize RMS volume accumulator to RMS level of 1500 (out of 32768) that's
// safe initial RMS signal level value for song data. This value is then adapted
// to the actual level during processing.
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
// integer samples
RMSVolumeAccu = (1500 * 1500) / avgnorm;
#else
// float samples, scaled to range [-1..+1[
RMSVolumeAccu = (0.045f * 0.045f) / avgnorm;
#endif
// choose decimation factor so that result is approx. 1000 Hz
decimateBy = sampleRate / 1000;
assert(decimateBy > 0);
assert(INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES < decimateBy * DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES);
// Calculate window length & starting item according to desired min & max bpms
windowLen = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MIN_BPM);
windowStart = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MAX_BPM);
assert(windowLen > windowStart);
// allocate new working objects
xcorr = new float[windowLen];
memset(xcorr, 0, windowLen * sizeof(float));
// allocate processing buffer
buffer = new FIFOSampleBuffer();
// we do processing in mono mode
buffer->setChannels(1);
buffer->clear();
}
BPMDetect::~BPMDetect()
{
delete[] xcorr;
delete buffer;
}
/// convert to mono, low-pass filter & decimate to about 500 Hz.
/// return number of outputted samples.
///
/// Decimation is used to remove the unnecessary frequencies and thus to reduce
/// the amount of data needed to be processed as calculating autocorrelation
/// function is a very-very heavy operation.
///
/// Anti-alias filtering is done simply by averaging the samples. This is really a
/// poor-man's anti-alias filtering, but it's not so critical in this kind of application
/// (it'd also be difficult to design a high-quality filter with steep cut-off at very
/// narrow band)
int BPMDetect::decimate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, int numsamples)
{
int count, outcount;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
assert(channels > 0);
assert(decimateBy > 0);
outcount = 0;
for (count = 0; count < numsamples; count ++)
{
int j;
// convert to mono and accumulate
for (j = 0; j < channels; j ++)
{
decimateSum += src[j];
}
src += j;
decimateCount ++;
if (decimateCount >= decimateBy)
{
// Store every Nth sample only
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(decimateSum / (decimateBy * channels));
decimateSum = 0;
decimateCount = 0;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
// check ranges for sure (shouldn't actually be necessary)
if (out > 32767)
{
out = 32767;
}
else if (out < -32768)
{
out = -32768;
}
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
dest[outcount] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
outcount ++;
}
}
return outcount;
}
// Calculates autocorrelation function of the sample history buffer
void BPMDetect::updateXCorr(int process_samples)
{
int offs;
SAMPLETYPE *pBuffer;
assert(buffer->numSamples() >= (uint)(process_samples + windowLen));
pBuffer = buffer->ptrBegin();
for (offs = windowStart; offs < windowLen; offs ++)
{
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
int i;
sum = 0;
for (i = 0; i < process_samples; i ++)
{
sum += pBuffer[i] * pBuffer[i + offs]; // scaling the sub-result shouldn't be necessary
}
// xcorr[offs] *= xcorr_decay; // decay 'xcorr' here with suitable coefficients
// if it's desired that the system adapts automatically to
// various bpms, e.g. in processing continouos music stream.
// The 'xcorr_decay' should be a value that's smaller than but
// close to one, and should also depend on 'process_samples' value.
xcorr[offs] += (float)sum;
}
}
// Calculates envelope of the sample data
void BPMDetect::calcEnvelope(SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numsamples)
{
const static double decay = 0.7f; // decay constant for smoothing the envelope
const static double norm = (1 - decay);
int i;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
double val;
for (i = 0; i < numsamples; i ++)
{
// calc average RMS volume
RMSVolumeAccu *= avgdecay;
val = (float)fabs((float)samples[i]);
RMSVolumeAccu += val * val;
// cut amplitudes that are below cutoff ~2 times RMS volume
// (we're interested in peak values, not the silent moments)
if (val < 0.5 * sqrt(RMSVolumeAccu * avgnorm))
{
val = 0;
}
// smooth amplitude envelope
envelopeAccu *= decay;
envelopeAccu += val;
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(envelopeAccu * norm);
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
// cut peaks (shouldn't be necessary though)
if (out > 32767) out = 32767;
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
samples[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
}
}
void BPMDetect::inputSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numSamples)
{
SAMPLETYPE decimated[DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES];
// iterate so that max INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES processed per iteration
while (numSamples > 0)
{
int block;
int decSamples;
block = (numSamples > INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES) ? INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES : numSamples;
// decimate. note that converts to mono at the same time
decSamples = decimate(decimated, samples, block);
samples += block * channels;
numSamples -= block;
// envelope new samples and add them to buffer
calcEnvelope(decimated, decSamples);
buffer->putSamples(decimated, decSamples);
}
// when the buffer has enought samples for processing...
if ((int)buffer->numSamples() > windowLen)
{
int processLength;
// how many samples are processed
processLength = (int)buffer->numSamples() - windowLen;
// ... calculate autocorrelations for oldest samples...
updateXCorr(processLength);
// ... and remove them from the buffer
buffer->receiveSamples(processLength);
}
}
void BPMDetect::removeBias()
{
int i;
float minval = 1e12f; // arbitrary large number
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
{
if (xcorr[i] < minval)
{
minval = xcorr[i];
}
}
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
{
xcorr[i] -= minval;
}
}
float BPMDetect::getBpm()
{
double peakPos;
double coeff;
PeakFinder peakFinder;
coeff = 60.0 * ((double)sampleRate / (double)decimateBy);
// save bpm debug analysis data if debug data enabled
_SaveDebugData(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen, coeff);
// remove bias from xcorr data
removeBias();
// find peak position
peakPos = peakFinder.detectPeak(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen);
assert(decimateBy != 0);
if (peakPos < 1e-9) return 0.0; // detection failed.
// calculate BPM
return (float) (coeff / peakPos);
}
-164
View File
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
///
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
/// - Input sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
/// leave only notable peaks there.
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 16:53:44 -0300 (qui, 30 ago 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: BPMDetect.h 150 2012-08-30 19:53:44Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _BPMDetect_H_
#define _BPMDetect_H_
#include "STTypes.h"
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Minimum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result above a reasonable limit.
#define MIN_BPM 29
/// Maximum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result below a reasonable limit.
#define MAX_BPM 200
/// Class for calculating BPM rate for audio data.
class BPMDetect
{
protected:
/// Auto-correlation accumulator bins.
float *xcorr;
/// Amplitude envelope sliding average approximation level accumulator
double envelopeAccu;
/// RMS volume sliding average approximation level accumulator
double RMSVolumeAccu;
/// Sample average counter.
int decimateCount;
/// Sample average accumulator for FIFO-like decimation.
soundtouch::LONG_SAMPLETYPE decimateSum;
/// Decimate sound by this coefficient to reach approx. 500 Hz.
int decimateBy;
/// Auto-correlation window length
int windowLen;
/// Number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo)
int channels;
/// sample rate
int sampleRate;
/// Beginning of auto-correlation window: Autocorrelation isn't being updated for
/// the first these many correlation bins.
int windowStart;
/// FIFO-buffer for decimated processing samples.
soundtouch::FIFOSampleBuffer *buffer;
/// Updates auto-correlation function for given number of decimated samples that
/// are read from the internal 'buffer' pipe (samples aren't removed from the pipe
/// though).
void updateXCorr(int process_samples /// How many samples are processed.
);
/// Decimates samples to approx. 500 Hz.
///
/// \return Number of output samples.
int decimate(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *dest, ///< Destination buffer
const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *src, ///< Source sample buffer
int numsamples ///< Number of source samples.
);
/// Calculates amplitude envelope for the buffer of samples.
/// Result is output to 'samples'.
void calcEnvelope(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/output data buffer
int numsamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
);
/// remove constant bias from xcorr data
void removeBias();
public:
/// Constructor.
BPMDetect(int numChannels, ///< Number of channels in sample data.
int sampleRate ///< Sample rate in Hz.
);
/// Destructor.
virtual ~BPMDetect();
/// Inputs a block of samples for analyzing: Envelopes the samples and then
/// updates the autocorrelation estimation. When whole song data has been input
/// in smaller blocks using this function, read the resulting bpm with 'getBpm'
/// function.
///
/// Notice that data in 'samples' array can be disrupted in processing.
void inputSamples(const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/working data buffer
int numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
);
/// Analyzes the results and returns the BPM rate. Use this function to read result
/// after whole song data has been input to the class by consecutive calls of
/// 'inputSamples' function.
///
/// \return Beats-per-minute rate, or zero if detection failed.
float getBpm();
};
}
#endif // _BPMDetect_H_
-67
View File
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
# SoundTouch library
# library name
set(Output pcsx2_SoundTouch)
set(CommonFlags
-march=athlon-xp
-march=prescott
)
set(OptimizationFlags
-Os
-W
)
# Debug - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Debug)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} -g)
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Debug)
# Devel - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Devel)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} ${OptimizationFlags})
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Devel)
# Release - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Release)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} ${OptimizationFlags})
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Release)
# variable with all sources of this library
set(SoundTouchSources
AAFilter.cpp
FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp
FIRFilter.cpp
RateTransposer.cpp
SoundTouch.cpp
TDStretch.cpp
# WavFile.cpp # directly include in spu2x
cpu_detect_x86_gcc.cpp
mmx_optimized.cpp
sse_optimized.cpp)
# variable with all headers of this library
set(SoundTouchHeaders
AAFilter.h
BPMDetect.h
FIFOSampleBuffer.h
FIFOSamplePipe.h
FIRFilter.h
RateTransposer.h
STTypes.h
SoundTouch.h
TDStretch.h
# WavFile.h # directly include in spu2x
cpu_detect.h)
# add library
add_library(${Output} STATIC ${SoundTouchSources} ${SoundTouchHeaders})
# User flags options
if(NOT USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS STREQUAL "")
target_link_libraries(${Output} "${USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS}")
endif(NOT USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS STREQUAL "")
-274
View File
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
///
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
/// outputted samples from the buffer, as well as grows the buffer size
/// whenever necessary.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 16:53:01 -0200 (qui, 08 nov 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <memory.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
// Constructor
FIFOSampleBuffer::FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels)
{
assert(numChannels > 0);
sizeInBytes = 0; // reasonable initial value
buffer = NULL;
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
samplesInBuffer = 0;
bufferPos = 0;
channels = (uint)numChannels;
ensureCapacity(32); // allocate initial capacity
}
// destructor
FIFOSampleBuffer::~FIFOSampleBuffer()
{
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
buffer = NULL;
}
// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void FIFOSampleBuffer::setChannels(int numChannels)
{
uint usedBytes;
assert(numChannels > 0);
usedBytes = channels * samplesInBuffer;
channels = (uint)numChannels;
samplesInBuffer = usedBytes / channels;
}
// if output location pointer 'bufferPos' isn't zero, 'rewinds' the buffer and
// zeroes this pointer by copying samples from the 'bufferPos' pointer
// location on to the beginning of the buffer.
void FIFOSampleBuffer::rewind()
{
if (buffer && bufferPos)
{
memmove(buffer, ptrBegin(), sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * channels * samplesInBuffer);
bufferPos = 0;
}
}
// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
// the sample buffer.
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
{
memcpy(ptrEnd(nSamples), samples, sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * nSamples * channels);
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
}
// Increases the number of samples in the buffer without copying any actual
// samples.
//
// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
// careful though!
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(uint nSamples)
{
uint req;
req = samplesInBuffer + nSamples;
ensureCapacity(req);
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
}
// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful!
//
// Parameter 'slackCapacity' tells the function how much free capacity (in
// terms of samples) there _at least_ should be, in order to the caller to
// succesfully insert all the required samples to the buffer. When necessary,
// the function grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
//
// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrEnd(uint slackCapacity)
{
ensureCapacity(samplesInBuffer + slackCapacity);
return buffer + samplesInBuffer * channels;
}
// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the currently non-outputted samples.
// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
// Please be careful!
//
// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
// outputted samples from the buffer by calling the
// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrBegin()
{
assert(buffer);
return buffer + bufferPos * channels;
}
// Ensures that the buffer has enought capacity, i.e. space for _at least_
// 'capacityRequirement' number of samples. The buffer is grown in steps of
// 4 kilobytes to eliminate the need for frequently growing up the buffer,
// as well as to round the buffer size up to the virtual memory page size.
void FIFOSampleBuffer::ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement)
{
SAMPLETYPE *tempUnaligned, *temp;
if (capacityRequirement > getCapacity())
{
// enlarge the buffer in 4kbyte steps (round up to next 4k boundary)
sizeInBytes = (capacityRequirement * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 4095) & (uint)-4096;
assert(sizeInBytes % 2 == 0);
tempUnaligned = new SAMPLETYPE[sizeInBytes / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 16 / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE)];
if (tempUnaligned == NULL)
{
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Couldn't allocate memory!\n");
}
// Align the buffer to begin at 16byte cache line boundary for optimal performance
temp = (SAMPLETYPE *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(tempUnaligned);
if (samplesInBuffer)
{
memcpy(temp, ptrBegin(), samplesInBuffer * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
}
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
buffer = temp;
bufferUnaligned = tempUnaligned;
bufferPos = 0;
}
else
{
// simply rewind the buffer (if necessary)
rewind();
}
}
// Returns the current buffer capacity in terms of samples
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::getCapacity() const
{
return sizeInBytes / (channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
}
// Returns the number of samples currently in the buffer
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::numSamples() const
{
return samplesInBuffer;
}
// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies demanded number
// of samples to output and removes them from the sample buffer. If there
// are less than 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all available.
//
// Returns number of samples copied.
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, uint maxSamples)
{
uint num;
num = (maxSamples > samplesInBuffer) ? samplesInBuffer : maxSamples;
memcpy(output, ptrBegin(), channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * num);
return receiveSamples(num);
}
// Removes samples from the beginning of the sample buffer without copying them
// anywhere. Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer, when accessing
// the sample buffer with the 'ptrBegin' function.
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(uint maxSamples)
{
if (maxSamples >= samplesInBuffer)
{
uint temp;
temp = samplesInBuffer;
samplesInBuffer = 0;
return temp;
}
samplesInBuffer -= maxSamples;
bufferPos += maxSamples;
return maxSamples;
}
// Returns nonzero if the sample buffer is empty
int FIFOSampleBuffer::isEmpty() const
{
return (samplesInBuffer == 0) ? 1 : 0;
}
// Clears the sample buffer
void FIFOSampleBuffer::clear()
{
samplesInBuffer = 0;
bufferPos = 0;
}
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
{
if (numSamples < samplesInBuffer)
{
samplesInBuffer = numSamples;
}
return samplesInBuffer;
}
-178
View File
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
///
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
/// output samples from the buffer as well as grows the storage size
/// whenever necessary.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 16:29:53 -0300 (qua, 13 jun 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef FIFOSampleBuffer_H
#define FIFOSampleBuffer_H
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Sample buffer working in FIFO (first-in-first-out) principle. The class takes
/// care of storage size adjustment and data moving during input/output operations.
///
/// Notice that in case of stereo audio, one sample is considered to consist of
/// both channel data.
class FIFOSampleBuffer : public FIFOSamplePipe
{
private:
/// Sample buffer.
SAMPLETYPE *buffer;
// Raw unaligned buffer memory. 'buffer' is made aligned by pointing it to first
// 16-byte aligned location of this buffer
SAMPLETYPE *bufferUnaligned;
/// Sample buffer size in bytes
uint sizeInBytes;
/// How many samples are currently in buffer.
uint samplesInBuffer;
/// Channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
uint channels;
/// Current position pointer to the buffer. This pointer is increased when samples are
/// removed from the pipe so that it's necessary to actually rewind buffer (move data)
/// only new data when is put to the pipe.
uint bufferPos;
/// Rewind the buffer by moving data from position pointed by 'bufferPos' to real
/// beginning of the buffer.
void rewind();
/// Ensures that the buffer has capacity for at least this many samples.
void ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement);
/// Returns current capacity.
uint getCapacity() const;
public:
/// Constructor
FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels = 2 ///< Number of channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
///< Default is stereo.
);
/// destructor
~FIFOSampleBuffer();
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
///
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin();
/// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
/// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
/// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful
/// not corrupt the book-keeping!
///
/// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
/// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
/// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
SAMPLETYPE *ptrEnd(
uint slackCapacity ///< How much free capacity (in samples) there _at least_
///< should be so that the caller can succesfully insert the
///< desired samples to the buffer. If necessary, the function
///< grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
);
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
/// the sample buffer.
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
);
/// Adjusts the book-keeping to increase number of samples in the buffer without
/// copying any actual samples.
///
/// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
/// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
/// careful though!
virtual void putSamples(uint numSamples ///< Number of samples been inserted.
);
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
///
/// \return Number of samples returned.
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
);
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
///
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
);
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
virtual uint numSamples() const;
/// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo.
void setChannels(int numChannels);
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
virtual int isEmpty() const;
/// Clears all the samples.
virtual void clear();
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples);
};
}
#endif
-234
View File
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// 'FIFOSamplePipe' : An abstract base class for classes that manipulate sound
/// samples by operating like a first-in-first-out pipe: New samples are fed
/// into one end of the pipe with the 'putSamples' function, and the processed
/// samples are received from the other end with the 'receiveSamples' function.
///
/// 'FIFOProcessor' : A base class for classes the do signal processing with
/// the samples while operating like a first-in-first-out pipe. When samples
/// are input with the 'putSamples' function, the class processes them
/// and moves the processed samples to the given 'output' pipe object, which
/// may be either another processing stage, or a fifo sample buffer object.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 16:29:53 -0300 (qua, 13 jun 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: FIFOSamplePipe.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef FIFOSamplePipe_H
#define FIFOSamplePipe_H
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "STTypes.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Abstract base class for FIFO (first-in-first-out) sample processing classes.
class FIFOSamplePipe
{
public:
// virtual default destructor
virtual ~FIFOSamplePipe() {}
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
///
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin() = 0;
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
/// the sample buffer.
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
) = 0;
// Moves samples from the 'other' pipe instance to this instance.
void moveSamples(FIFOSamplePipe &other ///< Other pipe instance where from the receive the data.
)
{
int oNumSamples = other.numSamples();
putSamples(other.ptrBegin(), oNumSamples);
other.receiveSamples(oNumSamples);
};
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
///
/// \return Number of samples returned.
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
) = 0;
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
///
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
) = 0;
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
virtual uint numSamples() const = 0;
// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
virtual int isEmpty() const = 0;
/// Clears all the samples.
virtual void clear() = 0;
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples) = 0;
};
/// Base-class for sound processing routines working in FIFO principle. With this base
/// class it's easy to implement sound processing stages that can be chained together,
/// so that samples that are fed into beginning of the pipe automatically go through
/// all the processing stages.
///
/// When samples are input to this class, they're first processed and then put to
/// the FIFO pipe that's defined as output of this class. This output pipe can be
/// either other processing stage or a FIFO sample buffer.
class FIFOProcessor :public FIFOSamplePipe
{
protected:
/// Internal pipe where processed samples are put.
FIFOSamplePipe *output;
/// Sets output pipe.
void setOutPipe(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput)
{
assert(output == NULL);
assert(pOutput != NULL);
output = pOutput;
}
/// Constructor. Doesn't define output pipe; it has to be set be
/// 'setOutPipe' function.
FIFOProcessor()
{
output = NULL;
}
/// Constructor. Configures output pipe.
FIFOProcessor(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput ///< Output pipe.
)
{
output = pOutput;
}
/// Destructor.
virtual ~FIFOProcessor()
{
}
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
///
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin()
{
return output->ptrBegin();
}
public:
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
///
/// \return Number of samples returned.
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *outBuffer, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
)
{
return output->receiveSamples(outBuffer, maxSamples);
}
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
///
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
)
{
return output->receiveSamples(maxSamples);
}
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
virtual uint numSamples() const
{
return output->numSamples();
}
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
virtual int isEmpty() const
{
return output->isEmpty();
}
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
{
return output->adjustAmountOfSamples(numSamples);
}
};
}
#endif
-259
View File
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
///
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-09-02 15:56:11 -0300 (sex, 02 set 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: FIRFilter.cpp 131 2011-09-02 18:56:11Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <memory.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FIRFilter.h"
#include "cpu_detect.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
/*****************************************************************************
*
* Implementation of the class 'FIRFilter'
*
*****************************************************************************/
FIRFilter::FIRFilter()
{
resultDivFactor = 0;
resultDivider = 0;
length = 0;
lengthDiv8 = 0;
filterCoeffs = NULL;
}
FIRFilter::~FIRFilter()
{
delete[] filterCoeffs;
}
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for stereo sound
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
{
uint i, j, end;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE suml, sumr;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
#endif
assert(length != 0);
assert(src != NULL);
assert(dest != NULL);
assert(filterCoeffs != NULL);
end = 2 * (numSamples - length);
for (j = 0; j < end; j += 2)
{
const SAMPLETYPE *ptr;
suml = sumr = 0;
ptr = src + j;
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
{
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
suml += ptr[2 * i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
ptr[2 * i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
ptr[2 * i + 4] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
ptr[2 * i + 6] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
sumr += ptr[2 * i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
ptr[2 * i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
ptr[2 * i + 5] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
ptr[2 * i + 7] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
}
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
suml >>= resultDivFactor;
sumr >>= resultDivFactor;
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
suml = (suml < -32768) ? -32768 : (suml > 32767) ? 32767 : suml;
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
sumr = (sumr < -32768) ? -32768 : (sumr > 32767) ? 32767 : sumr;
#else
suml *= dScaler;
sumr *= dScaler;
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)suml;
dest[j + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)sumr;
}
return numSamples - length;
}
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for mono sound
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
{
uint i, j, end;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
#endif
assert(length != 0);
end = numSamples - length;
for (j = 0; j < end; j ++)
{
sum = 0;
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
{
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
sum += src[i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
src[i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
src[i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
src[i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
}
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
sum >>= resultDivFactor;
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
sum = (sum < -32768) ? -32768 : (sum > 32767) ? 32767 : sum;
#else
sum *= dScaler;
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)sum;
src ++;
}
return end;
}
// Set filter coeffiecients and length.
//
// Throws an exception if filter length isn't divisible by 8
void FIRFilter::setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
{
assert(newLength > 0);
if (newLength % 8) ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("FIR filter length not divisible by 8");
lengthDiv8 = newLength / 8;
length = lengthDiv8 * 8;
assert(length == newLength);
resultDivFactor = uResultDivFactor;
resultDivider = (SAMPLETYPE)::pow(2.0, (int)resultDivFactor);
delete[] filterCoeffs;
filterCoeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
memcpy(filterCoeffs, coeffs, length * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
}
uint FIRFilter::getLength() const
{
return length;
}
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
//
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
uint FIRFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
{
assert(numChannels == 1 || numChannels == 2);
assert(length > 0);
assert(lengthDiv8 * 8 == length);
if (numSamples < length) return 0;
if (numChannels == 2)
{
return evaluateFilterStereo(dest, src, numSamples);
} else {
return evaluateFilterMono(dest, src, numSamples);
}
}
// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
void * FIRFilter::operator new(size_t s)
{
// Notice! don't use "new FIRFilter" directly, use "newInstance" to create a new instance instead!
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Error in FIRFilter::new: Don't use 'new FIRFilter', use 'newInstance' member instead!");
return newInstance();
}
FIRFilter * FIRFilter::newInstance()
{
uint uExtensions;
uExtensions = detectCPUextensions();
// Check if MMX/SSE instruction set extensions supported by CPU
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
// MMX routines available only with integer sample types
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_MMX)
{
return ::new FIRFilterMMX;
}
else
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_SSE)
{
// SSE support
return ::new FIRFilterSSE;
}
else
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
{
// ISA optimizations not supported, use plain C version
return ::new FIRFilter;
}
}
-145
View File
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
///
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-02-13 17:13:57 -0200 (dom, 13 fev 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: FIRFilter.h 104 2011-02-13 19:13:57Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef FIRFilter_H
#define FIRFilter_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "STTypes.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
class FIRFilter
{
protected:
// Number of FIR filter taps
uint length;
// Number of FIR filter taps divided by 8
uint lengthDiv8;
// Result divider factor in 2^k format
uint resultDivFactor;
// Result divider value.
SAMPLETYPE resultDivider;
// Memory for filter coefficients
SAMPLETYPE *filterCoeffs;
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples) const;
virtual uint evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples) const;
public:
FIRFilter();
virtual ~FIRFilter();
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
/// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
static void * operator new(size_t s);
static FIRFilter *newInstance();
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
///
/// \return Number of samples copied to 'dest'.
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples,
uint numChannels) const;
uint getLength() const;
virtual void setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs,
uint newLength,
uint uResultDivFactor);
};
// Optional subclasses that implement CPU-specific optimizations:
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
/// Class that implements MMX optimized functions exclusive for 16bit integer samples type.
class FIRFilterMMX : public FIRFilter
{
protected:
short *filterCoeffsUnalign;
short *filterCoeffsAlign;
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const;
public:
FIRFilterMMX();
~FIRFilterMMX();
virtual void setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
};
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
/// Class that implements SSE optimized functions exclusive for floating point samples type.
class FIRFilterSSE : public FIRFilter
{
protected:
float *filterCoeffsUnalign;
float *filterCoeffsAlign;
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *src, uint numSamples) const;
public:
FIRFilterSSE();
~FIRFilterSSE();
virtual void setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
};
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
}
#endif // FIRFilter_H
-71
View File
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
##
## $Id: Makefile.am 138 2012-04-01 20:00:09Z oparviai $
##
## This file is part of SoundTouch, an audio processing library for pitch/time adjustments
##
## SoundTouch is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
## terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
## Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
## version.
##
## SoundTouch is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
## WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
## A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
## this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
## Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
include $(top_srcdir)/config/am_include.mk
# set to something if you want other stuff to be included in the distribution tarball
EXTRA_DIST=SoundTouch.dsp SoundTouch.dsw SoundTouch.sln SoundTouch.vcproj
noinst_HEADERS=AAFilter.h cpu_detect.h cpu_detect_x86.cpp FIRFilter.h RateTransposer.h TDStretch.h PeakFinder.h
lib_LTLIBRARIES=libSoundTouch.la
#
libSoundTouch_la_SOURCES=AAFilter.cpp FIRFilter.cpp FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp RateTransposer.cpp SoundTouch.cpp TDStretch.cpp cpu_detect_x86.cpp BPMDetect.cpp PeakFinder.cpp
# Compiler flags
AM_CXXFLAGS=-O3 -fcheck-new -I../../include
# Compile the files that need MMX and SSE individually.
libSoundTouch_la_LIBADD=libSoundTouchMMX.la libSoundTouchSSE.la
noinst_LTLIBRARIES=libSoundTouchMMX.la libSoundTouchSSE.la
libSoundTouchMMX_la_SOURCES=mmx_optimized.cpp
libSoundTouchSSE_la_SOURCES=sse_optimized.cpp
# We enable optimizations by default.
# If MMX is supported compile with -mmmx.
# Do not assume -msse is also supported.
if HAVE_MMX
libSoundTouchMMX_la_CXXFLAGS = -mmmx $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
else
libSoundTouchMMX_la_CXXFLAGS = $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
endif
# We enable optimizations by default.
# If SSE is supported compile with -msse.
if HAVE_SSE
libSoundTouchSSE_la_CXXFLAGS = -msse $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
else
libSoundTouchSSE_la_CXXFLAGS = $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
endif
# Let the user disable optimizations if he wishes to.
if !X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
libSoundTouchMMX_la_CXXFLAGS = $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
libSoundTouchSSE_la_CXXFLAGS = $(AM_CXXFLAGS)
endif
# other linking flags to add
# noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libSoundTouchOpt.la
# libSoundTouch_la_LIBADD = libSoundTouchOpt.la
# libSoundTouchOpt_la_SOURCES = mmx_optimized.cpp sse_optimized.cpp
# libSoundTouchOpt_la_CXXFLAGS = -O3 -msse -fcheck-new -I../../include
-276
View File
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Peak detection routine.
///
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 17:52:47 -0200 (sex, 28 dez 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: PeakFinder.cpp 164 2012-12-28 19:52:47Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <math.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "PeakFinder.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
#define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
PeakFinder::PeakFinder()
{
minPos = maxPos = 0;
}
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
int PeakFinder::findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const
{
int i;
int start, end;
float refvalue;
refvalue = data[peakpos];
// seek within ±10 points
start = peakpos - 10;
if (start < minPos) start = minPos;
end = peakpos + 10;
if (end > maxPos) end = maxPos;
for (i = start; i <= end; i ++)
{
if (data[i] > refvalue)
{
peakpos = i;
refvalue = data[i];
}
}
// failure if max value is at edges of seek range => it's not peak, it's at slope.
if ((peakpos == start) || (peakpos == end)) return 0;
return peakpos;
}
// Finds 'ground level' of a peak hump by starting from 'peakpos' and proceeding
// to direction defined by 'direction' until next 'hump' after minimum value will
// begin
int PeakFinder::findGround(const float *data, int peakpos, int direction) const
{
int lowpos;
int pos;
int climb_count;
float refvalue;
float delta;
climb_count = 0;
refvalue = data[peakpos];
lowpos = peakpos;
pos = peakpos;
while ((pos > minPos+1) && (pos < maxPos-1))
{
int prevpos;
prevpos = pos;
pos += direction;
// calculate derivate
delta = data[pos] - data[prevpos];
if (delta <= 0)
{
// going downhill, ok
if (climb_count)
{
climb_count --; // decrease climb count
}
// check if new minimum found
if (data[pos] < refvalue)
{
// new minimum found
lowpos = pos;
refvalue = data[pos];
}
}
else
{
// going uphill, increase climbing counter
climb_count ++;
if (climb_count > 5) break; // we've been climbing too long => it's next uphill => quit
}
}
return lowpos;
}
// Find offset where the value crosses the given level, when starting from 'peakpos' and
// proceeds to direction defined in 'direction'
int PeakFinder::findCrossingLevel(const float *data, float level, int peakpos, int direction) const
{
float peaklevel;
int pos;
peaklevel = data[peakpos];
assert(peaklevel >= level);
pos = peakpos;
while ((pos >= minPos) && (pos < maxPos))
{
if (data[pos + direction] < level) return pos; // crossing found
pos += direction;
}
return -1; // not found
}
// Calculates the center of mass location of 'data' array items between 'firstPos' and 'lastPos'
double PeakFinder::calcMassCenter(const float *data, int firstPos, int lastPos) const
{
int i;
float sum;
float wsum;
sum = 0;
wsum = 0;
for (i = firstPos; i <= lastPos; i ++)
{
sum += (float)i * data[i];
wsum += data[i];
}
if (wsum < 1e-6) return 0;
return sum / wsum;
}
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
double PeakFinder::getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const
{
float peakLevel; // peak level
int crosspos1, crosspos2; // position where the peak 'hump' crosses cutting level
float cutLevel; // cutting value
float groundLevel; // ground level of the peak
int gp1, gp2; // bottom positions of the peak 'hump'
// find ground positions.
gp1 = findGround(data, peakpos, -1);
gp2 = findGround(data, peakpos, 1);
groundLevel = 0.5f * (data[gp1] + data[gp2]);
peakLevel = data[peakpos];
// calculate 70%-level of the peak
cutLevel = 0.70f * peakLevel + 0.30f * groundLevel;
// find mid-level crossings
crosspos1 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, -1);
crosspos2 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, 1);
if ((crosspos1 < 0) || (crosspos2 < 0)) return 0; // no crossing, no peak..
// calculate mass center of the peak surroundings
return calcMassCenter(data, crosspos1, crosspos2);
}
double PeakFinder::detectPeak(const float *data, int aminPos, int amaxPos)
{
int i;
int peakpos; // position of peak level
double highPeak, peak;
this->minPos = aminPos;
this->maxPos = amaxPos;
// find absolute peak
peakpos = minPos;
peak = data[minPos];
for (i = minPos + 1; i < maxPos; i ++)
{
if (data[i] > peak)
{
peak = data[i];
peakpos = i;
}
}
// Calculate exact location of the highest peak mass center
highPeak = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
peak = highPeak;
// Now check if the highest peak were in fact harmonic of the true base beat peak
// - sometimes the highest peak can be Nth harmonic of the true base peak yet
// just a slightly higher than the true base
for (i = 3; i < 10; i ++)
{
double peaktmp, harmonic;
int i1,i2;
harmonic = (double)i * 0.5;
peakpos = (int)(highPeak / harmonic + 0.5f);
if (peakpos < minPos) break;
peakpos = findTop(data, peakpos); // seek true local maximum index
if (peakpos == 0) continue; // no local max here
// calculate mass-center of possible harmonic peak
peaktmp = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
// accept harmonic peak if
// (a) it is found
// (b) is within ±4% of the expected harmonic interval
// (c) has at least half x-corr value of the max. peak
double diff = harmonic * peaktmp / highPeak;
if ((diff < 0.96) || (diff > 1.04)) continue; // peak too afar from expected
// now compare to highest detected peak
i1 = (int)(highPeak + 0.5);
i2 = (int)(peaktmp + 0.5);
if (data[i2] >= 0.4*data[i1])
{
// The harmonic is at least half as high primary peak,
// thus use the harmonic peak instead
peak = peaktmp;
}
}
return peak;
}
-97
View File
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-12-30 18:33:46 -0200 (sex, 30 dez 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: PeakFinder.h 132 2011-12-30 20:33:46Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _PeakFinder_H_
#define _PeakFinder_H_
namespace soundtouch
{
class PeakFinder
{
protected:
/// Min, max allowed peak positions within the data vector
int minPos, maxPos;
/// Calculates the mass center between given vector items.
double calcMassCenter(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
int firstPos, ///< Index of first vector item beloging to the peak.
int lastPos ///< Index of last vector item beloging to the peak.
) const;
/// Finds the data vector index where the monotoniously decreasing signal crosses the
/// given level.
int findCrossingLevel(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
float level, ///< Goal crossing level.
int peakpos, ///< Peak position index within the data vector.
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
) const;
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
int findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
/// Finds the 'ground' level, i.e. smallest level between two neighbouring peaks, to right-
/// or left-hand side of the given peak position.
int findGround(const float *data, /// Data vector.
int peakpos, /// Peak position index within the data vector.
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
) const;
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
double getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
public:
/// Constructor.
PeakFinder();
/// Detect exact peak position of the data vector by finding the largest peak 'hump'
/// and calculating the mass-center location of the peak hump.
///
/// \return The location of the largest base harmonic peak hump.
double detectPeak(const float *data, /// Data vector to be analyzed. The data vector has
/// to be at least 'maxPos' items long.
int minPos, ///< Min allowed peak location within the vector data.
int maxPos ///< Max allowed peak location within the vector data.
);
};
}
#endif // _PeakFinder_H_
-777
View File
@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>SoundTouch library README</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta http-equiv="Content-Language" content="en-us">
<meta name="author" content="Olli Parviainen">
<meta name="description"
content="Readme file for SoundTouch audio processing library">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Microsoft FrontPage 4.0">
<meta name="ProgId" content="FrontPage.Editor.Document">
<style> <!-- .normal { font-family: Arial }
--></style>
</head>
<body class="normal">
<hr>
<h1>SoundTouch audio processing library v1.7.1</h1>
<p class="normal">SoundTouch library Copyright © Olli Parviainen 2001-2012 </p>
<hr>
<h2>1. Introduction </h2>
<p>SoundTouch is an open-source audio processing library that allows
changing the sound tempo, pitch and playback rate parameters
independently from each other, i.e.:</p>
<ul>
<li> Sound tempo can be increased or decreased while maintaining the
original pitch </li>
<li> Sound pitch can be increased or decreased while maintaining the
original tempo </li>
<li> Change playback rate that affects both tempo and pitch at the
same time </li>
<li> Choose any combination of tempo/pitch/rate</li>
</ul>
<h3>1.1 Contact information </h3>
<p>Author email: oparviai 'at' iki.fi </p>
<p>SoundTouch WWW page: <a href="http://www.surina.net/soundtouch">http://www.surina.net/soundtouch</a></p>
<hr>
<h2>2. Compiling SoundTouch</h2>
<p>Before compiling, notice that you can choose the sample data format
if it's desirable to use floating point sample data instead of 16bit
integers. See section "sample data format" for more information.</p>
<h3>2.1. Building in Microsoft Windows</h3>
<p>Project files for Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 and Visual C++ .NET are
supplied with the source code package.<br>
</p>
<p> Please notice that SoundTouch library uses processor-specific
optimizations for Pentium III and AMD processors. Visual Studio .NET
and later versions supports the required instructions by default, but
Visual Studio 6.0 requires a processor pack upgrade to be installed in
order to support these optimizations. The processor pack upgrade can be
downloaded from Microsoft site at this URL:</p>
<p><a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx</a></p>
<p>If the above URL is unavailable or removed, go to <a
href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/"> http://msdn.microsoft.com</a> and
perform a search with keywords "processor pack". </p>
<p>To build the binaries with Visual C++ compiler, either run
"make-win.bat" script, or open the appropriate project files in source
code directories with Visual Studio. The final executable will appear
under the "SoundTouch\bin" directory. If using the Visual Studio IDE
instead of the make-win.bat script, directories bin and lib may need to
be created manually to the SoundTouch package root for the final
executables. The make-win.bat script creates these directories
automatically. </p>
<h3>2.2. Building in Gnu platforms</h3>
<p>The SoundTouch library compiles in practically any platform
supporting GNU compiler (GCC) tools. SoundTouch requires GCC version 4.3 or later.</p>
<p>To build and install the binaries, run the following commands in
/soundtouch directory:</p>
<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="4">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<pre>./bootstrap -</pre>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Creates "configure" file with
local autoconf/automake toolset.<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<pre>./configure -</pre>
</td>
<td>
<p>Configures the SoundTouch package for the local environment.
Notice that "configure" file is not available before running the
"./bootstrap" command as above.<br>
</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<pre>make -</pre>
</td>
<td>
<p>Builds the SoundTouch library &amp; SoundStretch utility.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<pre>make install -</pre>
</td>
<td>
<p>Installs the SoundTouch &amp; BPM libraries to <b>/usr/local/lib</b>
and SoundStretch utility to <b>/usr/local/bin</b>. Please notice that
'root' privileges may be required to install the binaries to the
destination locations.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4><b>2.2.1 Required GNU tools</b>&nbsp;</h4>
<p> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Bash shell</span>, <span
style="font-weight: bold;">GNU C++ compiler</span>, <span
style="font-weight: bold;">libtool</span>, <span
style="font-weight: bold;">autoconf</span> and <span
style="font-weight: bold;">automake</span> tools
are required for compiling the SoundTouch library. These are usually
included with the GNU/Linux distribution, but if not, install these
packages first. For example, Ubuntu Linux can acquire and install
these with the following command:</p>
<pre><b>sudo apt-get install automake autoconf libtool build-essential</b></pre>
<h4><b>2.2.2 Problems with GCC compiler compatibility</b></h4>
<p>At the release time the SoundTouch package has been tested to
compile in GNU/Linux platform. However, If you have problems getting the
SoundTouch library compiled, try disabling optimizations that are specific for
x86 processors by running <b>./configure</b> script with switch
<blockquote>
<pre>--enable-x86-optimizations=no</pre>
</blockquote>
Alternatively, if you don't use GNU Configure system, edit file "include/STTypes.h"
directly and remove the following definition:<blockquote>
<pre>#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS 1</pre>
</blockquote>
<h4><b>2.2.3 Compiling Shared Library / DLL version</b></h4>
<p>
The GNU compilation does not automatically create a shared-library version of
SoundTouch (.so or .dll). If such is desired, then you can create it as follows
after running the usual compilation:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>g++ -shared -static -DDLL_EXPORTS -I../../include -o SoundTouch.dll \
SoundTouchDLL.cpp ../SoundTouch/.libs/libSoundTouch.a
sstrip SoundTouch.dll</pre>
</blockquote>
<h3>2.1. Building in Android</h3>
<p>Android compilation instructions are within the
source code package, see file &quot;<b>source/Android-lib/README-SoundTouch-Android.html</b>&quot;
in the package.</p>
<hr>
<h2>3. About implementation &amp; Usage tips <h3>3.1. Supported sample data formats</h3>
<p>The sample data format can be chosen between 16bit signed integer
and 32bit floating point values, the default is 32bit floating point. </p>
<p> In Windows environment, the sample data format is chosen in file
"STTypes.h" by choosing one of the following defines:</p>
<ul>
<li> <span style="font-weight: bold;">#define
SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES</span> for 16bit signed integer </li>
<li> <span style="font-weight: bold;">#define </span><span
style="font-weight: bold;">SOUNDTOUCH_</span><span
style="font-weight: bold;">FLOAT_SAMPLES</span> for 32bit floating
point</li>
</ul>
<p> In GNU environment, the floating sample format is used by default,
but integer sample format can be chosen by giving the following switch
to the configure script: </p>
<blockquote>
<pre>./configure --enable-integer-samples</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>The sample data can have either single (mono) or double (stereo)
audio channel. Stereo data is interleaved so that every other data
value is for left channel and every second for right channel. Notice
that while it'd be possible in theory to process stereo sound as two
separate mono channels, this isn't recommended because processing the
channels separately would result in losing the phase coherency between
the channels, which consequently would ruin the stereo effect.</p>
<p>Sample rates between 8000-48000H are supported.</p>
<h3>3.2. Processing latency</h3>
<p>The processing and latency constraints of the SoundTouch library are:</p>
<ul>
<li> Input/output processing latency for the SoundTouch processor is
around 100 ms. This is when time-stretching is used. If the rate
transposing effect alone is used, the latency requirement is much
shorter, see section 'About algorithms'. </li>
<li> Processing CD-quality sound (16bit stereo sound with 44100H
sample rate) in real-time or faster is possible starting from
processors equivalent to Intel Pentium 133Mh or better, if using the
"quick" processing algorithm. If not using the "quick" mode or if
floating point sample data are being used, several times more CPU power
is typically required.</li>
</ul>
<h3>3.3. About algorithms</h3>
<p>SoundTouch provides three seemingly independent effects: tempo,
pitch and playback rate control. These three controls are implemented
as combination of two primary effects, <em>sample rate transposing</em>
and <em>time-stretching</em>.</p>
<p><em>Sample rate transposing</em> affects both the audio stream
duration and pitch. It's implemented simply by converting the original
audio sample stream to the&nbsp; desired duration by interpolating from
the original audio samples. In SoundTouch, linear interpolation with
anti-alias filtering is used. Theoretically a higher-order
interpolation provide better result than 1st order linear
interpolation, but in audio application linear interpolation together
with anti-alias filtering performs subjectively about as well as
higher-order filtering would.</p>
<p><em>Time-stretching </em>means changing the audio stream duration
without affecting it's pitch. SoundTouch uses WSOLA-like
time-stretching routines that operate in the time domain. Compared to
sample rate transposing, time-stretching is a much heavier operation
and also requires a longer processing "window" of sound samples used by
the processing algorithm, thus increasing the algorithm input/output
latency. Typical i/o latency for the SoundTouch time-stretch algorithm
is around 100 ms.</p>
<p>Sample rate transposing and time-stretching are then used together
to produce the tempo, pitch and rate controls:</p>
<ul>
<li> <strong>'Tempo'</strong> control is implemented purely by
time-stretching. </li>
<li> <strong>'Rate</strong>' control is implemented purely by sample
rate transposing. </li>
<li> <strong>'Pitch</strong>' control is implemented as a
combination of time-stretching and sample rate transposing. For
example, to increase pitch the audio stream is first time-stretched to
longer duration (without affecting pitch) and then transposed back to
original duration by sample rate transposing, which simultaneously
reduces duration and increases pitch. The result is original duration
but increased pitch.</li>
</ul>
<h3>3.4 Tuning the algorithm parameters</h3>
<p>The time-stretch algorithm has few parameters that can be tuned to
optimize sound quality for certain application. The current default
parameters have been chosen by iterative if-then analysis (read: "trial
and error") to obtain best subjective sound quality in pop/rock music
processing, but in applications processing different kind of sound the
default parameter set may result into a sub-optimal result.</p>
<p>The time-stretch algorithm default parameter values are set by the
following #defines in file "TDStretch.h":</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS AUTOMATIC<br>#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS AUTOMATIC<br>#define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>These parameters affect to the time-stretch algorithm as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li> <strong>DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS</strong>: This is the default
length of a single processing sequence in milliseconds which determines
the how the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
Larger values mean fewer sequences are used in processing. In principle
a larger value sounds better when slowing down the tempo, but worse
when increasing the tempo and vice versa.&nbsp;<br>
<br>
By default, this setting value is calculated automatically according to
tempo value.<br>
</li>
<li> <strong>DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS</strong>: The seeking window
default length in milliseconds is for the algorithm that seeks the best
possible overlapping location. This determines from how wide a sample
"window" the algorithm can use to find an optimal mixing location when
the sound sequences are to be linked back together.&nbsp;<br>
<br>
The bigger this window setting is, the higher the possibility to find a
better mixing position becomes, but at the same time large values may
cause a "drifting" sound artifact because neighboring sequences can be
chosen at more uneven intervals. If there's a disturbing artifact that
sounds as if a constant frequency was drifting around, try reducing
this setting.<br>
<br>
By default, this setting value is calculated automatically according to
tempo value.<br>
</li>
<li> <strong>DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS</strong>: Overlap length in
milliseconds. When the sound sequences are mixed back together to form
again a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines how much the
ends of the consecutive sequences will overlap with each other.<br>
<br>
This shouldn't be that critical parameter. If you reduce the
DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS setting by a large amount, you might wish to try a
smaller value on this.</li>
</ul>
<p>Notice that these parameters can also be set during execution time
with functions "<strong>TDStretch::setParameters()</strong>" and "<strong>SoundTouch::setSetting()</strong>".</p>
<p>The table below summaries how the parameters can be adjusted for
different applications:</p>
<table border="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><strong>Parameter name</strong></td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Default value magnitude</strong></td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Larger value affects...</strong></td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Smaller value affects...</strong></td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Effect to CPU burden</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>SEQUENCE_MS</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Default value is relatively large, chosen for
slowing down music tempo</td>
<td valign="top">Larger value is usually better for slowing down
tempo. Growing the value decelerates the "echoing" artifact when
slowing down the tempo.</td>
<td valign="top">Smaller value might be better for speeding up
tempo. Reducing the value accelerates the "echoing" artifact when
slowing down the tempo </td>
<td valign="top">Increasing the parameter value reduces
computation burden</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>SEEKWINDOW_MS</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Default value is relatively large, chosen for
slowing down music tempo</td>
<td valign="top">Larger value eases finding a good mixing
position, but may cause a "drifting" artifact</td>
<td valign="top">Smaller reduce possibility to find a good mixing
position, but reduce the "drifting" artifact.</td>
<td valign="top">Increasing the parameter value increases
computation burden</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>OVERLAP_MS</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Default value is relatively large, chosen to
suit with above parameters.</td>
<td valign="top">&nbsp;</td>
<td valign="top">If you reduce the "sequence ms" setting, you
might wish to try a smaller value.</td>
<td valign="top">Increasing the parameter value increases
computation burden</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>3.5 Performance Optimizations </h3>
<p><strong>General optimizations:</strong></p>
<p>The time-stretch routine has a 'quick' mode that substantially
speeds up the algorithm but may degrade the sound quality by a small
amount. This mode is activated by calling SoundTouch::setSetting()
function with parameter&nbsp; id of SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK and value
"1", i.e. </p>
<blockquote>
<p>setSetting(SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK, 1);</p>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>CPU-specific optimizations:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Intel MMX optimized routines are used with compatible CPUs when
16bit integer sample type is used. MMX optimizations are available both
in Win32 and Gnu/x86 platforms. Compatible processors are Intel
PentiumMMX and later; AMD K6-2, Athlon and later. </li>
<li> Intel SSE optimized routines are used with compatible CPUs when
floating point sample type is used. SSE optimizations are currently
implemented for Win32 platform only. Processors compatible with SSE
extension are Intel processors starting from Pentium-III, and AMD
processors starting from Athlon XP. </li>
<li> AMD 3DNow! optimized routines are used with compatible CPUs when
floating point sample type is used, but SSE extension isn't supported .
3DNow! optimizations are currently implemented for Win32 platform only.
These optimizations are used in AMD K6-2 and Athlon (classic) CPU's;
better performing SSE routines are used with AMD processor starting
from Athlon XP. </li>
</ul>
<hr>
<h2><a name="SoundStretch"></a>4. SoundStretch audio processing utility
</h2>
<p>SoundStretch audio processing utility<br>
Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen 2002-2012</p>
<p>SoundStretch is a simple command-line application that can change
tempo, pitch and playback rates of WAV sound files. This program is
intended primarily to demonstrate how the "SoundTouch" library can be
used to process sound in your own program, but it can as well be used
for processing sound files.</p>
<h3>4.1. SoundStretch Usage Instructions</h3>
<p>SoundStretch Usage syntax:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch infilename outfilename [switches]</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>Where: </p>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>"infilename"</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Name of the input sound data file (in .WAV audio
file format). Give "stdin" as filename to use standard input pipe. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>"outfilename"</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Name of the output sound file where the
resulting sound is saved (in .WAV audio file format). This parameter
may be omitted if you&nbsp; don't want to save the output (e.g. when
only calculating BPM rate with '-bpm' switch). Give "stdout" as
filename to use standard output pipe.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>&nbsp;[switches]</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Are one or more control switches.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Available control switches are:</p>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="2">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-tempo=n </pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Change the sound tempo by n percents (n = -95.0
.. +5000.0 %) </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-pitch=n</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Change the sound pitch by n semitones (n = -60.0
.. + 60.0 semitones) </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-rate=n</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Change the sound playback rate by n percents (n
= -95.0 .. +5000.0 %) </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-bpm=n</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Detect the Beats-Per-Minute (BPM) rate of the
sound and adjust the tempo to meet 'n' BPMs. When this switch is
applied, the "-tempo" switch is ignored. If "=n" is omitted, i.e.
switch "-bpm" is used alone, then the BPM rate is estimated and
displayed, but tempo not adjusted according to the BPM value. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-quick</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Use quicker tempo change algorithm. Gains speed
but loses sound quality. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-naa</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Don't use anti-alias filtering in sample rate
transposing. Gains speed but loses sound quality. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">
<pre>-license</pre>
</td>
<td valign="top">Displays the program license text (LGPL)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li> To use standard input/output pipes for processing, give "stdin"
and "stdout" as input/output filenames correspondingly. The standard
input/output pipes will still carry the audio data in .wav audio file
format. </li>
<li> The numerical switches allow both integer (e.g. "-tempo=123")
and decimal (e.g. "-tempo=123.45") numbers. </li>
<li> The "-naa" and/or "-quick" switches can be used to reduce CPU
usage while compromising some sound quality </li>
<li> The BPM detection algorithm works by detecting repeating bass or
drum patterns at low frequencies of &lt;250Hz. A lower-than-expected
BPM figure may be reported for music with uneven or complex bass
patterns. </li>
</ul>
<h3>4.2. SoundStretch usage examples </h3>
<p><strong>Example 1</strong></p>
<p>The following command increases tempo of the sound file
"originalfile.wav" by 12.5% and stores result to file
"destinationfile.wav":</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch originalfile.wav destinationfile.wav -tempo=12.5</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Example 2</strong></p>
<p>The following command decreases the sound pitch (key) of the sound
file "orig.wav" by two semitones and stores the result to file
"dest.wav":</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch orig.wav dest.wav -pitch=-2</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Example 3</strong></p>
<p>The following command processes the file "orig.wav" by decreasing
the sound tempo by 25.3% and increasing the sound pitch (key) by 1.5
semitones. Resulting .wav audio data is directed to standard output
pipe:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch orig.wav stdout -tempo=-25.3 -pitch=1.5</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Example 4</strong></p>
<p>The following command detects the BPM rate of the file "orig.wav"
and adjusts the tempo to match 100 beats per minute. Result is stored
to file "dest.wav":</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch orig.wav dest.wav -bpm=100</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Example 5</strong></p>
<p>The following command reads .wav sound data from standard input pipe
and estimates the BPM rate:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>soundstretch stdin -bpm</pre>
</blockquote>
<hr>
<h2>5. Change History</h2>
<h3>5.1. SoundTouch library Change History </h3>
<p><b>1.7.1:</b></p>
<ul>
<li>Added files for Android compilation
</ul>
<p><b>1.7.0:</b></p>
<ul>
<li>Sound quality improvements/li>
<li>Improved flush() to adjust output sound stream duration to match better with
ideal duration</li>
<li>Rewrote x86 cpu feature check to resolve compatibility problems</li>
<li>Configure script automatically checks if CPU supports mmx & sse compatibility for GNU platform, and
the script support now "--enable-x86-optimizations" switch to allow disabling x86-specific optimizations.</li>
<li>Revised #define conditions for 32bit/64bit compatibility</li>
<li>gnu autoconf/automake script compatibility fixes</li>
<li>Tuned beat-per-minute detection algorithm</li>
</ul>
<p><b>1.6.0:</b></p>
<ul>
<li> Added automatic cutoff threshold adaptation to beat detection
routine to better adapt BPM calculation to different types of music </li>
<li> Retired 3DNow! optimization support as 3DNow! is nowadays
obsoleted and assembler code is nuisance to maintain</li>
<li>Retired "configure" file from source code package due to
autoconf/automake versio conflicts, so that it is from now on to be
generated by invoking "boostrap" script that uses locally available
toolchain version for generating the "configure" file</li>
<li>Resolved namespace/label naming conflicts with other libraries by
replacing global labels such as INTEGER_SAMPLES with more specific
SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES etc.<br>
</li>
<li>Updated windows build scripts &amp; project files for Visual
Studio 2008 support</li>
<li> Updated SoundTouch.dll API for .NET compatibility</li>
<li> Added API for querying nominal processing input &amp; output
sample batch sizes</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.5.0:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Added normalization to correlation calculation and improvement
automatic seek/sequence parameter calculation to improve sound quality </li>
<li> Bugfixes:&nbsp;
<ul>
<li> Fixed negative array indexing in quick seek algorithm </li>
<li> FIR autoalias filter running too far in processing buffer </li>
<li> Check against zero sample count in rate transposing </li>
<li> Fix for x86-64 support: Removed pop/push instructions from
the cpu detection algorithm.&nbsp; </li>
<li> Check against empty buffers in FIFOSampleBuffer </li>
<li> Other minor fixes &amp; code cleanup</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> Fixes in compilation scripts for non-Intel platforms </li>
<li> Added Dynamic-Link-Library (DLL) version of SoundTouch library
build, provided with Delphi/Pascal wrapper for calling the dll routines
</li>
<li> Added #define PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER that prevents a
click artifact when crossing the nominal pitch from either positive to
negative side or vice versa</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.4.1:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Fixed a buffer overflow bug in BPM detect algorithm routines if
processing more than 2048 samples at one call&nbsp;</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.4.0:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Improved sound quality by automatic calculation of time stretch
algorithm processing parameters according to tempo setting </li>
<li> Moved BPM detection routines from SoundStretch application into
SoundTouch library </li>
<li> Bugfixes: Usage of uninitialied variables, GNU build scripts,
compiler errors due to 'const' keyword mismatch. </li>
<li> Source code cleanup</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.3.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Changed static class declaration to GCC 4.x compiler compatible
syntax. </li>
<li> Enabled MMX/SSE-optimized routines also for GCC compilers.
Earlier the MMX/SSE-optimized routines were written in
compiler-specific inline assembler, now these routines are migrated to
use compiler intrinsic syntax which allows compiling the same
MMX/SSE-optimized source code with both Visual C++ and GCC compilers. </li>
<li> Set floating point as the default sample format and added switch
to the GNU configure script for selecting the other sample format.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.3.0: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Fixed tempo routine output duration inaccuracy due to rounding
error </li>
<li> Implemented separate processing routines for integer and
floating arithmetic to allow improvements to floating point routines
(earlier used algorithms mostly optimized for integer arithmetic also
for floating point samples) </li>
<li> Fixed a bug that distorts sound if sample rate changes during
the sound stream </li>
<li> Fixed a memory leak that appeared in MMX/SSE/3DNow! optimized
routines </li>
<li> Reduced redundant code pieces in MMX/SSE/3DNow! optimized
routines vs. the standard C routines. </li>
<li> MMX routine incompatibility with new gcc compiler versions </li>
<li> Other miscellaneous bug fixes </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.2.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Added automake/autoconf scripts for GNU platforms (in courtesy
of David Durham) </li>
<li> Fixed SCALE overflow bug in rate transposer routine. </li>
<li> Fixed 64bit address space bugs. </li>
<li> Created a 'soundtouch' namespace for SAMPLETYPE definitions.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.2.0: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Added support for 32bit floating point sample data type with
SSE/3DNow! optimizations for Win32 platform (SSE/3DNow! optimizations
currently not supported in GCC environment) </li>
<li> Replaced 'make-gcc' script for GNU environment by master
Makefile </li>
<li> Added time-stretch routine configurability to SoundTouch main
class </li>
<li> Bugfixes</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.1.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Moved SoundTouch under lesser GPL license (LGPL). This allows
using SoundTouch library in programs that aren't released under GPL
license. </li>
<li> Changed MMX routine organiation so that MMX optimized routines
are now implemented in classes that are derived from the basic classes
having the standard non-mmx routines. </li>
<li> MMX routines to support gcc version 3. </li>
<li> Replaced windows makefiles by script using the .dsw files </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.0.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> "mmx_gcc.cpp": Added "using namespace std" and removed "return
0" from a function with void return value to fix compiler errors when
compiling the library in Solaris environment. </li>
<li> Moved file "FIFOSampleBuffer.h" to "include" directory to allow
accessing the FIFOSampleBuffer class from external files. </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.0: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Initial release </li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>5.2. SoundStretch application Change History </h3>
<p><b>1.7.0:</b></p>
<ul>
<li>Bugfixes in Wavfile: exception string formatting, avoid getLengthMs() integer
precision overflow, support WAV files using 24/32bit sample format.</li>
</ul>
<p><b>1.5.0:</b></p>
<ul>
<li> Added "-speech" switch to activate algorithm parameters more
suitable for speech processing than the default parameters tuned for
music processing.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.4.0:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Moved BPM detection routines from SoundStretch application into
SoundTouch library </li>
<li> Allow using standard input/output pipes as audio processing
input/output streams</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.3.0:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Simplified accessing WAV files with floating point sample
format. </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.2.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Fixed 64bit address space bugs.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.2.0: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Added support for 32bit floating point sample data type </li>
<li> Restructured the BPM routines into separate library </li>
<li> Fixed big-endian conversion bugs in WAV file routines (hopefully
:)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.1.1: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Fixed bugs in WAV file reading &amp; added byte-order conversion
for big-endian processors. </li>
<li> Moved SoundStretch source code under 'example' directory to
highlight difference from SoundTouch stuff. </li>
<li> Replaced windows makefiles by script using the .dsw files </li>
<li> Output file name isn't required if output isn't desired (e.g. if
using the switch '-bpm' in plain format only) </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.1:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> Fixed "Release" settings in Microsoft Visual C++ project file
(.dsp) </li>
<li> Added beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine and command-line
switch "-bpm" </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>1.01: </strong> </p>
<ul>
<li> Initial release </li>
</ul>
<hr>
<h2>6. Acknowledgements </h2>
<p>Kudos for these people who have contributed to development or
submitted bugfixes since SoundTouch v1.3.1: </p>
<ul>
<li> Arthur A</li>
<li> Richard Ash</li>
<li> Stanislav Brabec</li>
<li> Christian Budde</li>
<li> Jacek Caban</li>
<li> Brian Cameron</li>
<li> Jason Champion</li>
<li> David Clark</li>
<li> Patrick Colis</li>
<li> Miquel Colon</li>
<li> Justin Frankel</li>
<li> Jason Garland</li>
<li> Takashi Iwai</li>
<li> Yuval Naveh</li>
<li> Paulo Pizarro</li>
<li> Blaise Potard</li>
<li> RJ Ryan</li>
<li> Patrick Colis </li>
<li> Miquel Colon </li>
<li> Sandro Cumerlato</li>
<li> Justin Frankel </li>
<li> Jason Garland </li>
<li> Takashi Iwai </li>
<li> Mathias Möhl</li>
<li> Yuval Naveh </li>
<li> Paulo Pizarro </li>
<li> Blaise Potard</li>
<li> RJ Ryan </li>
<li> John Sheehy</li>
<li> Tim Shuttleworth</li>
<li> John Stumpo</li>
<li> Tim Shuttleworth</li>
<li> Katja Vetter</li>
</ul>
<p>Moral greetings to all other contributors and users also!</p>
<hr>
<h2>7. LICENSE </h2>
<p>SoundTouch audio processing library<br>
Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen</p>
<p>This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
as published by the Free Software Foundation.</p>
<p>This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
General Public License for more details.</p>
<p>You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA</p>
<hr><!--
$Id: README.html 168 2012-12-28 20:55:19Z oparviai $␍-->
<p>
<i>RREADME.html file updated on 28-Dec-2012</i></p>
</body>
</html>
-626
View File
@@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Sample rate transposer. Changes sample rate by using linear interpolation
/// together with anti-alias filtering (first order interpolation with anti-
/// alias filtering should be quite adequate for this application)
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-09-02 15:56:11 -0300 (sex, 02 set 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: RateTransposer.cpp 131 2011-09-02 18:56:11Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <memory.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "RateTransposer.h"
#include "AAFilter.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
/// A linear samplerate transposer class that uses integer arithmetics.
/// for the transposing.
class RateTransposerInteger : public RateTransposer
{
protected:
int iSlopeCount;
int iRate;
SAMPLETYPE sPrevSampleL, sPrevSampleR;
virtual void resetRegisters();
virtual uint transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
virtual uint transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
public:
RateTransposerInteger();
virtual ~RateTransposerInteger();
/// Sets new target rate. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
/// rate, larger faster rates.
virtual void setRate(float newRate);
};
/// A linear samplerate transposer class that uses floating point arithmetics
/// for the transposing.
class RateTransposerFloat : public RateTransposer
{
protected:
float fSlopeCount;
SAMPLETYPE sPrevSampleL, sPrevSampleR;
virtual void resetRegisters();
virtual uint transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
virtual uint transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
public:
RateTransposerFloat();
virtual ~RateTransposerFloat();
};
// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
// depending on if we've a MMX/SSE/etc-capable CPU available or not.
void * RateTransposer::operator new(size_t s)
{
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Error in RateTransoser::new: don't use \"new TDStretch\" directly, use \"newInstance\" to create a new instance instead!");
return newInstance();
}
RateTransposer *RateTransposer::newInstance()
{
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
return ::new RateTransposerInteger;
#else
return ::new RateTransposerFloat;
#endif
}
// Constructor
RateTransposer::RateTransposer() : FIFOProcessor(&outputBuffer)
{
numChannels = 2;
bUseAAFilter = TRUE;
fRate = 0;
// Instantiates the anti-alias filter with default tap length
// of 32
pAAFilter = new AAFilter(32);
}
RateTransposer::~RateTransposer()
{
delete pAAFilter;
}
/// Enables/disables the anti-alias filter. Zero to disable, nonzero to enable
void RateTransposer::enableAAFilter(BOOL newMode)
{
bUseAAFilter = newMode;
}
/// Returns nonzero if anti-alias filter is enabled.
BOOL RateTransposer::isAAFilterEnabled() const
{
return bUseAAFilter;
}
AAFilter *RateTransposer::getAAFilter()
{
return pAAFilter;
}
// Sets new target iRate. Normal iRate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
// iRate, larger faster iRates.
void RateTransposer::setRate(float newRate)
{
double fCutoff;
fRate = newRate;
// design a new anti-alias filter
if (newRate > 1.0f)
{
fCutoff = 0.5f / newRate;
}
else
{
fCutoff = 0.5f * newRate;
}
pAAFilter->setCutoffFreq(fCutoff);
}
// Outputs as many samples of the 'outputBuffer' as possible, and if there's
// any room left, outputs also as many of the incoming samples as possible.
// The goal is to drive the outputBuffer empty.
//
// It's allowed for 'output' and 'input' parameters to point to the same
// memory position.
/*
void RateTransposer::flushStoreBuffer()
{
if (storeBuffer.isEmpty()) return;
outputBuffer.moveSamples(storeBuffer);
}
*/
// Adds 'nSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
// the input of the object.
void RateTransposer::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
{
processSamples(samples, nSamples);
}
// Transposes up the sample rate, causing the observed playback 'rate' of the
// sound to decrease
void RateTransposer::upsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
uint count, sizeTemp, num;
// If the parameter 'uRate' value is smaller than 'SCALE', first transpose
// the samples and then apply the anti-alias filter to remove aliasing.
// First check that there's enough room in 'storeBuffer'
// (+16 is to reserve some slack in the destination buffer)
sizeTemp = (uint)((float)nSamples / fRate + 16.0f);
// Transpose the samples, store the result into the end of "storeBuffer"
count = transpose(storeBuffer.ptrEnd(sizeTemp), src, nSamples);
storeBuffer.putSamples(count);
// Apply the anti-alias filter to samples in "store output", output the
// result to "dest"
num = storeBuffer.numSamples();
count = pAAFilter->evaluate(outputBuffer.ptrEnd(num),
storeBuffer.ptrBegin(), num, (uint)numChannels);
outputBuffer.putSamples(count);
// Remove the processed samples from "storeBuffer"
storeBuffer.receiveSamples(count);
}
// Transposes down the sample rate, causing the observed playback 'rate' of the
// sound to increase
void RateTransposer::downsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
uint count, sizeTemp;
// If the parameter 'uRate' value is larger than 'SCALE', first apply the
// anti-alias filter to remove high frequencies (prevent them from folding
// over the lover frequencies), then transpose.
// Add the new samples to the end of the storeBuffer
storeBuffer.putSamples(src, nSamples);
// Anti-alias filter the samples to prevent folding and output the filtered
// data to tempBuffer. Note : because of the FIR filter length, the
// filtering routine takes in 'filter_length' more samples than it outputs.
assert(tempBuffer.isEmpty());
sizeTemp = storeBuffer.numSamples();
count = pAAFilter->evaluate(tempBuffer.ptrEnd(sizeTemp),
storeBuffer.ptrBegin(), sizeTemp, (uint)numChannels);
if (count == 0) return;
// Remove the filtered samples from 'storeBuffer'
storeBuffer.receiveSamples(count);
// Transpose the samples (+16 is to reserve some slack in the destination buffer)
sizeTemp = (uint)((float)nSamples / fRate + 16.0f);
count = transpose(outputBuffer.ptrEnd(sizeTemp), tempBuffer.ptrBegin(), count);
outputBuffer.putSamples(count);
}
// Transposes sample rate by applying anti-alias filter to prevent folding.
// Returns amount of samples returned in the "dest" buffer.
// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
void RateTransposer::processSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
uint count;
uint sizeReq;
if (nSamples == 0) return;
assert(pAAFilter);
// If anti-alias filter is turned off, simply transpose without applying
// the filter
if (bUseAAFilter == FALSE)
{
sizeReq = (uint)((float)nSamples / fRate + 1.0f);
count = transpose(outputBuffer.ptrEnd(sizeReq), src, nSamples);
outputBuffer.putSamples(count);
return;
}
// Transpose with anti-alias filter
if (fRate < 1.0f)
{
upsample(src, nSamples);
}
else
{
downsample(src, nSamples);
}
}
// Transposes the sample rate of the given samples using linear interpolation.
// Returns the number of samples returned in the "dest" buffer
inline uint RateTransposer::transpose(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
if (numChannels == 2)
{
return transposeStereo(dest, src, nSamples);
}
else
{
return transposeMono(dest, src, nSamples);
}
}
// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void RateTransposer::setChannels(int nChannels)
{
assert(nChannels > 0);
if (numChannels == nChannels) return;
assert(nChannels == 1 || nChannels == 2);
numChannels = nChannels;
storeBuffer.setChannels(numChannels);
tempBuffer.setChannels(numChannels);
outputBuffer.setChannels(numChannels);
// Inits the linear interpolation registers
resetRegisters();
}
// Clears all the samples in the object
void RateTransposer::clear()
{
outputBuffer.clear();
storeBuffer.clear();
}
// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
int RateTransposer::isEmpty() const
{
int res;
res = FIFOProcessor::isEmpty();
if (res == 0) return 0;
return storeBuffer.isEmpty();
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// RateTransposerInteger - integer arithmetic implementation
//
/// fixed-point interpolation routine precision
#define SCALE 65536
// Constructor
RateTransposerInteger::RateTransposerInteger() : RateTransposer()
{
// Notice: use local function calling syntax for sake of clarity,
// to indicate the fact that C++ constructor can't call virtual functions.
RateTransposerInteger::resetRegisters();
RateTransposerInteger::setRate(1.0f);
}
RateTransposerInteger::~RateTransposerInteger()
{
}
void RateTransposerInteger::resetRegisters()
{
iSlopeCount = 0;
sPrevSampleL =
sPrevSampleR = 0;
}
// Transposes the sample rate of the given samples using linear interpolation.
// 'Mono' version of the routine. Returns the number of samples returned in
// the "dest" buffer
uint RateTransposerInteger::transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
unsigned int i, used;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE temp, vol1;
if (nSamples == 0) return 0; // no samples, no work
used = 0;
i = 0;
// Process the last sample saved from the previous call first...
while (iSlopeCount <= SCALE)
{
vol1 = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(SCALE - iSlopeCount);
temp = vol1 * sPrevSampleL + iSlopeCount * src[0];
dest[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
i++;
iSlopeCount += iRate;
}
// now always (iSlopeCount > SCALE)
iSlopeCount -= SCALE;
while (1)
{
while (iSlopeCount > SCALE)
{
iSlopeCount -= SCALE;
used ++;
if (used >= nSamples - 1) goto end;
}
vol1 = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(SCALE - iSlopeCount);
temp = src[used] * vol1 + iSlopeCount * src[used + 1];
dest[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
i++;
iSlopeCount += iRate;
}
end:
// Store the last sample for the next round
sPrevSampleL = src[nSamples - 1];
return i;
}
// Transposes the sample rate of the given samples using linear interpolation.
// 'Stereo' version of the routine. Returns the number of samples returned in
// the "dest" buffer
uint RateTransposerInteger::transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
unsigned int srcPos, i, used;
LONG_SAMPLETYPE temp, vol1;
if (nSamples == 0) return 0; // no samples, no work
used = 0;
i = 0;
// Process the last sample saved from the sPrevSampleLious call first...
while (iSlopeCount <= SCALE)
{
vol1 = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(SCALE - iSlopeCount);
temp = vol1 * sPrevSampleL + iSlopeCount * src[0];
dest[2 * i] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
temp = vol1 * sPrevSampleR + iSlopeCount * src[1];
dest[2 * i + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
i++;
iSlopeCount += iRate;
}
// now always (iSlopeCount > SCALE)
iSlopeCount -= SCALE;
while (1)
{
while (iSlopeCount > SCALE)
{
iSlopeCount -= SCALE;
used ++;
if (used >= nSamples - 1) goto end;
}
srcPos = 2 * used;
vol1 = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(SCALE - iSlopeCount);
temp = src[srcPos] * vol1 + iSlopeCount * src[srcPos + 2];
dest[2 * i] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
temp = src[srcPos + 1] * vol1 + iSlopeCount * src[srcPos + 3];
dest[2 * i + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)(temp / SCALE);
i++;
iSlopeCount += iRate;
}
end:
// Store the last sample for the next round
sPrevSampleL = src[2 * nSamples - 2];
sPrevSampleR = src[2 * nSamples - 1];
return i;
}
// Sets new target iRate. Normal iRate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
// iRate, larger faster iRates.
void RateTransposerInteger::setRate(float newRate)
{
iRate = (int)(newRate * SCALE + 0.5f);
RateTransposer::setRate(newRate);
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// RateTransposerFloat - floating point arithmetic implementation
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor
RateTransposerFloat::RateTransposerFloat() : RateTransposer()
{
// Notice: use local function calling syntax for sake of clarity,
// to indicate the fact that C++ constructor can't call virtual functions.
RateTransposerFloat::resetRegisters();
RateTransposerFloat::setRate(1.0f);
}
RateTransposerFloat::~RateTransposerFloat()
{
}
void RateTransposerFloat::resetRegisters()
{
fSlopeCount = 0;
sPrevSampleL =
sPrevSampleR = 0;
}
// Transposes the sample rate of the given samples using linear interpolation.
// 'Mono' version of the routine. Returns the number of samples returned in
// the "dest" buffer
uint RateTransposerFloat::transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
unsigned int i, used;
used = 0;
i = 0;
// Process the last sample saved from the previous call first...
while (fSlopeCount <= 1.0f)
{
dest[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * sPrevSampleL + fSlopeCount * src[0]);
i++;
fSlopeCount += fRate;
}
fSlopeCount -= 1.0f;
if (nSamples > 1)
{
while (1)
{
while (fSlopeCount > 1.0f)
{
fSlopeCount -= 1.0f;
used ++;
if (used >= nSamples - 1) goto end;
}
dest[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * src[used] + fSlopeCount * src[used + 1]);
i++;
fSlopeCount += fRate;
}
}
end:
// Store the last sample for the next round
sPrevSampleL = src[nSamples - 1];
return i;
}
// Transposes the sample rate of the given samples using linear interpolation.
// 'Mono' version of the routine. Returns the number of samples returned in
// the "dest" buffer
uint RateTransposerFloat::transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples)
{
unsigned int srcPos, i, used;
if (nSamples == 0) return 0; // no samples, no work
used = 0;
i = 0;
// Process the last sample saved from the sPrevSampleLious call first...
while (fSlopeCount <= 1.0f)
{
dest[2 * i] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * sPrevSampleL + fSlopeCount * src[0]);
dest[2 * i + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * sPrevSampleR + fSlopeCount * src[1]);
i++;
fSlopeCount += fRate;
}
// now always (iSlopeCount > 1.0f)
fSlopeCount -= 1.0f;
if (nSamples > 1)
{
while (1)
{
while (fSlopeCount > 1.0f)
{
fSlopeCount -= 1.0f;
used ++;
if (used >= nSamples - 1) goto end;
}
srcPos = 2 * used;
dest[2 * i] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * src[srcPos]
+ fSlopeCount * src[srcPos + 2]);
dest[2 * i + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)((1.0f - fSlopeCount) * src[srcPos + 1]
+ fSlopeCount * src[srcPos + 3]);
i++;
fSlopeCount += fRate;
}
}
end:
// Store the last sample for the next round
sPrevSampleL = src[2 * nSamples - 2];
sPrevSampleR = src[2 * nSamples - 1];
return i;
}
-159
View File
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Sample rate transposer. Changes sample rate by using linear interpolation
/// together with anti-alias filtering (first order interpolation with anti-
/// alias filtering should be quite adequate for this application).
///
/// Use either of the derived classes of 'RateTransposerInteger' or
/// 'RateTransposerFloat' for corresponding integer/floating point tranposing
/// algorithm implementation.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-02-21 13:00:14 -0300 (sáb, 21 fev 2009) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: RateTransposer.h 63 2009-02-21 16:00:14Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef RateTransposer_H
#define RateTransposer_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "AAFilter.h"
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// A common linear samplerate transposer class.
///
/// Note: Use function "RateTransposer::newInstance()" to create a new class
/// instance instead of the "new" operator; that function automatically
/// chooses a correct implementation depending on if integer or floating
/// arithmetics are to be used.
class RateTransposer : public FIFOProcessor
{
protected:
/// Anti-alias filter object
AAFilter *pAAFilter;
float fRate;
int numChannels;
/// Buffer for collecting samples to feed the anti-alias filter between
/// two batches
FIFOSampleBuffer storeBuffer;
/// Buffer for keeping samples between transposing & anti-alias filter
FIFOSampleBuffer tempBuffer;
/// Output sample buffer
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
BOOL bUseAAFilter;
virtual void resetRegisters() = 0;
virtual uint transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples) = 0;
virtual uint transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples) = 0;
inline uint transpose(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
void downsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
void upsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
/// Transposes sample rate by applying anti-alias filter to prevent folding.
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "dest" buffer.
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
void processSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
uint numSamples);
public:
RateTransposer();
virtual ~RateTransposer();
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
/// depending on if we're to use integer or floating point arithmetics.
static void *operator new(size_t s);
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
/// This function automatically chooses a correct implementation, depending on if
/// integer ot floating point arithmetics are to be used.
static RateTransposer *newInstance();
/// Returns the output buffer object
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
/// Returns the store buffer object
FIFOSamplePipe *getStore() { return &storeBuffer; };
/// Return anti-alias filter object
AAFilter *getAAFilter();
/// Enables/disables the anti-alias filter. Zero to disable, nonzero to enable
void enableAAFilter(BOOL newMode);
/// Returns nonzero if anti-alias filter is enabled.
BOOL isAAFilterEnabled() const;
/// Sets new target rate. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
/// rate, larger faster rates.
virtual void setRate(float newRate);
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void setChannels(int channels);
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
/// the input of the object.
void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint numSamples);
/// Clears all the samples in the object
void clear();
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
int isEmpty() const;
};
}
#endif
-187
View File
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Common type definitions for SoundTouch audio processing library.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 12:53:56 -0200 (sex, 28 dez 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 3 $
//
// $Id: STTypes.h 162 2012-12-28 14:53:56Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef STTypes_H
#define STTypes_H
typedef unsigned int uint;
typedef unsigned long ulong;
// Patch for MinGW: on Win64 long is 32-bit
#ifdef _WIN64
typedef unsigned long long ulongptr;
#else
typedef ulong ulongptr;
#endif
// Helper macro for aligning pointer up to next 16-byte boundary
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(x) ( ( (ulongptr)(x) + 15 ) & ~(ulongptr)15 )
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(ANDROID))
// In GCC, include soundtouch_config.h made by config scritps.
// Skip this in Android compilation that uses GCC but without configure scripts.
#include "soundtouch_config.h"
#endif
#ifndef _WINDEF_
// if these aren't defined already by Windows headers, define now
typedef int BOOL;
#define FALSE 0
#define TRUE 1
#endif // _WINDEF_
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Activate these undef's to overrule the possible sampletype
/// setting inherited from some other header file:
//#undef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
//#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
#if (defined(__SOFTFP__))
// For Android compilation: Force use of Integer samples in case that
// compilation uses soft-floating point emulation - soft-fp is way too slow
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1
#endif
#if !(SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES || SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES)
/// Choose either 32bit floating point or 16bit integer sampletype
/// by choosing one of the following defines, unless this selection
/// has already been done in some other file.
////
/// Notes:
/// - In Windows environment, choose the sample format with the
/// following defines.
/// - In GNU environment, the floating point samples are used by
/// default, but integer samples can be chosen by giving the
/// following switch to the configure script:
/// ./configure --enable-integer-samples
/// However, if you still prefer to select the sample format here
/// also in GNU environment, then please #undef the INTEGER_SAMPLE
/// and FLOAT_SAMPLE defines first as in comments above.
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1 //< 16bit integer samples
#define SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES 1 //< 32bit float samples
#endif
#if (_M_IX86 || __i386__ || __x86_64__ || _M_X64)
/// Define this to allow X86-specific assembler/intrinsic optimizations.
/// Notice that library contains also usual C++ versions of each of these
/// these routines, so if you're having difficulties getting the optimized
/// routines compiled for whatever reason, you may disable these optimizations
/// to make the library compile.
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS 1
/// In GNU environment, allow the user to override this setting by
/// giving the following switch to the configure script:
/// ./configure --disable-x86-optimizations
/// ./configure --enable-x86-optimizations=no
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_DISABLE_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
#endif
#else
/// Always disable optimizations when not using a x86 systems.
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
#endif
// If defined, allows the SIMD-optimized routines to take minor shortcuts
// for improved performance. Undefine to require faithfully similar SIMD
// calculations as in normal C implementation.
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION 1
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
// 16bit integer sample type
typedef short SAMPLETYPE;
// data type for sample accumulation: Use 32bit integer to prevent overflows
typedef long LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
// check that only one sample type is defined
#error "conflicting sample types defined"
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
// Allow MMX optimizations
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX 1
#endif
#else
// floating point samples
typedef float SAMPLETYPE;
// data type for sample accumulation: Use double to utilize full precision.
typedef double LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
// Allow SSE optimizations
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE 1
#endif
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
};
// define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING switch to disable throwing std exceptions:
// #define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING 1
#ifdef ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING
// Exceptions disabled. Throw asserts instead if enabled.
#include <assert.h>
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {assert((const char *)x);}
#else
// use c++ standard exceptions
#include <stdexcept>
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {throw std::runtime_error(x);}
#endif
// When this #define is active, eliminates a clicking sound when the "rate" or "pitch"
// parameter setting crosses from value <1 to >=1 or vice versa during processing.
// Default is off as such crossover is untypical case and involves a slight sound
// quality compromise.
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER 1
#endif
-86
View File
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes" ?>
<CodeBlocks_project_file>
<FileVersion major="1" minor="6" />
<Project>
<Option title="SoundTouch" />
<Option pch_mode="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Build>
<Target title="Debug">
<Option output="../../deps/debug/libsoundtouch-dbg" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/debug" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-g" />
<Add option="-O0" />
</Compiler>
</Target>
<Target title="Devel">
<Option output="../../deps/devel/libsoundtouch-dev" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/devel" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-O1" />
<Add option="-W" />
<Add option="-g" />
<Add option="-DNDEBUG" />
</Compiler>
</Target>
<Target title="Release">
<Option output="../../deps/libsoundtouch" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/release" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-fexpensive-optimizations" />
<Add option="-O3" />
<Add option="-W" />
<Add option="-DNDEBUG" />
</Compiler>
<Linker>
<Add option="-s" />
</Linker>
</Target>
</Build>
<Compiler>
<Add option="-march=athlon-xp" />
<Add option="-march=prescott" />
</Compiler>
<Unit filename="AAFilter.cpp" />
<Unit filename="AAFilter.h" />
<Unit filename="BPMDetect.h" />
<Unit filename="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp" />
<Unit filename="FIFOSampleBuffer.h" />
<Unit filename="FIFOSamplePipe.h" />
<Unit filename="FIRFilter.cpp" />
<Unit filename="FIRFilter.h" />
<Unit filename="RateTransposer.cpp" />
<Unit filename="RateTransposer.h" />
<Unit filename="STTypes.h" />
<Unit filename="SoundTouch.cpp" />
<Unit filename="SoundTouch.h" />
<Unit filename="TDStretch.cpp" />
<Unit filename="TDStretch.h" />
<Unit filename="WavFile.cpp" />
<Unit filename="WavFile.h" />
<Unit filename="cpu_detect.h" />
<Unit filename="cpu_detect_x86_gcc.cpp" />
<Unit filename="mmx_optimized.cpp" />
<Unit filename="soundtouch_config.h" />
<Unit filename="sse_optimized.cpp" />
<Extensions>
<envvars />
<code_completion />
<lib_finder disable_auto="1" />
<debugger />
</Extensions>
</Project>
</CodeBlocks_project_file>
-501
View File
@@ -1,501 +0,0 @@
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// SoundTouch - main class for tempo/pitch/rate adjusting routines.
///
/// Notes:
/// - Initialize the SoundTouch object instance by setting up the sound stream
/// parameters with functions 'setSampleRate' and 'setChannels', then set
/// desired tempo/pitch/rate settings with the corresponding functions.
///
/// - The SoundTouch class behaves like a first-in-first-out pipeline: The
/// samples that are to be processed are fed into one of the pipe by calling
/// function 'putSamples', while the ready processed samples can be read
/// from the other end of the pipeline with function 'receiveSamples'.
///
/// - The SoundTouch processing classes require certain sized 'batches' of
/// samples in order to process the sound. For this reason the classes buffer
/// incoming samples until there are enough of samples available for
/// processing, then they carry out the processing step and consequently
/// make the processed samples available for outputting.
///
/// - For the above reason, the processing routines introduce a certain
/// 'latency' between the input and output, so that the samples input to
/// SoundTouch may not be immediately available in the output, and neither
/// the amount of outputtable samples may not immediately be in direct
/// relationship with the amount of previously input samples.
///
/// - The tempo/pitch/rate control parameters can be altered during processing.
/// Please notice though that they aren't currently protected by semaphores,
/// so in multi-thread application external semaphore protection may be
/// required.
///
/// - This class utilizes classes 'TDStretch' for tempo change (without modifying
/// pitch) and 'RateTransposer' for changing the playback rate (that is, both
/// tempo and pitch in the same ratio) of the sound. The third available control
/// 'pitch' (change pitch but maintain tempo) is produced by a combination of
/// combining the two other controls.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 16:29:53 -0300 (qua, 13 jun 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: SoundTouch.cpp 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <memory.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "SoundTouch.h"
#include "TDStretch.h"
#include "RateTransposer.h"
#include "cpu_detect.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
/// test if two floating point numbers are equal
#define TEST_FLOAT_EQUAL(a, b) (fabs(a - b) < 1e-10)
/// Print library version string for autoconf
extern "C" void soundtouch_ac_test()
{
printf("SoundTouch Version: %s\n",SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION);
}
SoundTouch::SoundTouch()
{
// Initialize rate transposer and tempo changer instances
pRateTransposer = RateTransposer::newInstance();
pTDStretch = TDStretch::newInstance();
setOutPipe(pTDStretch);
rate = tempo = 0;
virtualPitch =
virtualRate =
virtualTempo = 1.0;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
channels = 0;
bSrateSet = FALSE;
}
SoundTouch::~SoundTouch()
{
delete pRateTransposer;
delete pTDStretch;
}
/// Get SoundTouch library version string
const char *SoundTouch::getVersionString()
{
static const char *_version = SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION;
return _version;
}
/// Get SoundTouch library version Id
uint SoundTouch::getVersionId()
{
return SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION_ID;
}
// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void SoundTouch::setChannels(uint numChannels)
{
if (numChannels != 1 && numChannels != 2)
{
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Illegal number of channels");
}
channels = numChannels;
pRateTransposer->setChannels((int)numChannels);
pTDStretch->setChannels((int)numChannels);
}
// Sets new rate control value. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values
// represent slower rate, larger faster rates.
void SoundTouch::setRate(float newRate)
{
virtualRate = newRate;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets new rate control value as a difference in percents compared
// to the original rate (-50 .. +100 %)
void SoundTouch::setRateChange(float newRate)
{
virtualRate = 1.0f + 0.01f * newRate;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets new tempo control value. Normal tempo = 1.0, smaller values
// represent slower tempo, larger faster tempo.
void SoundTouch::setTempo(float newTempo)
{
virtualTempo = newTempo;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets new tempo control value as a difference in percents compared
// to the original tempo (-50 .. +100 %)
void SoundTouch::setTempoChange(float newTempo)
{
virtualTempo = 1.0f + 0.01f * newTempo;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets new pitch control value. Original pitch = 1.0, smaller values
// represent lower pitches, larger values higher pitch.
void SoundTouch::setPitch(float newPitch)
{
virtualPitch = newPitch;
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets pitch change in octaves compared to the original pitch
// (-1.00 .. +1.00)
void SoundTouch::setPitchOctaves(float newPitch)
{
virtualPitch = (float)exp(0.69314718056f * newPitch);
calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
}
// Sets pitch change in semi-tones compared to the original pitch
// (-12 .. +12)
void SoundTouch::setPitchSemiTones(int newPitch)
{
setPitchOctaves((float)newPitch / 12.0f);
}
void SoundTouch::setPitchSemiTones(float newPitch)
{
setPitchOctaves(newPitch / 12.0f);
}
// Calculates 'effective' rate and tempo values from the
// nominal control values.
void SoundTouch::calcEffectiveRateAndTempo()
{
float oldTempo = tempo;
float oldRate = rate;
tempo = virtualTempo / virtualPitch;
rate = virtualPitch * virtualRate;
if (!TEST_FLOAT_EQUAL(rate,oldRate)) pRateTransposer->setRate(rate);
if (!TEST_FLOAT_EQUAL(tempo, oldTempo)) pTDStretch->setTempo(tempo);
#ifndef SOUNDTOUCH_PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER
if (rate <= 1.0f)
{
if (output != pTDStretch)
{
FIFOSamplePipe *tempoOut;
assert(output == pRateTransposer);
// move samples in the current output buffer to the output of pTDStretch
tempoOut = pTDStretch->getOutput();
tempoOut->moveSamples(*output);
// move samples in pitch transposer's store buffer to tempo changer's input
pTDStretch->moveSamples(*pRateTransposer->getStore());
output = pTDStretch;
}
}
else
#endif
{
if (output != pRateTransposer)
{
FIFOSamplePipe *transOut;
assert(output == pTDStretch);
// move samples in the current output buffer to the output of pRateTransposer
transOut = pRateTransposer->getOutput();
transOut->moveSamples(*output);
// move samples in tempo changer's input to pitch transposer's input
pRateTransposer->moveSamples(*pTDStretch->getInput());
output = pRateTransposer;
}
}
}
// Sets sample rate.
void SoundTouch::setSampleRate(uint srate)
{
bSrateSet = TRUE;
// set sample rate, leave other tempo changer parameters as they are.
pTDStretch->setParameters((int)srate);
}
// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
// the input of the object.
void SoundTouch::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
{
if (bSrateSet == FALSE)
{
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("SoundTouch : Sample rate not defined");
}
else if (channels == 0)
{
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("SoundTouch : Number of channels not defined");
}
// Transpose the rate of the new samples if necessary
/* Bypass the nominal setting - can introduce a click in sound when tempo/pitch control crosses the nominal value...
if (rate == 1.0f)
{
// The rate value is same as the original, simply evaluate the tempo changer.
assert(output == pTDStretch);
if (pRateTransposer->isEmpty() == 0)
{
// yet flush the last samples in the pitch transposer buffer
// (may happen if 'rate' changes from a non-zero value to zero)
pTDStretch->moveSamples(*pRateTransposer);
}
pTDStretch->putSamples(samples, nSamples);
}
*/
#ifndef SOUNDTOUCH_PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER
else if (rate <= 1.0f)
{
// transpose the rate down, output the transposed sound to tempo changer buffer
assert(output == pTDStretch);
pRateTransposer->putSamples(samples, nSamples);
pTDStretch->moveSamples(*pRateTransposer);
}
else
#endif
{
// evaluate the tempo changer, then transpose the rate up,
assert(output == pRateTransposer);
pTDStretch->putSamples(samples, nSamples);
pRateTransposer->moveSamples(*pTDStretch);
}
}
// Flushes the last samples from the processing pipeline to the output.
// Clears also the internal processing buffers.
//
// Note: This function is meant for extracting the last samples of a sound
// stream. This function may introduce additional blank samples in the end
// of the sound stream, and thus it's not recommended to call this function
// in the middle of a sound stream.
void SoundTouch::flush()
{
int i;
int nUnprocessed;
int nOut;
SAMPLETYPE buff[64*2]; // note: allocate 2*64 to cater 64 sample frames of stereo sound
// check how many samples still await processing, and scale
// that by tempo & rate to get expected output sample count
nUnprocessed = numUnprocessedSamples();
nUnprocessed = (int)((double)nUnprocessed / (tempo * rate) + 0.5);
nOut = numSamples(); // ready samples currently in buffer ...
nOut += nUnprocessed; // ... and how many we expect there to be in the end
memset(buff, 0, 64 * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
// "Push" the last active samples out from the processing pipeline by
// feeding blank samples into the processing pipeline until new,
// processed samples appear in the output (not however, more than
// 8ksamples in any case)
for (i = 0; i < 128; i ++)
{
putSamples(buff, 64);
if ((int)numSamples() >= nOut)
{
// Enough new samples have appeared into the output!
// As samples come from processing with bigger chunks, now truncate it
// back to maximum "nOut" samples to improve duration accuracy
adjustAmountOfSamples(nOut);
// finish
break;
}
}
// Clear working buffers
pRateTransposer->clear();
pTDStretch->clearInput();
// yet leave the 'tempoChanger' output intouched as that's where the
// flushed samples are!
}
// Changes a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
BOOL SoundTouch::setSetting(int settingId, int value)
{
int sampleRate, sequenceMs, seekWindowMs, overlapMs;
// read current tdstretch routine parameters
pTDStretch->getParameters(&sampleRate, &sequenceMs, &seekWindowMs, &overlapMs);
switch (settingId)
{
case SETTING_USE_AA_FILTER :
// enables / disabless anti-alias filter
pRateTransposer->enableAAFilter((value != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
return TRUE;
case SETTING_AA_FILTER_LENGTH :
// sets anti-alias filter length
pRateTransposer->getAAFilter()->setLength(value);
return TRUE;
case SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK :
// enables / disables tempo routine quick seeking algorithm
pTDStretch->enableQuickSeek((value != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
return TRUE;
case SETTING_SEQUENCE_MS:
// change time-stretch sequence duration parameter
pTDStretch->setParameters(sampleRate, value, seekWindowMs, overlapMs);
return TRUE;
case SETTING_SEEKWINDOW_MS:
// change time-stretch seek window length parameter
pTDStretch->setParameters(sampleRate, sequenceMs, value, overlapMs);
return TRUE;
case SETTING_OVERLAP_MS:
// change time-stretch overlap length parameter
pTDStretch->setParameters(sampleRate, sequenceMs, seekWindowMs, value);
return TRUE;
default :
return FALSE;
}
}
// Reads a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
//
// Returns the setting value.
int SoundTouch::getSetting(int settingId) const
{
int temp;
switch (settingId)
{
case SETTING_USE_AA_FILTER :
return (uint)pRateTransposer->isAAFilterEnabled();
case SETTING_AA_FILTER_LENGTH :
return pRateTransposer->getAAFilter()->getLength();
case SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK :
return (uint) pTDStretch->isQuickSeekEnabled();
case SETTING_SEQUENCE_MS:
pTDStretch->getParameters(NULL, &temp, NULL, NULL);
return temp;
case SETTING_SEEKWINDOW_MS:
pTDStretch->getParameters(NULL, NULL, &temp, NULL);
return temp;
case SETTING_OVERLAP_MS:
pTDStretch->getParameters(NULL, NULL, NULL, &temp);
return temp;
case SETTING_NOMINAL_INPUT_SEQUENCE :
return pTDStretch->getInputSampleReq();
case SETTING_NOMINAL_OUTPUT_SEQUENCE :
return pTDStretch->getOutputBatchSize();
default :
return 0;
}
}
// Clears all the samples in the object's output and internal processing
// buffers.
void SoundTouch::clear()
{
pRateTransposer->clear();
pTDStretch->clear();
}
/// Returns number of samples currently unprocessed.
uint SoundTouch::numUnprocessedSamples() const
{
FIFOSamplePipe * psp;
if (pTDStretch)
{
psp = pTDStretch->getInput();
if (psp)
{
return psp->numSamples();
}
}
return 0;
}
-277
View File
@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// SoundTouch - main class for tempo/pitch/rate adjusting routines.
///
/// Notes:
/// - Initialize the SoundTouch object instance by setting up the sound stream
/// parameters with functions 'setSampleRate' and 'setChannels', then set
/// desired tempo/pitch/rate settings with the corresponding functions.
///
/// - The SoundTouch class behaves like a first-in-first-out pipeline: The
/// samples that are to be processed are fed into one of the pipe by calling
/// function 'putSamples', while the ready processed samples can be read
/// from the other end of the pipeline with function 'receiveSamples'.
///
/// - The SoundTouch processing classes require certain sized 'batches' of
/// samples in order to process the sound. For this reason the classes buffer
/// incoming samples until there are enough of samples available for
/// processing, then they carry out the processing step and consequently
/// make the processed samples available for outputting.
///
/// - For the above reason, the processing routines introduce a certain
/// 'latency' between the input and output, so that the samples input to
/// SoundTouch may not be immediately available in the output, and neither
/// the amount of outputtable samples may not immediately be in direct
/// relationship with the amount of previously input samples.
///
/// - The tempo/pitch/rate control parameters can be altered during processing.
/// Please notice though that they aren't currently protected by semaphores,
/// so in multi-thread application external semaphore protection may be
/// required.
///
/// - This class utilizes classes 'TDStretch' for tempo change (without modifying
/// pitch) and 'RateTransposer' for changing the playback rate (that is, both
/// tempo and pitch in the same ratio) of the sound. The third available control
/// 'pitch' (change pitch but maintain tempo) is produced by a combination of
/// combining the two other controls.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 17:32:59 -0200 (sex, 28 dez 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: SoundTouch.h 163 2012-12-28 19:32:59Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SoundTouch_H
#define SoundTouch_H
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Soundtouch library version string
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION "1.7.1"
/// SoundTouch library version id
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION_ID (10701)
//
// Available setting IDs for the 'setSetting' & 'get_setting' functions:
/// Enable/disable anti-alias filter in pitch transposer (0 = disable)
#define SETTING_USE_AA_FILTER 0
/// Pitch transposer anti-alias filter length (8 .. 128 taps, default = 32)
#define SETTING_AA_FILTER_LENGTH 1
/// Enable/disable quick seeking algorithm in tempo changer routine
/// (enabling quick seeking lowers CPU utilization but causes a minor sound
/// quality compromising)
#define SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK 2
/// Time-stretch algorithm single processing sequence length in milliseconds. This determines
/// to how long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
#define SETTING_SEQUENCE_MS 3
/// Time-stretch algorithm seeking window length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the
/// best possible overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm
/// may look for an optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
#define SETTING_SEEKWINDOW_MS 4
/// Time-stretch algorithm overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences
/// are mixed back together, to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over
/// how long period the two consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
#define SETTING_OVERLAP_MS 5
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing sequence
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many input samples
/// SoundTouch needs to gather before it does DSP processing run for the sample batch.
///
/// Notices:
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
/// size may wary from time to time
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_INPUT_SEQUENCE 6
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing output
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many output samples
/// SoundTouch outputs once it does DSP processing run for a batch of input samples.
///
/// Notices:
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
/// size may wary from time to time
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_OUTPUT_SEQUENCE 7
class SoundTouch : public FIFOProcessor
{
private:
/// Rate transposer class instance
class RateTransposer *pRateTransposer;
/// Time-stretch class instance
class TDStretch *pTDStretch;
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
float virtualRate;
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
float virtualTempo;
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
float virtualPitch;
/// Flag: Has sample rate been set?
BOOL bSrateSet;
/// Calculates effective rate & tempo valuescfrom 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and
/// 'virtualPitch' parameters.
void calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
protected :
/// Number of channels
uint channels;
/// Effective 'rate' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
float rate;
/// Effective 'tempo' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
float tempo;
public:
SoundTouch();
virtual ~SoundTouch();
/// Get SoundTouch library version string
static const char *getVersionString();
/// Get SoundTouch library version Id
static uint getVersionId();
/// Sets new rate control value. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values
/// represent slower rate, larger faster rates.
void setRate(float newRate);
/// Sets new tempo control value. Normal tempo = 1.0, smaller values
/// represent slower tempo, larger faster tempo.
void setTempo(float newTempo);
/// Sets new rate control value as a difference in percents compared
/// to the original rate (-50 .. +100 %)
void setRateChange(float newRate);
/// Sets new tempo control value as a difference in percents compared
/// to the original tempo (-50 .. +100 %)
void setTempoChange(float newTempo);
/// Sets new pitch control value. Original pitch = 1.0, smaller values
/// represent lower pitches, larger values higher pitch.
void setPitch(float newPitch);
/// Sets pitch change in octaves compared to the original pitch
/// (-1.00 .. +1.00)
void setPitchOctaves(float newPitch);
/// Sets pitch change in semi-tones compared to the original pitch
/// (-12 .. +12)
void setPitchSemiTones(int newPitch);
void setPitchSemiTones(float newPitch);
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void setChannels(uint numChannels);
/// Sets sample rate.
void setSampleRate(uint srate);
/// Flushes the last samples from the processing pipeline to the output.
/// Clears also the internal processing buffers.
//
/// Note: This function is meant for extracting the last samples of a sound
/// stream. This function may introduce additional blank samples in the end
/// of the sound stream, and thus it's not recommended to call this function
/// in the middle of a sound stream.
void flush();
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
/// the input of the object. Notice that sample rate _has_to_ be set before
/// calling this function, otherwise throws a runtime_error exception.
virtual void putSamples(
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to sample buffer.
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer. Notice
///< that in case of stereo-sound a single sample
///< contains data for both channels.
);
/// Clears all the samples in the object's output and internal processing
/// buffers.
virtual void clear();
/// Changes a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
///
/// \return 'TRUE' if the setting was succesfully changed
BOOL setSetting(int settingId, ///< Setting ID number. see SETTING_... defines.
int value ///< New setting value.
);
/// Reads a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
///
/// \return the setting value.
int getSetting(int settingId ///< Setting ID number, see SETTING_... defines.
) const;
/// Returns number of samples currently unprocessed.
virtual uint numUnprocessedSamples() const;
/// Other handy functions that are implemented in the ancestor classes (see
/// classes 'FIFOProcessor' and 'FIFOSamplePipe')
///
/// - receiveSamples() : Use this function to receive 'ready' processed samples from SoundTouch.
/// - numSamples() : Get number of 'ready' samples that can be received with
/// function 'receiveSamples()'
/// - isEmpty() : Returns nonzero if there aren't any 'ready' samples.
/// - clear() : Clears all samples from ready/processing buffers.
};
}
#endif
-285
View File
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
<VisualStudioProject
ProjectType="Visual C++"
Version="9.00"
Name="SoundTouch"
ProjectGUID="{E9B51944-7E6D-4BCD-83F2-7BBD5A46182D}"
RootNamespace="SoundTouch"
TargetFrameworkVersion="0"
>
<Platforms>
<Platform
Name="Win32"
/>
</Platforms>
<ToolFiles>
</ToolFiles>
<Configurations>
<Configuration
Name="Debug|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
WarningLevel="3"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
<Configuration
Name="Release|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
WholeProgramOptimization="1"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
WarningLevel="3"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
<Configuration
Name="Devel|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
WholeProgramOptimization="1"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
</Configurations>
<References>
</References>
<Files>
<Filter
Name="Source Files"
Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
>
<File
RelativePath=".\3dnow_win.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\AAFilter.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\FIRFilter.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\mmx_optimized.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\RateTransposer.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\SoundTouch.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\sse_optimized.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\TDStretch.cpp"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\WavFile.cpp"
>
</File>
</Filter>
<Filter
Name="Header Files"
Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
>
<File
RelativePath=".\AAFilter.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\BPMDetect.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\cpu_detect.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\FIFOSamplePipe.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\FIRFilter.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\RateTransposer.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\SoundTouch.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\STTypes.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\TDStretch.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\WavFile.h"
>
</File>
</Filter>
</Files>
<Globals>
</Globals>
</VisualStudioProject>
-112
View File
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{E9B51944-7E6D-4BCD-83F2-7BBD5A46182D}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>SoundTouch</RootNamespace>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h" />
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-83
View File
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-116
View File
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{E9B51944-7E6D-4BCD-83F2-7BBD5A46182D}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>SoundTouch</RootNamespace>
<ProjectName>SoundTouch</ProjectName>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h" />
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-83
View File
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-116
View File
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{E9B51944-7E6D-4BCD-83F2-7BBD5A46182D}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>SoundTouch</RootNamespace>
<ProjectName>SoundTouch</ProjectName>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h" />
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h" />
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h" />
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h" />
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h" />
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-83
View File
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="3dnow_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="AAFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="FIRFilter.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="mmx_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="RateTransposer.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="SoundTouch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="sse_optimized.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="TDStretch.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="WavFile.cpp">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="AAFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="BPMDetect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="cpu_detect.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSampleBuffer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIFOSamplePipe.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="FIRFilter.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="RateTransposer.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="SoundTouch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="STTypes.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="TDStretch.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="WavFile.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-808
View File
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like
/// method with several performance-increasing tweaks.
///
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific
/// file, e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 16:53:01 -0200 (qui, 08 nov 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 1.12 $
//
// $Id: TDStretch.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <float.h>
#include "STTypes.h"
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "TDStretch.h"
#include <stdio.h>
using namespace soundtouch;
#define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
/*****************************************************************************
*
* Constant definitions
*
*****************************************************************************/
// Table for the hierarchical mixing position seeking algorithm
static const short _scanOffsets[5][24]={
{ 124, 186, 248, 310, 372, 434, 496, 558, 620, 682, 744, 806,
868, 930, 992, 1054, 1116, 1178, 1240, 1302, 1364, 1426, 1488, 0},
{-100, -75, -50, -25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{ -20, -15, -10, -5, 5, 10, 15, 20, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{ -4, -3, -2, -1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{ 121, 114, 97, 114, 98, 105, 108, 32, 104, 99, 117, 111,
116, 100, 110, 117, 111, 115, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}};
/*****************************************************************************
*
* Implementation of the class 'TDStretch'
*
*****************************************************************************/
TDStretch::TDStretch() : FIFOProcessor(&outputBuffer)
{
bQuickSeek = FALSE;
channels = 2;
pMidBuffer = NULL;
pMidBufferUnaligned = NULL;
overlapLength = 0;
bAutoSeqSetting = TRUE;
bAutoSeekSetting = TRUE;
// outDebt = 0;
skipFract = 0;
tempo = 1.0f;
setParameters(44100, DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS, DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS, DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS);
setTempo(1.0f);
clear();
}
TDStretch::~TDStretch()
{
delete[] pMidBufferUnaligned;
}
// Sets routine control parameters. These control are certain time constants
// defining how the sound is stretched to the desired duration.
//
// 'sampleRate' = sample rate of the sound
// 'sequenceMS' = one processing sequence length in milliseconds (default = 82 ms)
// 'seekwindowMS' = seeking window length for scanning the best overlapping
// position (default = 28 ms)
// 'overlapMS' = overlapping length (default = 12 ms)
void TDStretch::setParameters(int aSampleRate, int aSequenceMS,
int aSeekWindowMS, int aOverlapMS)
{
// accept only positive parameter values - if zero or negative, use old values instead
if (aSampleRate > 0) this->sampleRate = aSampleRate;
if (aOverlapMS > 0) this->overlapMs = aOverlapMS;
if (aSequenceMS > 0)
{
this->sequenceMs = aSequenceMS;
bAutoSeqSetting = FALSE;
}
else if (aSequenceMS == 0)
{
// if zero, use automatic setting
bAutoSeqSetting = TRUE;
}
if (aSeekWindowMS > 0)
{
this->seekWindowMs = aSeekWindowMS;
bAutoSeekSetting = FALSE;
}
else if (aSeekWindowMS == 0)
{
// if zero, use automatic setting
bAutoSeekSetting = TRUE;
}
calcSeqParameters();
calculateOverlapLength(overlapMs);
// set tempo to recalculate 'sampleReq'
setTempo(tempo);
}
/// Get routine control parameters, see setParameters() function.
/// Any of the parameters to this function can be NULL, in such case corresponding parameter
/// value isn't returned.
void TDStretch::getParameters(int *pSampleRate, int *pSequenceMs, int *pSeekWindowMs, int *pOverlapMs) const
{
if (pSampleRate)
{
*pSampleRate = sampleRate;
}
if (pSequenceMs)
{
*pSequenceMs = (bAutoSeqSetting) ? (USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN) : sequenceMs;
}
if (pSeekWindowMs)
{
*pSeekWindowMs = (bAutoSeekSetting) ? (USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN) : seekWindowMs;
}
if (pOverlapMs)
{
*pOverlapMs = overlapMs;
}
}
// Overlaps samples in 'midBuffer' with the samples in 'pInput'
void TDStretch::overlapMono(SAMPLETYPE *pOutput, const SAMPLETYPE *pInput) const
{
int i;
SAMPLETYPE m1, m2;
m1 = (SAMPLETYPE)0;
m2 = (SAMPLETYPE)overlapLength;
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength ; i ++)
{
pOutput[i] = (pInput[i] * m1 + pMidBuffer[i] * m2 ) / overlapLength;
m1 += 1;
m2 -= 1;
}
}
void TDStretch::clearMidBuffer()
{
memset(pMidBuffer, 0, 2 * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * overlapLength);
}
void TDStretch::clearInput()
{
inputBuffer.clear();
clearMidBuffer();
}
// Clears the sample buffers
void TDStretch::clear()
{
outputBuffer.clear();
clearInput();
}
// Enables/disables the quick position seeking algorithm. Zero to disable, nonzero
// to enable
void TDStretch::enableQuickSeek(BOOL enable)
{
bQuickSeek = enable;
}
// Returns nonzero if the quick seeking algorithm is enabled.
BOOL TDStretch::isQuickSeekEnabled() const
{
return bQuickSeek;
}
// Seeks for the optimal overlap-mixing position.
int TDStretch::seekBestOverlapPosition(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos)
{
if (bQuickSeek)
{
return seekBestOverlapPositionQuick(refPos);
}
else
{
return seekBestOverlapPositionFull(refPos);
}
}
// Overlaps samples in 'midBuffer' with the samples in 'pInputBuffer' at position
// of 'ovlPos'.
inline void TDStretch::overlap(SAMPLETYPE *pOutput, const SAMPLETYPE *pInput, uint ovlPos) const
{
if (channels == 2)
{
// stereo sound
overlapStereo(pOutput, pInput + 2 * ovlPos);
} else {
// mono sound.
overlapMono(pOutput, pInput + ovlPos);
}
}
// Seeks for the optimal overlap-mixing position. The 'stereo' version of the
// routine
//
// The best position is determined as the position where the two overlapped
// sample sequences are 'most alike', in terms of the highest cross-correlation
// value over the overlapping period
int TDStretch::seekBestOverlapPositionFull(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos)
{
int bestOffs;
double bestCorr, corr;
int i;
bestCorr = FLT_MIN;
bestOffs = 0;
// Scans for the best correlation value by testing each possible position
// over the permitted range.
for (i = 0; i < seekLength; i ++)
{
// Calculates correlation value for the mixing position corresponding
// to 'i'
corr = calcCrossCorr(refPos + channels * i, pMidBuffer);
// heuristic rule to slightly favour values close to mid of the range
double tmp = (double)(2 * i - seekLength) / (double)seekLength;
corr = ((corr + 0.1) * (1.0 - 0.25 * tmp * tmp));
// Checks for the highest correlation value
if (corr > bestCorr)
{
bestCorr = corr;
bestOffs = i;
}
}
// clear cross correlation routine state if necessary (is so e.g. in MMX routines).
clearCrossCorrState();
return bestOffs;
}
// Seeks for the optimal overlap-mixing position. The 'stereo' version of the
// routine
//
// The best position is determined as the position where the two overlapped
// sample sequences are 'most alike', in terms of the highest cross-correlation
// value over the overlapping period
int TDStretch::seekBestOverlapPositionQuick(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos)
{
int j;
int bestOffs;
double bestCorr, corr;
int scanCount, corrOffset, tempOffset;
bestCorr = FLT_MIN;
bestOffs = _scanOffsets[0][0];
corrOffset = 0;
tempOffset = 0;
// Scans for the best correlation value using four-pass hierarchical search.
//
// The look-up table 'scans' has hierarchical position adjusting steps.
// In first pass the routine searhes for the highest correlation with
// relatively coarse steps, then rescans the neighbourhood of the highest
// correlation with better resolution and so on.
for (scanCount = 0;scanCount < 4; scanCount ++)
{
j = 0;
while (_scanOffsets[scanCount][j])
{
tempOffset = corrOffset + _scanOffsets[scanCount][j];
if (tempOffset >= seekLength) break;
// Calculates correlation value for the mixing position corresponding
// to 'tempOffset'
corr = (double)calcCrossCorr(refPos + channels * tempOffset, pMidBuffer);
// heuristic rule to slightly favour values close to mid of the range
double tmp = (double)(2 * tempOffset - seekLength) / seekLength;
corr = ((corr + 0.1) * (1.0 - 0.25 * tmp * tmp));
// Checks for the highest correlation value
if (corr > bestCorr)
{
bestCorr = corr;
bestOffs = tempOffset;
}
j ++;
}
corrOffset = bestOffs;
}
// clear cross correlation routine state if necessary (is so e.g. in MMX routines).
clearCrossCorrState();
return bestOffs;
}
/// clear cross correlation routine state if necessary
void TDStretch::clearCrossCorrState()
{
// default implementation is empty.
}
/// Calculates processing sequence length according to tempo setting
void TDStretch::calcSeqParameters()
{
// Adjust tempo param according to tempo, so that variating processing sequence length is used
// at varius tempo settings, between the given low...top limits
#define AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_LOW 0.5 // auto setting low tempo range (-50%)
#define AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_TOP 2.0 // auto setting top tempo range (+100%)
// sequence-ms setting values at above low & top tempo
#define AUTOSEQ_AT_MIN 125.0
#define AUTOSEQ_AT_MAX 50.0
#define AUTOSEQ_K ((AUTOSEQ_AT_MAX - AUTOSEQ_AT_MIN) / (AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_TOP - AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_LOW))
#define AUTOSEQ_C (AUTOSEQ_AT_MIN - (AUTOSEQ_K) * (AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_LOW))
// seek-window-ms setting values at above low & top tempo
#define AUTOSEEK_AT_MIN 25.0
#define AUTOSEEK_AT_MAX 15.0
#define AUTOSEEK_K ((AUTOSEEK_AT_MAX - AUTOSEEK_AT_MIN) / (AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_TOP - AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_LOW))
#define AUTOSEEK_C (AUTOSEEK_AT_MIN - (AUTOSEEK_K) * (AUTOSEQ_TEMPO_LOW))
#define CHECK_LIMITS(x, mi, ma) (((x) < (mi)) ? (mi) : (((x) > (ma)) ? (ma) : (x)))
double seq, seek;
if (bAutoSeqSetting)
{
seq = AUTOSEQ_C + AUTOSEQ_K * tempo;
seq = CHECK_LIMITS(seq, AUTOSEQ_AT_MAX, AUTOSEQ_AT_MIN);
sequenceMs = (int)(seq + 0.5);
}
if (bAutoSeekSetting)
{
seek = AUTOSEEK_C + AUTOSEEK_K * tempo;
seek = CHECK_LIMITS(seek, AUTOSEEK_AT_MAX, AUTOSEEK_AT_MIN);
seekWindowMs = (int)(seek + 0.5);
}
// Update seek window lengths
seekWindowLength = (sampleRate * sequenceMs) / 1000;
if (seekWindowLength < 2 * overlapLength)
{
seekWindowLength = 2 * overlapLength;
}
seekLength = (sampleRate * seekWindowMs) / 1000;
}
// Sets new target tempo. Normal tempo = 'SCALE', smaller values represent slower
// tempo, larger faster tempo.
void TDStretch::setTempo(float newTempo)
{
int intskip;
tempo = newTempo;
// Calculate new sequence duration
calcSeqParameters();
// Calculate ideal skip length (according to tempo value)
nominalSkip = tempo * (seekWindowLength - overlapLength);
intskip = (int)(nominalSkip + 0.5f);
// Calculate how many samples are needed in the 'inputBuffer' to
// process another batch of samples
//sampleReq = max(intskip + overlapLength, seekWindowLength) + seekLength / 2;
sampleReq = max(intskip + overlapLength, seekWindowLength) + seekLength;
}
// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void TDStretch::setChannels(int numChannels)
{
assert(numChannels > 0);
if (channels == numChannels) return;
assert(numChannels == 1 || numChannels == 2);
channels = numChannels;
inputBuffer.setChannels(channels);
outputBuffer.setChannels(channels);
}
// nominal tempo, no need for processing, just pass the samples through
// to outputBuffer
/*
void TDStretch::processNominalTempo()
{
assert(tempo == 1.0f);
if (bMidBufferDirty)
{
// If there are samples in pMidBuffer waiting for overlapping,
// do a single sliding overlapping with them in order to prevent a
// clicking distortion in the output sound
if (inputBuffer.numSamples() < overlapLength)
{
// wait until we've got overlapLength input samples
return;
}
// Mix the samples in the beginning of 'inputBuffer' with the
// samples in 'midBuffer' using sliding overlapping
overlap(outputBuffer.ptrEnd(overlapLength), inputBuffer.ptrBegin(), 0);
outputBuffer.putSamples(overlapLength);
inputBuffer.receiveSamples(overlapLength);
clearMidBuffer();
// now we've caught the nominal sample flow and may switch to
// bypass mode
}
// Simply bypass samples from input to output
outputBuffer.moveSamples(inputBuffer);
}
*/
#include <stdio.h>
// Processes as many processing frames of the samples 'inputBuffer', store
// the result into 'outputBuffer'
void TDStretch::processSamples()
{
int ovlSkip, offset;
int temp;
/* Removed this small optimization - can introduce a click to sound when tempo setting
crosses the nominal value
if (tempo == 1.0f)
{
// tempo not changed from the original, so bypass the processing
processNominalTempo();
return;
}
*/
// Process samples as long as there are enough samples in 'inputBuffer'
// to form a processing frame.
while ((int)inputBuffer.numSamples() >= sampleReq)
{
// If tempo differs from the normal ('SCALE'), scan for the best overlapping
// position
offset = seekBestOverlapPosition(inputBuffer.ptrBegin());
// Mix the samples in the 'inputBuffer' at position of 'offset' with the
// samples in 'midBuffer' using sliding overlapping
// ... first partially overlap with the end of the previous sequence
// (that's in 'midBuffer')
overlap(outputBuffer.ptrEnd((uint)overlapLength), inputBuffer.ptrBegin(), (uint)offset);
outputBuffer.putSamples((uint)overlapLength);
// ... then copy sequence samples from 'inputBuffer' to output:
// length of sequence
temp = (seekWindowLength - 2 * overlapLength);
// crosscheck that we don't have buffer overflow...
if ((int)inputBuffer.numSamples() < (offset + temp + overlapLength * 2))
{
continue; // just in case, shouldn't really happen
}
outputBuffer.putSamples(inputBuffer.ptrBegin() + channels * (offset + overlapLength), (uint)temp);
// Copies the end of the current sequence from 'inputBuffer' to
// 'midBuffer' for being mixed with the beginning of the next
// processing sequence and so on
assert((offset + temp + overlapLength * 2) <= (int)inputBuffer.numSamples());
memcpy(pMidBuffer, inputBuffer.ptrBegin() + channels * (offset + temp + overlapLength),
channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * overlapLength);
// Remove the processed samples from the input buffer. Update
// the difference between integer & nominal skip step to 'skipFract'
// in order to prevent the error from accumulating over time.
skipFract += nominalSkip; // real skip size
ovlSkip = (int)skipFract; // rounded to integer skip
skipFract -= ovlSkip; // maintain the fraction part, i.e. real vs. integer skip
inputBuffer.receiveSamples((uint)ovlSkip);
}
}
// Adds 'numsamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
// the input of the object.
void TDStretch::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
{
// Add the samples into the input buffer
inputBuffer.putSamples(samples, nSamples);
// Process the samples in input buffer
processSamples();
}
/// Set new overlap length parameter & reallocate RefMidBuffer if necessary.
void TDStretch::acceptNewOverlapLength(int newOverlapLength)
{
int prevOvl;
assert(newOverlapLength >= 0);
prevOvl = overlapLength;
overlapLength = newOverlapLength;
if (overlapLength > prevOvl)
{
delete[] pMidBufferUnaligned;
pMidBufferUnaligned = new SAMPLETYPE[overlapLength * 2 + 16 / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE)];
// ensure that 'pMidBuffer' is aligned to 16 byte boundary for efficiency
pMidBuffer = (SAMPLETYPE *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(pMidBufferUnaligned);
clearMidBuffer();
}
}
// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
// depending on if we've a MMX/SSE/etc-capable CPU available or not.
void * TDStretch::operator new(size_t s)
{
// Notice! don't use "new TDStretch" directly, use "newInstance" to create a new instance instead!
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Error in TDStretch::new: Don't use 'new TDStretch' directly, use 'newInstance' member instead!");
return newInstance();
}
TDStretch * TDStretch::newInstance()
{
uint uExtensions;
uExtensions = detectCPUextensions();
// Check if MMX/SSE instruction set extensions supported by CPU
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
// MMX routines available only with integer sample types
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_MMX)
{
return ::new TDStretchMMX;
}
else
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_SSE)
{
// SSE support
return ::new TDStretchSSE;
}
else
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
{
// ISA optimizations not supported, use plain C version
return ::new TDStretch;
}
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Integer arithmetics specific algorithm implementations.
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
// Overlaps samples in 'midBuffer' with the samples in 'input'. The 'Stereo'
// version of the routine.
void TDStretch::overlapStereo(short *poutput, const short *input) const
{
int i;
short temp;
int cnt2;
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength ; i ++)
{
temp = (short)(overlapLength - i);
cnt2 = 2 * i;
poutput[cnt2] = (input[cnt2] * i + pMidBuffer[cnt2] * temp ) / overlapLength;
poutput[cnt2 + 1] = (input[cnt2 + 1] * i + pMidBuffer[cnt2 + 1] * temp ) / overlapLength;
}
}
// Calculates the x having the closest 2^x value for the given value
static int _getClosest2Power(double value)
{
return (int)(log(value) / log(2.0) + 0.5);
}
/// Calculates overlap period length in samples.
/// Integer version rounds overlap length to closest power of 2
/// for a divide scaling operation.
void TDStretch::calculateOverlapLength(int aoverlapMs)
{
int newOvl;
assert(aoverlapMs >= 0);
// calculate overlap length so that it's power of 2 - thus it's easy to do
// integer division by right-shifting. Term "-1" at end is to account for
// the extra most significatnt bit left unused in result by signed multiplication
overlapDividerBits = _getClosest2Power((sampleRate * aoverlapMs) / 1000.0) - 1;
if (overlapDividerBits > 9) overlapDividerBits = 9;
if (overlapDividerBits < 3) overlapDividerBits = 3;
newOvl = (int)pow(2.0, (int)overlapDividerBits + 1); // +1 => account for -1 above
acceptNewOverlapLength(newOvl);
// calculate sloping divider so that crosscorrelation operation won't
// overflow 32-bit register. Max. sum of the crosscorrelation sum without
// divider would be 2^30*(N^3-N)/3, where N = overlap length
slopingDivider = (newOvl * newOvl - 1) / 3;
}
double TDStretch::calcCrossCorr(const short *mixingPos, const short *compare) const
{
long corr;
long norm;
int i;
corr = norm = 0;
// Same routine for stereo and mono. For stereo, unroll loop for better
// efficiency and gives slightly better resolution against rounding.
// For mono it same routine, just unrolls loop by factor of 4
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength; i += 4)
{
corr += (mixingPos[i] * compare[i] +
mixingPos[i + 1] * compare[i + 1] +
mixingPos[i + 2] * compare[i + 2] +
mixingPos[i + 3] * compare[i + 3]) >> overlapDividerBits;
norm += (mixingPos[i] * mixingPos[i] +
mixingPos[i + 1] * mixingPos[i + 1] +
mixingPos[i + 2] * mixingPos[i + 2] +
mixingPos[i + 3] * mixingPos[i + 3]) >> overlapDividerBits;
}
// Normalize result by dividing by sqrt(norm) - this step is easiest
// done using floating point operation
if (norm == 0) norm = 1; // to avoid div by zero
return (double)corr / sqrt((double)norm);
}
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Floating point arithmetics specific algorithm implementations.
//
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
// Overlaps samples in 'midBuffer' with the samples in 'pInput'
void TDStretch::overlapStereo(float *pOutput, const float *pInput) const
{
int i;
float fScale;
float f1;
float f2;
fScale = 1.0f / (float)overlapLength;
f1 = 0;
f2 = 1.0f;
for (i = 0; i < 2 * (int)overlapLength ; i += 2)
{
pOutput[i + 0] = pInput[i + 0] * f1 + pMidBuffer[i + 0] * f2;
pOutput[i + 1] = pInput[i + 1] * f1 + pMidBuffer[i + 1] * f2;
f1 += fScale;
f2 -= fScale;
}
}
/// Calculates overlapInMsec period length in samples.
void TDStretch::calculateOverlapLength(int overlapInMsec)
{
int newOvl;
assert(overlapInMsec >= 0);
newOvl = (sampleRate * overlapInMsec) / 1000;
if (newOvl < 16) newOvl = 16;
// must be divisible by 8
newOvl -= newOvl % 8;
acceptNewOverlapLength(newOvl);
}
double TDStretch::calcCrossCorr(const float *mixingPos, const float *compare) const
{
double corr;
double norm;
int i;
corr = norm = 0;
// Same routine for stereo and mono. For Stereo, unroll by factor of 2.
// For mono it's same routine yet unrollsd by factor of 4.
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength; i += 4)
{
corr += mixingPos[i] * compare[i] +
mixingPos[i + 1] * compare[i + 1];
norm += mixingPos[i] * mixingPos[i] +
mixingPos[i + 1] * mixingPos[i + 1];
// unroll the loop for better CPU efficiency:
corr += mixingPos[i + 2] * compare[i + 2] +
mixingPos[i + 3] * compare[i + 3];
norm += mixingPos[i + 2] * mixingPos[i + 2] +
mixingPos[i + 3] * mixingPos[i + 3];
}
if (norm < 1e-9) norm = 1.0; // to avoid div by zero
return corr / sqrt(norm);
}
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
-268
View File
@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
///
/// Note : MMX/SSE optimized functions reside in separate, platform-specific files
/// 'mmx_optimized.cpp' and 'sse_optimized.cpp'
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-04-01 16:49:30 -0300 (dom, 01 abr 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: TDStretch.h 137 2012-04-01 19:49:30Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef TDStretch_H
#define TDStretch_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "STTypes.h"
#include "RateTransposer.h"
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
namespace soundtouch
{
/// Default values for sound processing parameters:
/// Notice that the default parameters are tuned for contemporary popular music
/// processing. For speech processing applications these parameters suit better:
/// #define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
/// #define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
/// #define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
///
/// Default length of a single processing sequence, in milliseconds. This determines to how
/// long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
///
/// The larger this value is, the lesser sequences are used in processing. In principle
/// a bigger value sounds better when slowing down tempo, but worse when increasing tempo
/// and vice versa.
///
/// Increasing this value reduces computational burden & vice versa.
//#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN
/// Giving this value for the sequence length sets automatic parameter value
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
#define USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN 0
/// Seeking window default length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the best possible
/// overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm may look for an
/// optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
///
/// The bigger this window setting is, the higher the possibility to find a better mixing
/// position will become, but at the same time large values may cause a "drifting" artifact
/// because consequent sequences will be taken at more uneven intervals.
///
/// If there's a disturbing artifact that sounds as if a constant frequency was drifting
/// around, try reducing this setting.
///
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
//#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN
/// Giving this value for the seek window length sets automatic parameter value
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
#define USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN 0
/// Overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences are mixed back together,
/// to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over how long period the two
/// consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
///
/// This shouldn't be that critical parameter. If you reduce the DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS setting
/// by a large amount, you might wish to try a smaller value on this.
///
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
#define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
/// Class that does the time-stretch (tempo change) effect for the processed
/// sound.
class TDStretch : public FIFOProcessor
{
protected:
int channels;
int sampleReq;
float tempo;
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBuffer;
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBufferUnaligned;
int overlapLength;
int seekLength;
int seekWindowLength;
int overlapDividerBits;
int slopingDivider;
float nominalSkip;
float skipFract;
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
FIFOSampleBuffer inputBuffer;
BOOL bQuickSeek;
int sampleRate;
int sequenceMs;
int seekWindowMs;
int overlapMs;
BOOL bAutoSeqSetting;
BOOL bAutoSeekSetting;
void acceptNewOverlapLength(int newOverlapLength);
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
void calculateOverlapLength(int overlapMs);
virtual double calcCrossCorr(const SAMPLETYPE *mixingPos, const SAMPLETYPE *compare) const;
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionFull(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionQuick(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
int seekBestOverlapPosition(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
virtual void overlapStereo(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
virtual void overlapMono(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
void clearMidBuffer();
void overlap(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input, uint ovlPos) const;
void calcSeqParameters();
/// Changes the tempo of the given sound samples.
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "output" buffer.
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
void processSamples();
public:
TDStretch();
virtual ~TDStretch();
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
/// depending on if we've a MMX/SSE/etc-capable CPU available or not.
static void *operator new(size_t s);
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
/// This function automatically chooses a correct feature set depending on if the CPU
/// supports MMX/SSE/etc extensions.
static TDStretch *newInstance();
/// Returns the output buffer object
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
/// Returns the input buffer object
FIFOSamplePipe *getInput() { return &inputBuffer; };
/// Sets new target tempo. Normal tempo = 'SCALE', smaller values represent slower
/// tempo, larger faster tempo.
void setTempo(float newTempo);
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
virtual void clear();
/// Clears the input buffer
void clearInput();
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
void setChannels(int numChannels);
/// Enables/disables the quick position seeking algorithm. Zero to disable,
/// nonzero to enable
void enableQuickSeek(BOOL enable);
/// Returns nonzero if the quick seeking algorithm is enabled.
BOOL isQuickSeekEnabled() const;
/// Sets routine control parameters. These control are certain time constants
/// defining how the sound is stretched to the desired duration.
//
/// 'sampleRate' = sample rate of the sound
/// 'sequenceMS' = one processing sequence length in milliseconds
/// 'seekwindowMS' = seeking window length for scanning the best overlapping
/// position
/// 'overlapMS' = overlapping length
void setParameters(int sampleRate, ///< Samplerate of sound being processed (Hz)
int sequenceMS = -1, ///< Single processing sequence length (ms)
int seekwindowMS = -1, ///< Offset seeking window length (ms)
int overlapMS = -1 ///< Sequence overlapping length (ms)
);
/// Get routine control parameters, see setParameters() function.
/// Any of the parameters to this function can be NULL, in such case corresponding parameter
/// value isn't returned.
void getParameters(int *pSampleRate, int *pSequenceMs, int *pSeekWindowMs, int *pOverlapMs) const;
/// Adds 'numsamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
/// the input of the object.
virtual void putSamples(
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Input sample data
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in 'samples' so that one sample
///< contains both channels if stereo
);
/// return nominal input sample requirement for triggering a processing batch
int getInputSampleReq() const
{
return (int)(nominalSkip + 0.5);
}
/// return nominal output sample amount when running a processing batch
int getOutputBatchSize() const
{
return seekWindowLength - overlapLength;
}
};
// Implementation-specific class declarations:
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
/// Class that implements MMX optimized routines for 16bit integer samples type.
class TDStretchMMX : public TDStretch
{
protected:
double calcCrossCorr(const short *mixingPos, const short *compare) const;
virtual void overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const;
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
};
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
/// Class that implements SSE optimized routines for floating point samples type.
class TDStretchSSE : public TDStretch
{
protected:
double calcCrossCorr(const float *mixingPos, const float *compare) const;
};
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
}
#endif /// TDStretch_H
-745
View File
@@ -1,745 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Classes for easy reading & writing of WAV sound files.
///
/// For big-endian CPU, define _BIG_ENDIAN_ during compile-time to correctly
/// parse the WAV files with such processors.
///
/// Admittingly, more complete WAV reader routines may exist in public domain,
/// but the reason for 'yet another' one is that those generic WAV reader
/// libraries are exhaustingly large and cumbersome! Wanted to have something
/// simpler here, i.e. something that's not already larger than rest of the
/// SoundTouch/SoundStretch program...
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-02-21 18:00:14 +0200 (Sat, 21 Feb 2009) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: WavFile.cpp 63 2009-02-21 16:00:14Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdexcept>
#include <string>
#include <cstring>
#include <assert.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "WavFile.h"
using namespace std;
static const char riffStr[] = "RIFF";
static const char waveStr[] = "WAVE";
static const char fmtStr[] = "fmt ";
static const char dataStr[] = "data";
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Helper functions for swapping byte order to correctly read/write WAV files
// with big-endian CPU's: Define compile-time definition _BIG_ENDIAN_ to
// turn-on the conversion if it appears necessary.
//
// For example, Intel x86 is little-endian and doesn't require conversion,
// while PowerPC of Mac's and many other RISC cpu's are big-endian.
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
// In gcc compiler detect the byte order automatically
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
// big-endian platform.
#define _BIG_ENDIAN_
#endif
#endif
#ifdef _BIG_ENDIAN_
// big-endian CPU, swap bytes in 16 & 32 bit words
// helper-function to swap byte-order of 32bit integer
static inline void _swap32(unsigned int &dwData)
{
dwData = ((dwData >> 24) & 0x000000FF) |
((dwData >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) |
((dwData << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
((dwData << 24) & 0xFF000000);
}
// helper-function to swap byte-order of 16bit integer
static inline void _swap16(unsigned short &wData)
{
wData = ((wData >> 8) & 0x00FF) |
((wData << 8) & 0xFF00);
}
// helper-function to swap byte-order of buffer of 16bit integers
static inline void _swap16Buffer(unsigned short *pData, unsigned int dwNumWords)
{
unsigned long i;
for (i = 0; i < dwNumWords; i ++)
{
_swap16(pData[i]);
}
}
#else // BIG_ENDIAN
// little-endian CPU, WAV file is ok as such
// dummy helper-function
static inline void _swap32(unsigned int &dwData)
{
// do nothing
}
// dummy helper-function
static inline void _swap16(unsigned short &wData)
{
// do nothing
}
// dummy helper-function
static inline void _swap16Buffer(unsigned short *pData, unsigned int dwNumBytes)
{
// do nothing
}
#endif // BIG_ENDIAN
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Class WavInFile
//
WavInFile::WavInFile(const char *fileName)
{
// Try to open the file for reading
fptr = fopen(fileName, "rb");
if (fptr == NULL)
{
// didn't succeed
string msg = "Error : Unable to open file \"";
msg += fileName;
msg += "\" for reading.";
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
init();
}
WavInFile::WavInFile(FILE *file)
{
// Try to open the file for reading
fptr = file;
if (!file)
{
// didn't succeed
string msg = "Error : Unable to access input stream for reading";
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
init();
}
/// Init the WAV file stream
void WavInFile::init()
{
int hdrsOk;
// assume file stream is already open
assert(fptr);
// Read the file headers
hdrsOk = readWavHeaders();
if (hdrsOk != 0)
{
// Something didn't match in the wav file headers
string msg = "Input file is corrupt or not a WAV file";
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
if (header.format.fixed != 1)
{
string msg = "Input file uses unsupported encoding.";
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
dataRead = 0;
}
WavInFile::~WavInFile()
{
if (fptr) fclose(fptr);
fptr = NULL;
}
void WavInFile::rewind()
{
int hdrsOk;
fseek(fptr, 0, SEEK_SET);
hdrsOk = readWavHeaders();
assert(hdrsOk == 0);
dataRead = 0;
}
int WavInFile::checkCharTags() const
{
// header.format.fmt should equal to 'fmt '
if (memcmp(fmtStr, header.format.fmt, 4) != 0) return -1;
// header.data.data_field should equal to 'data'
if (memcmp(dataStr, header.data.data_field, 4) != 0) return -1;
return 0;
}
int WavInFile::read(char *buffer, int maxElems)
{
int numBytes;
uint afterDataRead;
// ensure it's 8 bit format
if (header.format.bits_per_sample != 8)
{
throw runtime_error("Error: WavInFile::read(char*, int) works only with 8bit samples.");
}
assert(sizeof(char) == 1);
numBytes = maxElems;
afterDataRead = dataRead + numBytes;
if (afterDataRead > header.data.data_len)
{
// Don't read more samples than are marked available in header
numBytes = (int)header.data.data_len - (int)dataRead;
assert(numBytes >= 0);
}
assert(buffer);
numBytes = fread(buffer, 1, numBytes, fptr);
dataRead += numBytes;
return numBytes;
}
int WavInFile::read(short *buffer, int maxElems)
{
unsigned int afterDataRead;
int numBytes;
int numElems;
assert(buffer);
if (header.format.bits_per_sample == 8)
{
// 8 bit format
char *temp = new char[maxElems];
int i;
numElems = read(temp, maxElems);
// convert from 8 to 16 bit
for (i = 0; i < numElems; i ++)
{
buffer[i] = temp[i] << 8;
}
delete[] temp;
}
else
{
// 16 bit format
assert(header.format.bits_per_sample == 16);
assert(sizeof(short) == 2);
numBytes = maxElems * 2;
afterDataRead = dataRead + numBytes;
if (afterDataRead > header.data.data_len)
{
// Don't read more samples than are marked available in header
numBytes = (int)header.data.data_len - (int)dataRead;
assert(numBytes >= 0);
}
numBytes = fread(buffer, 1, numBytes, fptr);
dataRead += numBytes;
numElems = numBytes / 2;
// 16bit samples, swap byte order if necessary
_swap16Buffer((unsigned short *)buffer, numElems);
}
return numElems;
}
int WavInFile::read(float *buffer, int maxElems)
{
short *temp = new short[maxElems];
int num;
int i;
double fscale;
num = read(temp, maxElems);
fscale = 1.0 / 32768.0;
// convert to floats, scale to range [-1..+1[
for (i = 0; i < num; i ++)
{
buffer[i] = (float)(fscale * (double)temp[i]);
}
delete[] temp;
return num;
}
int WavInFile::eof() const
{
// return true if all data has been read or file eof has reached
return (dataRead == header.data.data_len || feof(fptr));
}
// test if character code is between a white space ' ' and little 'z'
static int isAlpha(char c)
{
return (c >= ' ' && c <= 'z') ? 1 : 0;
}
// test if all characters are between a white space ' ' and little 'z'
static int isAlphaStr(const char *str)
{
char c;
c = str[0];
while (c)
{
if (isAlpha(c) == 0) return 0;
str ++;
c = str[0];
}
return 1;
}
int WavInFile::readRIFFBlock()
{
if (fread(&(header.riff), sizeof(WavRiff), 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
// swap 32bit data byte order if necessary
_swap32((unsigned int &)header.riff.package_len);
// header.riff.riff_char should equal to 'RIFF');
if (memcmp(riffStr, header.riff.riff_char, 4) != 0) return -1;
// header.riff.wave should equal to 'WAVE'
if (memcmp(waveStr, header.riff.wave, 4) != 0) return -1;
return 0;
}
int WavInFile::readHeaderBlock()
{
char label[5];
string sLabel;
// lead label string
if (fread(label, 1, 4, fptr) !=4) return -1;
label[4] = 0;
if (isAlphaStr(label) == 0) return -1; // not a valid label
// Decode blocks according to their label
if (strcmp(label, fmtStr) == 0)
{
int nLen, nDump;
// 'fmt ' block
memcpy(header.format.fmt, fmtStr, 4);
// read length of the format field
if (fread(&nLen, sizeof(int), 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
// swap byte order if necessary
_swap32((unsigned int &)nLen); // int format_len;
header.format.format_len = nLen;
// calculate how much length differs from expected
nDump = nLen - ((int)sizeof(header.format) - 8);
// if format_len is larger than expected, read only as much data as we've space for
if (nDump > 0)
{
nLen = sizeof(header.format) - 8;
}
// read data
if (fread(&(header.format.fixed), nLen, 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
// swap byte order if necessary
_swap16((unsigned short &)header.format.fixed); // short int fixed;
_swap16((unsigned short &)header.format.channel_number); // short int channel_number;
_swap32((unsigned int &)header.format.sample_rate); // int sample_rate;
_swap32((unsigned int &)header.format.byte_rate); // int byte_rate;
_swap16((unsigned short &)header.format.byte_per_sample); // short int byte_per_sample;
_swap16((unsigned short &)header.format.bits_per_sample); // short int bits_per_sample;
// if format_len is larger than expected, skip the extra data
if (nDump > 0)
{
fseek(fptr, nDump, SEEK_CUR);
}
return 0;
}
else if (strcmp(label, dataStr) == 0)
{
// 'data' block
memcpy(header.data.data_field, dataStr, 4);
if (fread(&(header.data.data_len), sizeof(uint), 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
// swap byte order if necessary
_swap32((unsigned int &)header.data.data_len);
return 1;
}
else
{
uint len, i;
uint temp;
// unknown block
// read length
if (fread(&len, sizeof(len), 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
// scan through the block
for (i = 0; i < len; i ++)
{
if (fread(&temp, 1, 1, fptr) != 1) return -1;
if (feof(fptr)) return -1; // unexpected eof
}
}
return 0;
}
int WavInFile::readWavHeaders()
{
int res;
memset(&header, 0, sizeof(header));
res = readRIFFBlock();
if (res) return 1;
// read header blocks until data block is found
do
{
// read header blocks
res = readHeaderBlock();
if (res < 0) return 1; // error in file structure
} while (res == 0);
// check that all required tags are legal
return checkCharTags();
}
uint WavInFile::getNumChannels() const
{
return header.format.channel_number;
}
uint WavInFile::getNumBits() const
{
return header.format.bits_per_sample;
}
uint WavInFile::getBytesPerSample() const
{
return getNumChannels() * getNumBits() / 8;
}
uint WavInFile::getSampleRate() const
{
return header.format.sample_rate;
}
uint WavInFile::getDataSizeInBytes() const
{
return header.data.data_len;
}
uint WavInFile::getNumSamples() const
{
if (header.format.byte_per_sample == 0) return 0;
return header.data.data_len / (unsigned short)header.format.byte_per_sample;
}
uint WavInFile::getLengthMS() const
{
uint numSamples;
uint sampleRate;
numSamples = getNumSamples();
sampleRate = getSampleRate();
assert(numSamples < UINT_MAX / 1000);
return (1000 * numSamples / sampleRate);
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Class WavOutFile
//
WavOutFile::WavOutFile(const char *fileName, int sampleRate, int bits, int channels)
{
bytesWritten = 0;
fptr = fopen(fileName, "wb");
if (fptr == NULL)
{
string msg = "Error : Unable to open file \"";
msg += fileName;
msg += "\" for writing.";
//pmsg = msg.c_str;
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
fillInHeader(sampleRate, bits, channels);
writeHeader();
}
WavOutFile::WavOutFile(FILE *file, int sampleRate, int bits, int channels)
{
bytesWritten = 0;
fptr = file;
if (fptr == NULL)
{
string msg = "Error : Unable to access output file stream.";
throw runtime_error(msg);
}
fillInHeader(sampleRate, bits, channels);
writeHeader();
}
WavOutFile::~WavOutFile()
{
finishHeader();
if (fptr) fclose(fptr);
fptr = NULL;
}
void WavOutFile::fillInHeader(uint sampleRate, uint bits, uint channels)
{
// fill in the 'riff' part..
// copy string 'RIFF' to riff_char
memcpy(&(header.riff.riff_char), riffStr, 4);
// package_len unknown so far
header.riff.package_len = 0;
// copy string 'WAVE' to wave
memcpy(&(header.riff.wave), waveStr, 4);
// fill in the 'format' part..
// copy string 'fmt ' to fmt
memcpy(&(header.format.fmt), fmtStr, 4);
header.format.format_len = 0x10;
header.format.fixed = 1;
header.format.channel_number = (short)channels;
header.format.sample_rate = (int)sampleRate;
header.format.bits_per_sample = (short)bits;
header.format.byte_per_sample = (short)(bits * channels / 8);
header.format.byte_rate = header.format.byte_per_sample * (int)sampleRate;
header.format.sample_rate = (int)sampleRate;
// fill in the 'data' part..
// copy string 'data' to data_field
memcpy(&(header.data.data_field), dataStr, 4);
// data_len unknown so far
header.data.data_len = 0;
}
void WavOutFile::finishHeader()
{
// supplement the file length into the header structure
header.riff.package_len = bytesWritten + 36;
header.data.data_len = bytesWritten;
writeHeader();
}
void WavOutFile::writeHeader()
{
WavHeader hdrTemp;
int res;
// swap byte order if necessary
hdrTemp = header;
_swap32((unsigned int &)hdrTemp.riff.package_len);
_swap32((unsigned int &)hdrTemp.format.format_len);
_swap16((unsigned short &)hdrTemp.format.fixed);
_swap16((unsigned short &)hdrTemp.format.channel_number);
_swap32((unsigned int &)hdrTemp.format.sample_rate);
_swap32((unsigned int &)hdrTemp.format.byte_rate);
_swap16((unsigned short &)hdrTemp.format.byte_per_sample);
_swap16((unsigned short &)hdrTemp.format.bits_per_sample);
_swap32((unsigned int &)hdrTemp.data.data_len);
// write the supplemented header in the beginning of the file
fseek(fptr, 0, SEEK_SET);
res = fwrite(&hdrTemp, sizeof(hdrTemp), 1, fptr);
if (res != 1)
{
throw runtime_error("Error while writing to a wav file.");
}
// jump back to the end of the file
fseek(fptr, 0, SEEK_END);
}
void WavOutFile::write(const char *buffer, int numElems)
{
int res;
if (header.format.bits_per_sample != 8)
{
throw runtime_error("Error: WavOutFile::write(const char*, int) accepts only 8bit samples.");
}
assert(sizeof(char) == 1);
res = fwrite(buffer, 1, numElems, fptr);
if (res != numElems)
{
throw runtime_error("Error while writing to a wav file.");
}
bytesWritten += numElems;
}
void WavOutFile::write(const short *buffer, int numElems)
{
int res;
// 16 bit samples
if (numElems < 1) return; // nothing to do
if (header.format.bits_per_sample == 8)
{
int i;
char *temp = new char[numElems];
// convert from 16bit format to 8bit format
for (i = 0; i < numElems; i ++)
{
temp[i] = buffer[i] >> 8;
}
// write in 8bit format
write(temp, numElems);
delete[] temp;
}
else
{
// 16bit format
unsigned short *pTemp = new unsigned short[numElems];
assert(header.format.bits_per_sample == 16);
// allocate temp buffer to swap byte order if necessary
memcpy(pTemp, buffer, numElems * 2);
_swap16Buffer(pTemp, numElems);
res = fwrite(pTemp, 2, numElems, fptr);
delete[] pTemp;
if (res != numElems)
{
throw runtime_error("Error while writing to a wav file.");
}
bytesWritten += 2 * numElems;
}
}
void WavOutFile::write(const float *buffer, int numElems)
{
int i;
short *temp = new short[numElems];
int iTemp;
// convert to 16 bit integer
for (i = 0; i < numElems; i ++)
{
// convert to integer
iTemp = (int)(32768.0f * buffer[i]);
// saturate
if (iTemp < -32768) iTemp = -32768;
if (iTemp > 32767) iTemp = 32767;
temp[i] = (short)iTemp;
}
write(temp, numElems);
delete[] temp;
}
-250
View File
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Classes for easy reading & writing of WAV sound files.
///
/// For big-endian CPU, define BIG_ENDIAN during compile-time to correctly
/// parse the WAV files with such processors.
///
/// Admittingly, more complete WAV reader routines may exist in public domain, but
/// the reason for 'yet another' one is that those generic WAV reader libraries are
/// exhaustingly large and cumbersome! Wanted to have something simpler here, i.e.
/// something that's not already larger than rest of the SoundTouch/SoundStretch program...
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-02-21 18:00:14 +0200 (Sat, 21 Feb 2009) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: WavFile.h 63 2009-02-21 16:00:14Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef WAVFILE_H
#define WAVFILE_H
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef uint
typedef unsigned int uint;
#endif
/// WAV audio file 'riff' section header
typedef struct
{
char riff_char[4];
int package_len;
char wave[4];
} WavRiff;
/// WAV audio file 'format' section header
typedef struct
{
char fmt[4];
int format_len;
short fixed;
short channel_number;
int sample_rate;
int byte_rate;
short byte_per_sample;
short bits_per_sample;
} WavFormat;
/// WAV audio file 'data' section header
typedef struct
{
char data_field[4];
uint data_len;
} WavData;
/// WAV audio file header
typedef struct
{
WavRiff riff;
WavFormat format;
WavData data;
} WavHeader;
/// Class for reading WAV audio files.
class WavInFile
{
private:
/// File pointer.
FILE *fptr;
/// Counter of how many bytes of sample data have been read from the file.
uint dataRead;
/// WAV header information
WavHeader header;
/// Init the WAV file stream
void init();
/// Read WAV file headers.
/// \return zero if all ok, nonzero if file format is invalid.
int readWavHeaders();
/// Checks WAV file header tags.
/// \return zero if all ok, nonzero if file format is invalid.
int checkCharTags() const;
/// Reads a single WAV file header block.
/// \return zero if all ok, nonzero if file format is invalid.
int readHeaderBlock();
/// Reads WAV file 'riff' block
int readRIFFBlock();
public:
/// Constructor: Opens the given WAV file. If the file can't be opened,
/// throws 'runtime_error' exception.
WavInFile(const char *filename);
WavInFile(FILE *file);
/// Destructor: Closes the file.
~WavInFile();
/// Rewind to beginning of the file
void rewind();
/// Get sample rate.
uint getSampleRate() const;
/// Get number of bits per sample, i.e. 8 or 16.
uint getNumBits() const;
/// Get sample data size in bytes. Ahem, this should return same information as
/// 'getBytesPerSample'...
uint getDataSizeInBytes() const;
/// Get total number of samples in file.
uint getNumSamples() const;
/// Get number of bytes per audio sample (e.g. 16bit stereo = 4 bytes/sample)
uint getBytesPerSample() const;
/// Get number of audio channels in the file (1=mono, 2=stereo)
uint getNumChannels() const;
/// Get the audio file length in milliseconds
uint getLengthMS() const;
/// Reads audio samples from the WAV file. This routine works only for 8 bit samples.
/// Reads given number of elements from the file or if end-of-file reached, as many
/// elements as are left in the file.
///
/// \return Number of 8-bit integers read from the file.
int read(char *buffer, int maxElems);
/// Reads audio samples from the WAV file to 16 bit integer format. Reads given number
/// of elements from the file or if end-of-file reached, as many elements as are
/// left in the file.
///
/// \return Number of 16-bit integers read from the file.
int read(short *buffer, ///< Pointer to buffer where to read data.
int maxElems ///< Size of 'buffer' array (number of array elements).
);
/// Reads audio samples from the WAV file to floating point format, converting
/// sample values to range [-1,1[. Reads given number of elements from the file
/// or if end-of-file reached, as many elements as are left in the file.
///
/// \return Number of elements read from the file.
int read(float *buffer, ///< Pointer to buffer where to read data.
int maxElems ///< Size of 'buffer' array (number of array elements).
);
/// Check end-of-file.
///
/// \return Nonzero if end-of-file reached.
int eof() const;
};
/// Class for writing WAV audio files.
class WavOutFile
{
private:
/// Pointer to the WAV file
FILE *fptr;
/// WAV file header data.
WavHeader header;
/// Counter of how many bytes have been written to the file so far.
int bytesWritten;
/// Fills in WAV file header information.
void fillInHeader(const uint sampleRate, const uint bits, const uint channels);
/// Finishes the WAV file header by supplementing information of amount of
/// data written to file etc
void finishHeader();
/// Writes the WAV file header.
void writeHeader();
public:
/// Constructor: Creates a new WAV file. Throws a 'runtime_error' exception
/// if file creation fails.
WavOutFile(const char *fileName, ///< Filename
int sampleRate, ///< Sample rate (e.g. 44100 etc)
int bits, ///< Bits per sample (8 or 16 bits)
int channels ///< Number of channels (1=mono, 2=stereo)
);
WavOutFile(FILE *file, int sampleRate, int bits, int channels);
/// Destructor: Finalizes & closes the WAV file.
~WavOutFile();
/// Write data to WAV file. This function works only with 8bit samples.
/// Throws a 'runtime_error' exception if writing to file fails.
void write(const char *buffer, ///< Pointer to sample data buffer.
int numElems ///< How many array items are to be written to file.
);
/// Write data to WAV file. Throws a 'runtime_error' exception if writing to
/// file fails.
void write(const short *buffer, ///< Pointer to sample data buffer.
int numElems ///< How many array items are to be written to file.
);
/// Write data to WAV file in floating point format, saturating sample values to range
/// [-1..+1[. Throws a 'runtime_error' exception if writing to file fails.
void write(const float *buffer, ///< Pointer to sample data buffer.
int numElems ///< How many array items are to be written to file.
);
};
#endif
-28
View File
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
curdir=`pwd`
echo -----------------
echo Building SoundTouch
echo -----------------
if [ $# -gt 0 ] && [ $1 = "all" ]
then
aclocal
automake -a
autoconf
./configure
make clean
make install
else
make $@
fi
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 1
fi
#cp libZeroSPU2*.so* ${PCSX2PLUGINS}
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
# -*- Autoconf -*-
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
#AC_PREREQ([2.63])
AC_INIT([FULL-PACKAGE-NAME], [VERSION], [BUG-REPORT-ADDRESS])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([BPMDetect.h])
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CXX
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_RANLIB
CFLAGS=
CPPFLAGS=
CXXFLAGS=
CCASFLAGS=
CFLAGS+=" -m32 "
CPPFLAGS+=" -m32 "
CXXFLAGS+=" -m32 "
CCASFLAGS+=" -m32 "
# Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([limits.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h])
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
AC_C_INLINE
AC_C_RESTRICT
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
# Checks for library functions.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memmove memset])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
AC_OUTPUT
-62
View File
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// A header file for detecting the Intel MMX instructions set extension.
///
/// Please see 'mmx_win.cpp', 'mmx_cpp.cpp' and 'mmx_non_x86.cpp' for the
/// routine implementations for x86 Windows, x86 gnu version and non-x86
/// platforms, respectively.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 14:26:55 -0200 (dom, 10 fev 2008) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: cpu_detect.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _CPU_DETECT_H_
#define _CPU_DETECT_H_
#include "STTypes.h"
#define SUPPORT_MMX 0x0001
#define SUPPORT_3DNOW 0x0002
#define SUPPORT_ALTIVEC 0x0004
#define SUPPORT_SSE 0x0008
#define SUPPORT_SSE2 0x0010
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
///
/// \return A bitmask of supported extensions, see SUPPORT_... defines.
uint detectCPUextensions(void);
/// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
void disableExtensions(uint wDisableMask);
#endif // _CPU_DETECT_H_
-137
View File
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Generic version of the x86 CPU extension detection routine.
///
/// This file is for GNU & other non-Windows compilers, see 'cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp'
/// for the Microsoft compiler version.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 16:44:37 -0200 (qui, 08 nov 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: cpu_detect_x86.cpp 159 2012-11-08 18:44:37Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
#if defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
// gcc
#include "cpuid.h"
#elif defined(_M_IX86)
// windows non-gcc
#include <intrin.h>
#define bit_MMX (1 << 23)
#define bit_SSE (1 << 25)
#define bit_SSE2 (1 << 26)
#endif
#endif
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// processor instructions extension detection routines
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Flag variable indicating whick ISA extensions are disabled (for debugging)
static uint _dwDisabledISA = 0x00; // 0xffffffff; //<- use this to disable all extensions
// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
void disableExtensions(uint dwDisableMask)
{
_dwDisabledISA = dwDisableMask;
}
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
uint detectCPUextensions(void)
{
/// If building for a 64bit system (no Itanium) and the user wants optimizations.
/// Return the OR of SUPPORT_{MMX,SSE,SSE2}. 11001 or 0x19.
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
#if ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) \
|| defined(_M_X64)) \
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
return 0x19 & ~_dwDisabledISA;
/// If building for a 32bit system and the user wants optimizations.
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
#elif ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)) \
|| defined(_M_IX86)) \
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
if (_dwDisabledISA == 0xffffffff) return 0;
uint res = 0;
#if defined(__GNUC__)
// GCC version of cpuid. Requires GCC 4.3.0 or later for __cpuid intrinsic support.
uint eax, ebx, ecx, edx; // unsigned int is the standard type. uint is defined by the compiler and not guaranteed to be portable.
// Check if no cpuid support.
if (!__get_cpuid (1, &eax, &ebx, &ecx, &edx)) return 0; // always disable extensions.
if (edx & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
if (edx & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
if (edx & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
#else
// Window / VS version of cpuid. Notice that Visual Studio 2005 or later required
// for __cpuid intrinsic support.
int reg[4] = {-1};
// Check if no cpuid support.
__cpuid(reg,0);
if ((unsigned int)reg[0] == 0) return 0; // always disable extensions.
__cpuid(reg,1);
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
#endif
return res & ~_dwDisabledISA;
#else
/// One of these is true:
/// 1) We don't want optimizations.
/// 2) Using an unsupported compiler.
/// 3) Running on a non-x86 platform.
return 0;
#endif
}
-134
View File
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Generic version of the x86 CPU extension detection routine.
///
/// This file is for GNU & other non-Windows compilers, see 'cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp'
/// for the Microsoft compiler version.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-09-02 15:56:11 -0300 (sex, 02 set 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: cpu_detect_x86_gcc.cpp 131 2011-09-02 18:56:11Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// processor instructions extension detection routines
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Flag variable indicating whick ISA extensions are disabled (for debugging)
static uint _dwDisabledISA = 0x00; // 0xffffffff; //<- use this to disable all extensions
// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
void disableExtensions(uint dwDisableMask)
{
_dwDisabledISA = dwDisableMask;
}
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
uint detectCPUextensions(void)
{
#if (!(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS) || !(__GNUC__))
return 0; // always disable extensions on non-x86 platforms.
#else
uint res = 0;
if (_dwDisabledISA == 0xffffffff) return 0;
asm volatile(
#ifndef __x86_64__
// Check if 'cpuid' instructions is available by toggling eflags bit 21.
// Skip this for x86-64 as they always have cpuid while stack manipulation
// differs from 16/32bit ISA.
"\n\txor %%esi, %%esi" // clear %%esi = result register
"\n\tpushf" // save eflags to stack
"\n\tmovl (%%esp), %%eax" // load eax from stack (with eflags)
"\n\tmovl %%eax, %%ecx" // save the original eflags values to ecx
"\n\txor $0x00200000, %%eax" // toggle bit 21
"\n\tmovl %%eax, (%%esp)" // store toggled eflags to stack
"\n\tpopf" // load eflags from stack
"\n\tpushf" // save updated eflags to stack
"\n\tmovl (%%esp), %%eax" // load eax from stack
"\n\tpopf" // pop stack to restore esp
"\n\txor %%edx, %%edx" // clear edx for defaulting no mmx
"\n\tcmp %%ecx, %%eax" // compare to original eflags values
"\n\tjz end" // jumps to 'end' if cpuid not present
#endif // __x86_64__
// cpuid instruction available, test for presence of mmx instructions
"\n\tmovl $1, %%eax"
"\n\tcpuid"
"\n\ttest $0x00800000, %%edx"
"\n\tjz end" // branch if MMX not available
"\n\tor $0x01, %%esi" // otherwise add MMX support bit
"\n\ttest $0x02000000, %%edx"
"\n\tjz test3DNow" // branch if SSE not available
"\n\tor $0x08, %%esi" // otherwise add SSE support bit
"\n\ttest3DNow:"
// test for precense of AMD extensions
"\n\tmov $0x80000000, %%eax"
"\n\tcpuid"
"\n\tcmp $0x80000000, %%eax"
"\n\tjbe end" // branch if no AMD extensions detected
// test for precense of 3DNow! extension
"\n\tmov $0x80000001, %%eax"
"\n\tcpuid"
"\n\ttest $0x80000000, %%edx"
"\n\tjz end" // branch if 3DNow! not detected
"\n\tor $0x02, %%esi" // otherwise add 3DNow support bit
"\n\tend:"
"\n\tmov %%esi, %0"
: "=r" (res)
: /* no inputs */
: "%edx", "%eax", "%ecx", "%esi" );
return res & ~_dwDisabledISA;
#endif
}
-137
View File
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// Win32 version of the x86 CPU detect routine.
///
/// This file is to be compiled in Windows platform with Microsoft Visual C++
/// Compiler. Please see 'cpu_detect_x86_gcc.cpp' for the gcc compiler version
/// for all GNU platforms.
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-07-17 07:58:40 -0300 (dom, 17 jul 2011) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp 127 2011-07-17 10:58:40Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// processor instructions extension detection routines
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Flag variable indicating whick ISA extensions are disabled (for debugging)
static uint _dwDisabledISA = 0x00; // 0xffffffff; //<- use this to disable all extensions
// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
void disableExtensions(uint dwDisableMask)
{
_dwDisabledISA = dwDisableMask;
}
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
uint detectCPUextensions(void)
{
uint res = 0;
if (_dwDisabledISA == 0xffffffff) return 0;
#ifndef _M_X64
// 32bit compilation, detect CPU capabilities with inline assembler.
__asm
{
; check if 'cpuid' instructions is available by toggling eflags bit 21
;
xor esi, esi ; clear esi = result register
pushfd ; save eflags to stack
mov eax,dword ptr [esp] ; load eax from stack (with eflags)
mov ecx, eax ; save the original eflags values to ecx
xor eax, 0x00200000 ; toggle bit 21
mov dword ptr [esp],eax ; store toggled eflags to stack
popfd ; load eflags from stack
pushfd ; save updated eflags to stack
mov eax,dword ptr [esp] ; load eax from stack
popfd ; pop stack to restore stack pointer
xor edx, edx ; clear edx for defaulting no mmx
cmp eax, ecx ; compare to original eflags values
jz end ; jumps to 'end' if cpuid not present
; cpuid instruction available, test for presence of mmx instructions
mov eax, 1
cpuid
test edx, 0x00800000
jz end ; branch if MMX not available
or esi, SUPPORT_MMX ; otherwise add MMX support bit
test edx, 0x02000000
jz test3DNow ; branch if SSE not available
or esi, SUPPORT_SSE ; otherwise add SSE support bit
test3DNow:
; test for precense of AMD extensions
mov eax, 0x80000000
cpuid
cmp eax, 0x80000000
jbe end ; branch if no AMD extensions detected
; test for precense of 3DNow! extension
mov eax, 0x80000001
cpuid
test edx, 0x80000000
jz end ; branch if 3DNow! not detected
or esi, SUPPORT_3DNOW ; otherwise add 3DNow support bit
end:
mov res, esi
}
#else
// Visual C++ 64bit compilation doesn't support inline assembler. However,
// all x64 compatible CPUs support MMX & SSE extensions.
res = SUPPORT_MMX | SUPPORT_SSE | SUPPORT_SSE2;
#endif
return res & ~_dwDisabledISA;
}
-1
View File
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
/usr/share/automake-1.10/depcomp
-1
View File
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
/usr/share/automake-1.10/install-sh
-1
View File
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
/usr/share/automake-1.10/missing
-317
View File
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// MMX optimized routines. All MMX optimized functions have been gathered into
/// this single source code file, regardless to their class or original source
/// code file, in order to ease porting the library to other compiler and
/// processor platforms.
///
/// The MMX-optimizations are programmed using MMX compiler intrinsics that
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
/// should compile with both toolsets.
///
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support compiler intrinsic syntax. The update
/// is available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 16:53:01 -0200 (qui, 08 nov 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: mmx_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "STTypes.h"
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
// MMX routines available only with integer sample type
using namespace soundtouch;
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'TDStretchMMX'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "TDStretch.h"
#include <mmintrin.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
double TDStretchMMX::calcCrossCorr(const short *pV1, const short *pV2) const
{
const __m64 *pVec1, *pVec2;
__m64 shifter;
__m64 accu, normaccu;
long corr, norm;
int i;
pVec1 = (__m64*)pV1;
pVec2 = (__m64*)pV2;
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits);
normaccu = accu = _mm_setzero_si64();
// Process 4 parallel sets of 2 * stereo samples or 4 * mono samples
// during each round for improved CPU-level parallellization.
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
{
__m64 temp, temp2;
// dictionary of instructions:
// _m_pmaddwd : 4*16bit multiply-add, resulting two 32bits = [a0*b0+a1*b1 ; a2*b2+a3*b3]
// _mm_add_pi32 : 2*32bit add
// _m_psrad : 32bit right-shift
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec2[0]),
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec2[1]));
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec1[0]),
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec1[1]));
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec2[2]),
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec2[3]));
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec1[2]),
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec1[3]));
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
pVec1 += 4;
pVec2 += 4;
}
// copy hi-dword of mm0 to lo-dword of mm1, then sum mmo+mm1
// and finally store the result into the variable "corr"
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_srli_si64(accu, 32));
corr = _m_to_int(accu);
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_srli_si64(normaccu, 32));
norm = _m_to_int(normaccu);
// Clear MMS state
_m_empty();
// Normalize result by dividing by sqrt(norm) - this step is easiest
// done using floating point operation
if (norm == 0) norm = 1; // to avoid div by zero
return (double)corr / sqrt((double)norm);
// Note: Warning about the missing EMMS instruction is harmless
// as it'll be called elsewhere.
}
void TDStretchMMX::clearCrossCorrState()
{
// Clear MMS state
_m_empty();
//_asm EMMS;
}
// MMX-optimized version of the function overlapStereo
void TDStretchMMX::overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const
{
const __m64 *pVinput, *pVMidBuf;
__m64 *pVdest;
__m64 mix1, mix2, adder, shifter;
int i;
pVinput = (const __m64*)input;
pVMidBuf = (const __m64*)pMidBuffer;
pVdest = (__m64*)output;
// mix1 = mixer values for 1st stereo sample
// mix1 = mixer values for 2nd stereo sample
// adder = adder for updating mixer values after each round
mix1 = _mm_set_pi16(0, overlapLength, 0, overlapLength);
adder = _mm_set_pi16(1, -1, 1, -1);
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
adder = _mm_add_pi16(adder, adder);
// Overlaplength-division by shifter. "+1" is to account for "-1" deduced in
// overlapDividerBits calculation earlier.
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits + 1);
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength / 4; i ++)
{
__m64 temp1, temp2;
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i0l m0l i0r m0r
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i1l m1l i1r m1r
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
// update mix += adder
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
// --- second round begins here ---
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i2l m2l i2r m2r
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i3l m3l i3r m3r
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
pVdest[1] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
// update mix += adder
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
pVinput += 2;
pVMidBuf += 2;
pVdest += 2;
}
_m_empty(); // clear MMS state
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "FIRFilter.h"
FIRFilterMMX::FIRFilterMMX() : FIRFilter()
{
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
}
FIRFilterMMX::~FIRFilterMMX()
{
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
}
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for MMX routine
void FIRFilterMMX::setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
{
uint i;
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
filterCoeffsUnalign = new short[2 * newLength + 8];
filterCoeffsAlign = (short *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
for (i = 0;i < length; i += 4)
{
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] = coeffs[i + 0];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 2];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 2] = coeffs[i + 0];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 3] = coeffs[i + 2];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 4] = coeffs[i + 1];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 5] = coeffs[i + 3];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 6] = coeffs[i + 1];
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 7] = coeffs[i + 3];
}
}
// mmx-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
uint FIRFilterMMX::evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const
{
// Create stack copies of the needed member variables for asm routines :
uint i, j;
__m64 *pVdest = (__m64*)dest;
if (length < 2) return 0;
for (i = 0; i < (numSamples - length) / 2; i ++)
{
__m64 accu1;
__m64 accu2;
const __m64 *pVsrc = (const __m64*)src;
const __m64 *pVfilter = (const __m64*)filterCoeffsAlign;
accu1 = accu2 = _mm_setzero_si64();
for (j = 0; j < lengthDiv8 * 2; j ++)
{
__m64 temp1, temp2;
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l2 l0 r2 r0
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l3 l1 r3 r1
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[0])); // += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[1])); // += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[1], pVsrc[2]); // = l4 l2 r4 r2
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[0])); // += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[1])); // += l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
// accu1 += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
// += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
// accu2 += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
// l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
pVfilter += 2;
pVsrc += 2;
}
// accu >>= resultDivFactor
accu1 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu1, resultDivFactor);
accu2 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu2, resultDivFactor);
// pack 2*2*32bits => 4*16 bits
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(accu1, accu2);
src += 4;
pVdest ++;
}
_m_empty(); // clear emms state
return (numSamples & 0xfffffffe) - length;
}
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
-7
View File
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
#ifndef SOUNDTOUCH_CONFIG_H_INCLUDED
#define SOUNDTOUCH_CONFIG_H_INCLUDED
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_CONFIG_H_INCLUDED
-361
View File
@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///
/// SSE optimized routines for Pentium-III, Athlon-XP and later CPUs. All SSE
/// optimized functions have been gathered into this single source
/// code file, regardless to their class or original source code file, in order
/// to ease porting the library to other compiler and processor platforms.
///
/// The SSE-optimizations are programmed using SSE compiler intrinsics that
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
/// should compile with both toolsets.
///
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support SSE instruction set. The update is
/// available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
///
/// If the above URL is expired or removed, go to "http://msdn.microsoft.com" and
/// perform a search with keywords "processor pack".
///
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 16:53:01 -0200 (qui, 08 nov 2012) $
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
//
// $Id: sse_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// License :
//
// SoundTouch audio processing library
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
//
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
//
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "cpu_detect.h"
#include "STTypes.h"
using namespace soundtouch;
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
// SSE routines available only with float sample type
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'TDStretchSSE'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "TDStretch.h"
#include <xmmintrin.h>
#include <math.h>
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
double TDStretchSSE::calcCrossCorr(const float *pV1, const float *pV2) const
{
int i;
const float *pVec1;
const __m128 *pVec2;
__m128 vSum, vNorm;
// Note. It means a major slow-down if the routine needs to tolerate
// unaligned __m128 memory accesses. It's way faster if we can skip
// unaligned slots and use _mm_load_ps instruction instead of _mm_loadu_ps.
// This can mean up to ~ 10-fold difference (incl. part of which is
// due to skipping every second round for stereo sound though).
//
// Compile-time define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION is provided
// for choosing if this little cheating is allowed.
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION
// Little cheating allowed, return valid correlation only for
// aligned locations, meaning every second round for stereo sound.
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_load_ps
if (((ulongptr)pV1) & 15) return -1e50; // skip unaligned locations
#else
// No cheating allowed, use unaligned load & take the resulting
// performance hit.
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_loadu_ps
#endif
// ensure overlapLength is divisible by 8
assert((overlapLength % 8) == 0);
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
// Note: pV2 _must_ be aligned to 16-bit boundary, pV1 need not.
pVec1 = (const float*)pV1;
pVec2 = (const __m128*)pV2;
vSum = vNorm = _mm_setzero_ps();
// Unroll the loop by factor of 4 * 4 operations. Use same routine for
// stereo & mono, for mono it just means twice the amount of unrolling.
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
{
__m128 vTemp;
// vSum += pV1[0..3] * pV2[0..3]
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1);
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,pVec2[0]));
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
// vSum += pV1[4..7] * pV2[4..7]
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 4);
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[1]));
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
// vSum += pV1[8..11] * pV2[8..11]
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 8);
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[2]));
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
// vSum += pV1[12..15] * pV2[12..15]
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 12);
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[3]));
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
pVec1 += 16;
pVec2 += 4;
}
// return value = vSum[0] + vSum[1] + vSum[2] + vSum[3]
float *pvNorm = (float*)&vNorm;
double norm = sqrt(pvNorm[0] + pvNorm[1] + pvNorm[2] + pvNorm[3]);
if (norm < 1e-9) norm = 1.0; // to avoid div by zero
float *pvSum = (float*)&vSum;
return (double)(pvSum[0] + pvSum[1] + pvSum[2] + pvSum[3]) / norm;
/* This is approximately corresponding routine in C-language yet without normalization:
double corr, norm;
uint i;
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
corr = norm = 0.0;
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
{
corr += pV1[0] * pV2[0] +
pV1[1] * pV2[1] +
pV1[2] * pV2[2] +
pV1[3] * pV2[3] +
pV1[4] * pV2[4] +
pV1[5] * pV2[5] +
pV1[6] * pV2[6] +
pV1[7] * pV2[7] +
pV1[8] * pV2[8] +
pV1[9] * pV2[9] +
pV1[10] * pV2[10] +
pV1[11] * pV2[11] +
pV1[12] * pV2[12] +
pV1[13] * pV2[13] +
pV1[14] * pV2[14] +
pV1[15] * pV2[15];
for (j = 0; j < 15; j ++) norm += pV1[j] * pV1[j];
pV1 += 16;
pV2 += 16;
}
return corr / sqrt(norm);
*/
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "FIRFilter.h"
FIRFilterSSE::FIRFilterSSE() : FIRFilter()
{
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
}
FIRFilterSSE::~FIRFilterSSE()
{
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
}
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for SSE routine
void FIRFilterSSE::setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
{
uint i;
float fDivider;
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
// Scale the filter coefficients so that it won't be necessary to scale the filtering result
// also rearrange coefficients suitably for SSE
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
filterCoeffsUnalign = new float[2 * newLength + 4];
filterCoeffsAlign = (float *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
fDivider = (float)resultDivider;
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
for (i = 0; i < newLength; i ++)
{
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] =
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 0] / fDivider;
}
}
// SSE-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
uint FIRFilterSSE::evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *source, uint numSamples) const
{
int count = (int)((numSamples - length) & (uint)-2);
int j;
assert(count % 2 == 0);
if (count < 2) return 0;
assert(source != NULL);
assert(dest != NULL);
assert((length % 8) == 0);
assert(filterCoeffsAlign != NULL);
assert(((ulongptr)filterCoeffsAlign) % 16 == 0);
// filter is evaluated for two stereo samples with each iteration, thus use of 'j += 2'
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
{
const float *pSrc;
const __m128 *pFil;
__m128 sum1, sum2;
uint i;
pSrc = (const float*)source; // source audio data
pFil = (const __m128*)filterCoeffsAlign; // filter coefficients. NOTE: Assumes coefficients
// are aligned to 16-byte boundary
sum1 = sum2 = _mm_setzero_ps();
for (i = 0; i < length / 8; i ++)
{
// Unroll loop for efficiency & calculate filter for 2*2 stereo samples
// at each pass
// sum1 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data at the primary sound data offset
// sum2 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data for the next sound sample offset.
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc) , pFil[0]));
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 2), pFil[0]));
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 4), pFil[1]));
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 6), pFil[1]));
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 8) , pFil[2]));
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 10), pFil[2]));
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 12), pFil[3]));
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 14), pFil[3]));
pSrc += 16;
pFil += 4;
}
// Now sum1 and sum2 both have a filtered 2-channel sample each, but we still need
// to sum the two hi- and lo-floats of these registers together.
// post-shuffle & add the filtered values and store to dest.
_mm_storeu_ps(dest, _mm_add_ps(
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(1,0,3,2)), // s2_1 s2_0 s1_3 s1_2
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(3,2,1,0)) // s2_3 s2_2 s1_1 s1_0
));
source += 4;
dest += 4;
}
// Ideas for further improvement:
// 1. If it could be guaranteed that 'source' were always aligned to 16-byte
// boundary, a faster aligned '_mm_load_ps' instruction could be used.
// 2. If it could be guaranteed that 'dest' were always aligned to 16-byte
// boundary, a faster '_mm_store_ps' instruction could be used.
return (uint)count;
/* original routine in C-language. please notice the C-version has differently
organized coefficients though.
double suml1, suml2;
double sumr1, sumr2;
uint i, j;
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
{
const float *ptr;
const float *pFil;
suml1 = sumr1 = 0.0;
suml2 = sumr2 = 0.0;
ptr = src;
pFil = filterCoeffs;
for (i = 0; i < lengthLocal; i ++)
{
// unroll loop for efficiency.
suml1 += ptr[0] * pFil[0] +
ptr[2] * pFil[2] +
ptr[4] * pFil[4] +
ptr[6] * pFil[6];
sumr1 += ptr[1] * pFil[1] +
ptr[3] * pFil[3] +
ptr[5] * pFil[5] +
ptr[7] * pFil[7];
suml2 += ptr[8] * pFil[0] +
ptr[10] * pFil[2] +
ptr[12] * pFil[4] +
ptr[14] * pFil[6];
sumr2 += ptr[9] * pFil[1] +
ptr[11] * pFil[3] +
ptr[13] * pFil[5] +
ptr[15] * pFil[7];
ptr += 16;
pFil += 8;
}
dest[0] = (float)suml1;
dest[1] = (float)sumr1;
dest[2] = (float)suml2;
dest[3] = (float)sumr2;
src += 4;
dest += 4;
}
*/
}
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
-55
View File
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
# bzip2 library
# library name
set(Output pcsx2_bzip2)
set(CommonFlags
-march=athlon-xp
-march=prescott
)
set(OptimizationFlags
-Os
-W
)
# Debug - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Debug)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} -g)
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Debug)
# Devel - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Devel)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} ${OptimizationFlags} -g)
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Devel)
# Release - Build
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Release)
# add defines
add_definitions(${CommonFlags} ${OptimizationFlags})
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL Release)
# variable with all sources of this library
set(bzip2Sources
blocksort.c
bzlib.c
compress.c
crctable.c
decompress.c
huffman.c
randtable.c)
# variable with all headers of this library
set(bzip2Headers
bzlib.h
bzlib_private.h)
# add library
add_library(${Output} STATIC ${bzip2Sources} ${bzip2Headers})
# User flags options
if(NOT USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS STREQUAL "")
target_link_libraries(${Output} "${USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS}")
endif(NOT USER_CMAKE_LD_FLAGS STREQUAL "")
-87
View File
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes" ?>
<CodeBlocks_project_file>
<FileVersion major="1" minor="6" />
<Project>
<Option title="bzip2" />
<Option pch_mode="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Build>
<Target title="Debug">
<Option output="../../deps/debug/libbzip2" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/debug" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-g" />
<Add option="-O0" />
</Compiler>
</Target>
<Target title="Devel">
<Option output="../../deps/devel/libbzip2" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/devel" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-O1" />
<Add option="-W" />
<Add option="-g" />
<Add option="-DNDEBUG" />
</Compiler>
</Target>
<Target title="Release">
<Option output="../../deps/release/libbzip2" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
<Option working_dir="" />
<Option object_output="./.objs/release" />
<Option type="2" />
<Option compiler="gcc" />
<Option createDefFile="1" />
<Compiler>
<Add option="-fexpensive-optimizations" />
<Add option="-O3" />
<Add option="-W" />
<Add option="-DNDEBUG" />
</Compiler>
<Linker>
<Add option="-s" />
</Linker>
</Target>
</Build>
<Compiler>
<Add option="-march=athlon-xp" />
<Add option="-march=prescott" />
</Compiler>
<Unit filename="blocksort.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="bzlib.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="bzlib.h" />
<Unit filename="bzlib_private.h" />
<Unit filename="compress.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="crctable.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="decompress.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="huffman.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Unit filename="randtable.c">
<Option compilerVar="CC" />
</Unit>
<Extensions>
<envvars />
<code_completion />
<lib_finder disable_auto="1" />
<debugger />
</Extensions>
</Project>
</CodeBlocks_project_file>
-231
View File
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
<VisualStudioProject
ProjectType="Visual C++"
Version="9.00"
Name="bzip2"
ProjectGUID="{F4EB4AB2-C595-4B05-8BC0-059024BC796C}"
RootNamespace="bzip2"
TargetFrameworkVersion="0"
>
<Platforms>
<Platform
Name="Win32"
/>
</Platforms>
<ToolFiles>
</ToolFiles>
<Configurations>
<Configuration
Name="Debug|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
<Configuration
Name="Release|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
WholeProgramOptimization="1"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
<Configuration
Name="Devel|Win32"
ConfigurationType="4"
InheritedPropertySheets="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.vsprops;..\3rdparty.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.vsprops;..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.vsprops"
CharacterSet="2"
WholeProgramOptimization="0"
>
<Tool
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCALinkTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCFxCopTool"
/>
<Tool
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
/>
</Configuration>
</Configurations>
<References>
</References>
<Files>
<Filter
Name="Source Files"
Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
>
<File
RelativePath=".\blocksort.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\bzlib.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\compress.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\crctable.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\decompress.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\huffman.c"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\randtable.c"
>
</File>
</Filter>
<Filter
Name="Header Files"
Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
>
<File
RelativePath=".\bzlib.h"
>
</File>
<File
RelativePath=".\bzlib_private.h"
>
</File>
</Filter>
</Files>
<Globals>
</Globals>
</VisualStudioProject>
-92
View File
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{F4EB4AB2-C595-4B05-8BC0-059024BC796C}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>bzip2</RootNamespace>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>false</WholeProgramOptimization>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">$(ProjectName)</TargetName>
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c" />
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c" />
<ClCompile Include="compress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c" />
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c" />
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h" />
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-44
View File
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="compress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-96
View File
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{F4EB4AB2-C595-4B05-8BC0-059024BC796C}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>bzip2</RootNamespace>
<ProjectName>bzip2</ProjectName>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>false</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<PlatformToolset>v110_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">$(ProjectName)</TargetName>
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c" />
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c" />
<ClCompile Include="compress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c" />
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c" />
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h" />
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-44
View File
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="compress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-96
View File
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Devel|Win32">
<Configuration>Devel</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{F4EB4AB2-C595-4B05-8BC0-059024BC796C}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>bzip2</RootNamespace>
<ProjectName>bzip2</ProjectName>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>false</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Devel.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="..\DefaultProjectRootDir.props" />
<Import Project="..\3rdparty.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\CodeGen_Debug.props" />
<Import Project="..\..\common\vsprops\IncrementalLinking.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleSet Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">AllRules.ruleset</CodeAnalysisRuleSet>
<CodeAnalysisRules Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<CodeAnalysisRuleAssemblies Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" />
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">$(ProjectName)</TargetName>
<TargetName Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Devel|Win32'">$(ProjectName)-dev</TargetName>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c" />
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c" />
<ClCompile Include="compress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c" />
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c" />
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c" />
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h" />
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>
-44
View File
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Source Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Header Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="blocksort.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="bzlib.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="compress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="crctable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="decompress.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="huffman.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="randtable.c">
<Filter>Source Files</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="bzlib_private.h">
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>
-282
View File
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- Public header file for the library. ---*/
/*--- bzlib.h ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------
This file is part of bzip2/libbzip2, a program and library for
lossless, block-sorting data compression.
bzip2/libbzip2 version 1.0.4 of 20 December 2006
Copyright (C) 1996-2006 Julian Seward <jseward@bzip.org>
Please read the WARNING, DISCLAIMER and PATENTS sections in the
README file.
This program is released under the terms of the license contained
in the file LICENSE.
------------------------------------------------------------------ */
#ifndef _BZLIB_H
#define _BZLIB_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define BZ_RUN 0
#define BZ_FLUSH 1
#define BZ_FINISH 2
#define BZ_OK 0
#define BZ_RUN_OK 1
#define BZ_FLUSH_OK 2
#define BZ_FINISH_OK 3
#define BZ_STREAM_END 4
#define BZ_SEQUENCE_ERROR (-1)
#define BZ_PARAM_ERROR (-2)
#define BZ_MEM_ERROR (-3)
#define BZ_DATA_ERROR (-4)
#define BZ_DATA_ERROR_MAGIC (-5)
#define BZ_IO_ERROR (-6)
#define BZ_UNEXPECTED_EOF (-7)
#define BZ_OUTBUFF_FULL (-8)
#define BZ_CONFIG_ERROR (-9)
typedef
struct {
char *next_in;
unsigned int avail_in;
unsigned int total_in_lo32;
unsigned int total_in_hi32;
char *next_out;
unsigned int avail_out;
unsigned int total_out_lo32;
unsigned int total_out_hi32;
void *state;
void *(*bzalloc)(void *,int,int);
void (*bzfree)(void *,void *);
void *opaque;
}
bz_stream;
#ifndef BZ_IMPORT
#define BZ_EXPORT
#endif
#ifndef BZ_NO_STDIO
/* Need a definitition for FILE */
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef _WIN32
# include <windows.h>
# ifdef small
/* windows.h define small to char */
# undef small
# endif
# ifdef BZ_EXPORT
# define BZ_API(func) WINAPI func
# define BZ_EXTERN extern
# else
/* import windows dll dynamically */
# define BZ_API(func) (WINAPI * func)
# define BZ_EXTERN
# endif
#else
# define BZ_API(func) func
# define BZ_EXTERN extern
#endif
/*-- Core (low-level) library functions --*/
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzCompressInit) (
bz_stream* strm,
int blockSize100k,
int verbosity,
int workFactor
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzCompress) (
bz_stream* strm,
int action
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzCompressEnd) (
bz_stream* strm
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzDecompressInit) (
bz_stream *strm,
int verbosity,
int small
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzDecompress) (
bz_stream* strm
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzDecompressEnd) (
bz_stream *strm
);
/*-- High(er) level library functions --*/
#ifndef BZ_NO_STDIO
#define BZ_MAX_UNUSED 5000
typedef void BZFILE;
BZ_EXTERN BZFILE* BZ_API(BZ2_bzReadOpen) (
int* bzerror,
FILE* f,
int verbosity,
int small,
void* unused,
int nUnused
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzReadClose) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzReadGetUnused) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b,
void** unused,
int* nUnused
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzRead) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b,
void* buf,
int len
);
BZ_EXTERN BZFILE* BZ_API(BZ2_bzWriteOpen) (
int* bzerror,
FILE* f,
int blockSize100k,
int verbosity,
int workFactor
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzWrite) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b,
void* buf,
int len
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzWriteClose) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b,
int abandon,
unsigned int* nbytes_in,
unsigned int* nbytes_out
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzWriteClose64) (
int* bzerror,
BZFILE* b,
int abandon,
unsigned int* nbytes_in_lo32,
unsigned int* nbytes_in_hi32,
unsigned int* nbytes_out_lo32,
unsigned int* nbytes_out_hi32
);
#endif
/*-- Utility functions --*/
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzBuffToBuffCompress) (
char* dest,
unsigned int* destLen,
char* source,
unsigned int sourceLen,
int blockSize100k,
int verbosity,
int workFactor
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzBuffToBuffDecompress) (
char* dest,
unsigned int* destLen,
char* source,
unsigned int sourceLen,
int small,
int verbosity
);
/*--
Code contributed by Yoshioka Tsuneo (tsuneo@rr.iij4u.or.jp)
to support better zlib compatibility.
This code is not _officially_ part of libbzip2 (yet);
I haven't tested it, documented it, or considered the
threading-safeness of it.
If this code breaks, please contact both Yoshioka and me.
--*/
BZ_EXTERN const char * BZ_API(BZ2_bzlibVersion) (
void
);
#ifndef BZ_NO_STDIO
BZ_EXTERN BZFILE * BZ_API(BZ2_bzopen) (
const char *path,
const char *mode
);
BZ_EXTERN BZFILE * BZ_API(BZ2_bzdopen) (
int fd,
const char *mode
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzread) (
BZFILE* b,
void* buf,
int len
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzwrite) (
BZFILE* b,
void* buf,
int len
);
BZ_EXTERN int BZ_API(BZ2_bzflush) (
BZFILE* b
);
BZ_EXTERN void BZ_API(BZ2_bzclose) (
BZFILE* b
);
BZ_EXTERN const char * BZ_API(BZ2_bzerror) (
BZFILE *b,
int *errnum
);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- end bzlib.h ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-672
View File
@@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- Compression machinery (not incl block sorting) ---*/
/*--- compress.c ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------
This file is part of bzip2/libbzip2, a program and library for
lossless, block-sorting data compression.
bzip2/libbzip2 version 1.0.4 of 20 December 2006
Copyright (C) 1996-2006 Julian Seward <jseward@bzip.org>
Please read the WARNING, DISCLAIMER and PATENTS sections in the
README file.
This program is released under the terms of the license contained
in the file LICENSE.
------------------------------------------------------------------ */
/* CHANGES
0.9.0 -- original version.
0.9.0a/b -- no changes in this file.
0.9.0c -- changed setting of nGroups in sendMTFValues()
so as to do a bit better on small files
*/
#include "bzlib_private.h"
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- Bit stream I/O ---*/
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
void BZ2_bsInitWrite ( EState* s )
{
s->bsLive = 0;
s->bsBuff = 0;
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
void bsFinishWrite ( EState* s )
{
while (s->bsLive > 0) {
s->zbits[s->numZ] = (UChar)(s->bsBuff >> 24);
s->numZ++;
s->bsBuff <<= 8;
s->bsLive -= 8;
}
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
#define bsNEEDW(nz) \
{ \
while (s->bsLive >= 8) { \
s->zbits[s->numZ] \
= (UChar)(s->bsBuff >> 24); \
s->numZ++; \
s->bsBuff <<= 8; \
s->bsLive -= 8; \
} \
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
__inline__
void bsW ( EState* s, Int32 n, UInt32 v )
{
bsNEEDW ( n );
s->bsBuff |= (v << (32 - s->bsLive - n));
s->bsLive += n;
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
void bsPutUInt32 ( EState* s, UInt32 u )
{
bsW ( s, 8, (u >> 24) & 0xffL );
bsW ( s, 8, (u >> 16) & 0xffL );
bsW ( s, 8, (u >> 8) & 0xffL );
bsW ( s, 8, u & 0xffL );
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
void bsPutUChar ( EState* s, UChar c )
{
bsW( s, 8, (UInt32)c );
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- The back end proper ---*/
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
void makeMaps_e ( EState* s )
{
Int32 i;
s->nInUse = 0;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (s->inUse[i]) {
s->unseqToSeq[i] = s->nInUse;
s->nInUse++;
}
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
static
void generateMTFValues ( EState* s )
{
UChar yy[256];
Int32 i, j;
Int32 zPend;
Int32 wr;
Int32 EOB;
/*
After sorting (eg, here),
s->arr1 [ 0 .. s->nblock-1 ] holds sorted order,
and
((UChar*)s->arr2) [ 0 .. s->nblock-1 ]
holds the original block data.
The first thing to do is generate the MTF values,
and put them in
((UInt16*)s->arr1) [ 0 .. s->nblock-1 ].
Because there are strictly fewer or equal MTF values
than block values, ptr values in this area are overwritten
with MTF values only when they are no longer needed.
The final compressed bitstream is generated into the
area starting at
(UChar*) (&((UChar*)s->arr2)[s->nblock])
These storage aliases are set up in bzCompressInit(),
except for the last one, which is arranged in
compressBlock().
*/
UInt32* ptr = s->ptr;
UChar* block = s->block;
UInt16* mtfv = s->mtfv;
makeMaps_e ( s );
EOB = s->nInUse+1;
for (i = 0; i <= EOB; i++) s->mtfFreq[i] = 0;
wr = 0;
zPend = 0;
for (i = 0; i < s->nInUse; i++) yy[i] = (UChar) i;
for (i = 0; i < s->nblock; i++) {
UChar ll_i;
AssertD ( wr <= i, "generateMTFValues(1)" );
j = ptr[i]-1; if (j < 0) j += s->nblock;
ll_i = s->unseqToSeq[block[j]];
AssertD ( ll_i < s->nInUse, "generateMTFValues(2a)" );
if (yy[0] == ll_i) {
zPend++;
} else {
if (zPend > 0) {
zPend--;
while (True) {
if (zPend & 1) {
mtfv[wr] = BZ_RUNB; wr++;
s->mtfFreq[BZ_RUNB]++;
} else {
mtfv[wr] = BZ_RUNA; wr++;
s->mtfFreq[BZ_RUNA]++;
}
if (zPend < 2) break;
zPend = (zPend - 2) / 2;
};
zPend = 0;
}
{
register UChar rtmp;
register UChar* ryy_j;
register UChar rll_i;
rtmp = yy[1];
yy[1] = yy[0];
ryy_j = &(yy[1]);
rll_i = ll_i;
while ( rll_i != rtmp ) {
register UChar rtmp2;
ryy_j++;
rtmp2 = rtmp;
rtmp = *ryy_j;
*ryy_j = rtmp2;
};
yy[0] = rtmp;
j = ryy_j - &(yy[0]);
mtfv[wr] = j+1; wr++; s->mtfFreq[j+1]++;
}
}
}
if (zPend > 0) {
zPend--;
while (True) {
if (zPend & 1) {
mtfv[wr] = BZ_RUNB; wr++;
s->mtfFreq[BZ_RUNB]++;
} else {
mtfv[wr] = BZ_RUNA; wr++;
s->mtfFreq[BZ_RUNA]++;
}
if (zPend < 2) break;
zPend = (zPend - 2) / 2;
};
zPend = 0;
}
mtfv[wr] = EOB; wr++; s->mtfFreq[EOB]++;
s->nMTF = wr;
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
#define BZ_LESSER_ICOST 0
#define BZ_GREATER_ICOST 15
static
void sendMTFValues ( EState* s )
{
Int32 v, t, i, j, gs, ge, totc, bt, bc, iter;
Int32 nSelectors, alphaSize, minLen, maxLen, selCtr;
Int32 nGroups, nBytes;
/*--
UChar len [BZ_N_GROUPS][BZ_MAX_ALPHA_SIZE];
is a global since the decoder also needs it.
Int32 code[BZ_N_GROUPS][BZ_MAX_ALPHA_SIZE];
Int32 rfreq[BZ_N_GROUPS][BZ_MAX_ALPHA_SIZE];
are also globals only used in this proc.
Made global to keep stack frame size small.
--*/
UInt16 cost[BZ_N_GROUPS];
Int32 fave[BZ_N_GROUPS];
UInt16* mtfv = s->mtfv;
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf3( " %d in block, %d after MTF & 1-2 coding, "
"%d+2 syms in use\n",
s->nblock, s->nMTF, s->nInUse );
alphaSize = s->nInUse+2;
for (t = 0; t < BZ_N_GROUPS; t++)
for (v = 0; v < alphaSize; v++)
s->len[t][v] = BZ_GREATER_ICOST;
/*--- Decide how many coding tables to use ---*/
AssertH ( s->nMTF > 0, 3001 );
if (s->nMTF < 200) nGroups = 2; else
if (s->nMTF < 600) nGroups = 3; else
if (s->nMTF < 1200) nGroups = 4; else
if (s->nMTF < 2400) nGroups = 5; else
nGroups = 6;
/*--- Generate an initial set of coding tables ---*/
{
Int32 nPart, remF, tFreq, aFreq;
nPart = nGroups;
remF = s->nMTF;
gs = 0;
while (nPart > 0) {
tFreq = remF / nPart;
ge = gs-1;
aFreq = 0;
while (aFreq < tFreq && ge < alphaSize-1) {
ge++;
aFreq += s->mtfFreq[ge];
}
if (ge > gs
&& nPart != nGroups && nPart != 1
&& ((nGroups-nPart) % 2 == 1)) {
aFreq -= s->mtfFreq[ge];
ge--;
}
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf5( " initial group %d, [%d .. %d], "
"has %d syms (%4.1f%%)\n",
nPart, gs, ge, aFreq,
(100.0 * (float)aFreq) / (float)(s->nMTF) );
for (v = 0; v < alphaSize; v++)
if (v >= gs && v <= ge)
s->len[nPart-1][v] = BZ_LESSER_ICOST; else
s->len[nPart-1][v] = BZ_GREATER_ICOST;
nPart--;
gs = ge+1;
remF -= aFreq;
}
}
/*---
Iterate up to BZ_N_ITERS times to improve the tables.
---*/
for (iter = 0; iter < BZ_N_ITERS; iter++) {
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++) fave[t] = 0;
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++)
for (v = 0; v < alphaSize; v++)
s->rfreq[t][v] = 0;
/*---
Set up an auxiliary length table which is used to fast-track
the common case (nGroups == 6).
---*/
if (nGroups == 6) {
for (v = 0; v < alphaSize; v++) {
s->len_pack[v][0] = (s->len[1][v] << 16) | s->len[0][v];
s->len_pack[v][1] = (s->len[3][v] << 16) | s->len[2][v];
s->len_pack[v][2] = (s->len[5][v] << 16) | s->len[4][v];
}
}
nSelectors = 0;
totc = 0;
gs = 0;
while (True) {
/*--- Set group start & end marks. --*/
if (gs >= s->nMTF) break;
ge = gs + BZ_G_SIZE - 1;
if (ge >= s->nMTF) ge = s->nMTF-1;
/*--
Calculate the cost of this group as coded
by each of the coding tables.
--*/
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++) cost[t] = 0;
if (nGroups == 6 && 50 == ge-gs+1) {
/*--- fast track the common case ---*/
register UInt32 cost01, cost23, cost45;
register UInt16 icv;
cost01 = cost23 = cost45 = 0;
# define BZ_ITER(nn) \
icv = mtfv[gs+(nn)]; \
cost01 += s->len_pack[icv][0]; \
cost23 += s->len_pack[icv][1]; \
cost45 += s->len_pack[icv][2]; \
BZ_ITER(0); BZ_ITER(1); BZ_ITER(2); BZ_ITER(3); BZ_ITER(4);
BZ_ITER(5); BZ_ITER(6); BZ_ITER(7); BZ_ITER(8); BZ_ITER(9);
BZ_ITER(10); BZ_ITER(11); BZ_ITER(12); BZ_ITER(13); BZ_ITER(14);
BZ_ITER(15); BZ_ITER(16); BZ_ITER(17); BZ_ITER(18); BZ_ITER(19);
BZ_ITER(20); BZ_ITER(21); BZ_ITER(22); BZ_ITER(23); BZ_ITER(24);
BZ_ITER(25); BZ_ITER(26); BZ_ITER(27); BZ_ITER(28); BZ_ITER(29);
BZ_ITER(30); BZ_ITER(31); BZ_ITER(32); BZ_ITER(33); BZ_ITER(34);
BZ_ITER(35); BZ_ITER(36); BZ_ITER(37); BZ_ITER(38); BZ_ITER(39);
BZ_ITER(40); BZ_ITER(41); BZ_ITER(42); BZ_ITER(43); BZ_ITER(44);
BZ_ITER(45); BZ_ITER(46); BZ_ITER(47); BZ_ITER(48); BZ_ITER(49);
# undef BZ_ITER
cost[0] = cost01 & 0xffff; cost[1] = cost01 >> 16;
cost[2] = cost23 & 0xffff; cost[3] = cost23 >> 16;
cost[4] = cost45 & 0xffff; cost[5] = cost45 >> 16;
} else {
/*--- slow version which correctly handles all situations ---*/
for (i = gs; i <= ge; i++) {
UInt16 icv = mtfv[i];
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++) cost[t] += s->len[t][icv];
}
}
/*--
Find the coding table which is best for this group,
and record its identity in the selector table.
--*/
bc = 999999999; bt = -1;
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++)
if (cost[t] < bc) { bc = cost[t]; bt = t; };
totc += bc;
fave[bt]++;
s->selector[nSelectors] = bt;
nSelectors++;
/*--
Increment the symbol frequencies for the selected table.
--*/
if (nGroups == 6 && 50 == ge-gs+1) {
/*--- fast track the common case ---*/
# define BZ_ITUR(nn) s->rfreq[bt][ mtfv[gs+(nn)] ]++
BZ_ITUR(0); BZ_ITUR(1); BZ_ITUR(2); BZ_ITUR(3); BZ_ITUR(4);
BZ_ITUR(5); BZ_ITUR(6); BZ_ITUR(7); BZ_ITUR(8); BZ_ITUR(9);
BZ_ITUR(10); BZ_ITUR(11); BZ_ITUR(12); BZ_ITUR(13); BZ_ITUR(14);
BZ_ITUR(15); BZ_ITUR(16); BZ_ITUR(17); BZ_ITUR(18); BZ_ITUR(19);
BZ_ITUR(20); BZ_ITUR(21); BZ_ITUR(22); BZ_ITUR(23); BZ_ITUR(24);
BZ_ITUR(25); BZ_ITUR(26); BZ_ITUR(27); BZ_ITUR(28); BZ_ITUR(29);
BZ_ITUR(30); BZ_ITUR(31); BZ_ITUR(32); BZ_ITUR(33); BZ_ITUR(34);
BZ_ITUR(35); BZ_ITUR(36); BZ_ITUR(37); BZ_ITUR(38); BZ_ITUR(39);
BZ_ITUR(40); BZ_ITUR(41); BZ_ITUR(42); BZ_ITUR(43); BZ_ITUR(44);
BZ_ITUR(45); BZ_ITUR(46); BZ_ITUR(47); BZ_ITUR(48); BZ_ITUR(49);
# undef BZ_ITUR
} else {
/*--- slow version which correctly handles all situations ---*/
for (i = gs; i <= ge; i++)
s->rfreq[bt][ mtfv[i] ]++;
}
gs = ge+1;
}
if (s->verbosity >= 3) {
VPrintf2 ( " pass %d: size is %d, grp uses are ",
iter+1, totc/8 );
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++)
VPrintf1 ( "%d ", fave[t] );
VPrintf0 ( "\n" );
}
/*--
Recompute the tables based on the accumulated frequencies.
--*/
/* maxLen was changed from 20 to 17 in bzip2-1.0.3. See
comment in huffman.c for details. */
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++)
BZ2_hbMakeCodeLengths ( &(s->len[t][0]), &(s->rfreq[t][0]),
alphaSize, 17 /*20*/ );
}
AssertH( nGroups < 8, 3002 );
AssertH( nSelectors < 32768 &&
nSelectors <= (2 + (900000 / BZ_G_SIZE)),
3003 );
/*--- Compute MTF values for the selectors. ---*/
{
UChar pos[BZ_N_GROUPS], ll_i, tmp2, tmp;
for (i = 0; i < nGroups; i++) pos[i] = i;
for (i = 0; i < nSelectors; i++) {
ll_i = s->selector[i];
j = 0;
tmp = pos[j];
while ( ll_i != tmp ) {
j++;
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = pos[j];
pos[j] = tmp2;
};
pos[0] = tmp;
s->selectorMtf[i] = j;
}
};
/*--- Assign actual codes for the tables. --*/
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++) {
minLen = 32;
maxLen = 0;
for (i = 0; i < alphaSize; i++) {
if (s->len[t][i] > maxLen) maxLen = s->len[t][i];
if (s->len[t][i] < minLen) minLen = s->len[t][i];
}
AssertH ( !(maxLen > 17 /*20*/ ), 3004 );
AssertH ( !(minLen < 1), 3005 );
BZ2_hbAssignCodes ( &(s->code[t][0]), &(s->len[t][0]),
minLen, maxLen, alphaSize );
}
/*--- Transmit the mapping table. ---*/
{
Bool inUse16[16];
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
inUse16[i] = False;
for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
if (s->inUse[i * 16 + j]) inUse16[i] = True;
}
nBytes = s->numZ;
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
if (inUse16[i]) bsW(s,1,1); else bsW(s,1,0);
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
if (inUse16[i])
for (j = 0; j < 16; j++) {
if (s->inUse[i * 16 + j]) bsW(s,1,1); else bsW(s,1,0);
}
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf1( " bytes: mapping %d, ", s->numZ-nBytes );
}
/*--- Now the selectors. ---*/
nBytes = s->numZ;
bsW ( s, 3, nGroups );
bsW ( s, 15, nSelectors );
for (i = 0; i < nSelectors; i++) {
for (j = 0; j < s->selectorMtf[i]; j++) bsW(s,1,1);
bsW(s,1,0);
}
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf1( "selectors %d, ", s->numZ-nBytes );
/*--- Now the coding tables. ---*/
nBytes = s->numZ;
for (t = 0; t < nGroups; t++) {
Int32 curr = s->len[t][0];
bsW ( s, 5, curr );
for (i = 0; i < alphaSize; i++) {
while (curr < s->len[t][i]) { bsW(s,2,2); curr++; /* 10 */ };
while (curr > s->len[t][i]) { bsW(s,2,3); curr--; /* 11 */ };
bsW ( s, 1, 0 );
}
}
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf1 ( "code lengths %d, ", s->numZ-nBytes );
/*--- And finally, the block data proper ---*/
nBytes = s->numZ;
selCtr = 0;
gs = 0;
while (True) {
if (gs >= s->nMTF) break;
ge = gs + BZ_G_SIZE - 1;
if (ge >= s->nMTF) ge = s->nMTF-1;
AssertH ( s->selector[selCtr] < nGroups, 3006 );
if (nGroups == 6 && 50 == ge-gs+1) {
/*--- fast track the common case ---*/
UInt16 mtfv_i;
UChar* s_len_sel_selCtr
= &(s->len[s->selector[selCtr]][0]);
Int32* s_code_sel_selCtr
= &(s->code[s->selector[selCtr]][0]);
# define BZ_ITAH(nn) \
mtfv_i = mtfv[gs+(nn)]; \
bsW ( s, \
s_len_sel_selCtr[mtfv_i], \
s_code_sel_selCtr[mtfv_i] )
BZ_ITAH(0); BZ_ITAH(1); BZ_ITAH(2); BZ_ITAH(3); BZ_ITAH(4);
BZ_ITAH(5); BZ_ITAH(6); BZ_ITAH(7); BZ_ITAH(8); BZ_ITAH(9);
BZ_ITAH(10); BZ_ITAH(11); BZ_ITAH(12); BZ_ITAH(13); BZ_ITAH(14);
BZ_ITAH(15); BZ_ITAH(16); BZ_ITAH(17); BZ_ITAH(18); BZ_ITAH(19);
BZ_ITAH(20); BZ_ITAH(21); BZ_ITAH(22); BZ_ITAH(23); BZ_ITAH(24);
BZ_ITAH(25); BZ_ITAH(26); BZ_ITAH(27); BZ_ITAH(28); BZ_ITAH(29);
BZ_ITAH(30); BZ_ITAH(31); BZ_ITAH(32); BZ_ITAH(33); BZ_ITAH(34);
BZ_ITAH(35); BZ_ITAH(36); BZ_ITAH(37); BZ_ITAH(38); BZ_ITAH(39);
BZ_ITAH(40); BZ_ITAH(41); BZ_ITAH(42); BZ_ITAH(43); BZ_ITAH(44);
BZ_ITAH(45); BZ_ITAH(46); BZ_ITAH(47); BZ_ITAH(48); BZ_ITAH(49);
# undef BZ_ITAH
} else {
/*--- slow version which correctly handles all situations ---*/
for (i = gs; i <= ge; i++) {
bsW ( s,
s->len [s->selector[selCtr]] [mtfv[i]],
s->code [s->selector[selCtr]] [mtfv[i]] );
}
}
gs = ge+1;
selCtr++;
}
AssertH( selCtr == nSelectors, 3007 );
if (s->verbosity >= 3)
VPrintf1( "codes %d\n", s->numZ-nBytes );
}
/*---------------------------------------------------*/
void BZ2_compressBlock ( EState* s, Bool is_last_block )
{
if (s->nblock > 0) {
BZ_FINALISE_CRC ( s->blockCRC );
s->combinedCRC = (s->combinedCRC << 1) | (s->combinedCRC >> 31);
s->combinedCRC ^= s->blockCRC;
if (s->blockNo > 1) s->numZ = 0;
if (s->verbosity >= 2)
VPrintf4( " block %d: crc = 0x%08x, "
"combined CRC = 0x%08x, size = %d\n",
s->blockNo, s->blockCRC, s->combinedCRC, s->nblock );
BZ2_blockSort ( s );
}
s->zbits = (UChar*) (&((UChar*)s->arr2)[s->nblock]);
/*-- If this is the first block, create the stream header. --*/
if (s->blockNo == 1) {
BZ2_bsInitWrite ( s );
bsPutUChar ( s, BZ_HDR_B );
bsPutUChar ( s, BZ_HDR_Z );
bsPutUChar ( s, BZ_HDR_h );
bsPutUChar ( s, (UChar)(BZ_HDR_0 + s->blockSize100k) );
}
if (s->nblock > 0) {
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x31 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x41 );
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x59 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x26 );
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x53 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x59 );
/*-- Now the block's CRC, so it is in a known place. --*/
bsPutUInt32 ( s, s->blockCRC );
/*--
Now a single bit indicating (non-)randomisation.
As of version 0.9.5, we use a better sorting algorithm
which makes randomisation unnecessary. So always set
the randomised bit to 'no'. Of course, the decoder
still needs to be able to handle randomised blocks
so as to maintain backwards compatibility with
older versions of bzip2.
--*/
bsW(s,1,0);
bsW ( s, 24, s->origPtr );
generateMTFValues ( s );
sendMTFValues ( s );
}
/*-- If this is the last block, add the stream trailer. --*/
if (is_last_block) {
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x17 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x72 );
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x45 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x38 );
bsPutUChar ( s, 0x50 ); bsPutUChar ( s, 0x90 );
bsPutUInt32 ( s, s->combinedCRC );
if (s->verbosity >= 2)
VPrintf1( " final combined CRC = 0x%08x\n ", s->combinedCRC );
bsFinishWrite ( s );
}
}
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- end compress.c ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-84
View File
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- Table for randomising repetitive blocks ---*/
/*--- randtable.c ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------
This file is part of bzip2/libbzip2, a program and library for
lossless, block-sorting data compression.
bzip2/libbzip2 version 1.0.4 of 20 December 2006
Copyright (C) 1996-2006 Julian Seward <jseward@bzip.org>
Please read the WARNING, DISCLAIMER and PATENTS sections in the
README file.
This program is released under the terms of the license contained
in the file LICENSE.
------------------------------------------------------------------ */
#include "bzlib_private.h"
/*---------------------------------------------*/
Int32 BZ2_rNums[512] = {
619, 720, 127, 481, 931, 816, 813, 233, 566, 247,
985, 724, 205, 454, 863, 491, 741, 242, 949, 214,
733, 859, 335, 708, 621, 574, 73, 654, 730, 472,
419, 436, 278, 496, 867, 210, 399, 680, 480, 51,
878, 465, 811, 169, 869, 675, 611, 697, 867, 561,
862, 687, 507, 283, 482, 129, 807, 591, 733, 623,
150, 238, 59, 379, 684, 877, 625, 169, 643, 105,
170, 607, 520, 932, 727, 476, 693, 425, 174, 647,
73, 122, 335, 530, 442, 853, 695, 249, 445, 515,
909, 545, 703, 919, 874, 474, 882, 500, 594, 612,
641, 801, 220, 162, 819, 984, 589, 513, 495, 799,
161, 604, 958, 533, 221, 400, 386, 867, 600, 782,
382, 596, 414, 171, 516, 375, 682, 485, 911, 276,
98, 553, 163, 354, 666, 933, 424, 341, 533, 870,
227, 730, 475, 186, 263, 647, 537, 686, 600, 224,
469, 68, 770, 919, 190, 373, 294, 822, 808, 206,
184, 943, 795, 384, 383, 461, 404, 758, 839, 887,
715, 67, 618, 276, 204, 918, 873, 777, 604, 560,
951, 160, 578, 722, 79, 804, 96, 409, 713, 940,
652, 934, 970, 447, 318, 353, 859, 672, 112, 785,
645, 863, 803, 350, 139, 93, 354, 99, 820, 908,
609, 772, 154, 274, 580, 184, 79, 626, 630, 742,
653, 282, 762, 623, 680, 81, 927, 626, 789, 125,
411, 521, 938, 300, 821, 78, 343, 175, 128, 250,
170, 774, 972, 275, 999, 639, 495, 78, 352, 126,
857, 956, 358, 619, 580, 124, 737, 594, 701, 612,
669, 112, 134, 694, 363, 992, 809, 743, 168, 974,
944, 375, 748, 52, 600, 747, 642, 182, 862, 81,
344, 805, 988, 739, 511, 655, 814, 334, 249, 515,
897, 955, 664, 981, 649, 113, 974, 459, 893, 228,
433, 837, 553, 268, 926, 240, 102, 654, 459, 51,
686, 754, 806, 760, 493, 403, 415, 394, 687, 700,
946, 670, 656, 610, 738, 392, 760, 799, 887, 653,
978, 321, 576, 617, 626, 502, 894, 679, 243, 440,
680, 879, 194, 572, 640, 724, 926, 56, 204, 700,
707, 151, 457, 449, 797, 195, 791, 558, 945, 679,
297, 59, 87, 824, 713, 663, 412, 693, 342, 606,
134, 108, 571, 364, 631, 212, 174, 643, 304, 329,
343, 97, 430, 751, 497, 314, 983, 374, 822, 928,
140, 206, 73, 263, 980, 736, 876, 478, 430, 305,
170, 514, 364, 692, 829, 82, 855, 953, 676, 246,
369, 970, 294, 750, 807, 827, 150, 790, 288, 923,
804, 378, 215, 828, 592, 281, 565, 555, 710, 82,
896, 831, 547, 261, 524, 462, 293, 465, 502, 56,
661, 821, 976, 991, 658, 869, 905, 758, 745, 193,
768, 550, 608, 933, 378, 286, 215, 979, 792, 961,
61, 688, 793, 644, 986, 403, 106, 366, 905, 644,
372, 567, 466, 434, 645, 210, 389, 550, 919, 135,
780, 773, 635, 389, 707, 100, 626, 958, 165, 504,
920, 176, 193, 713, 857, 265, 203, 50, 668, 108,
645, 990, 626, 197, 510, 357, 358, 850, 858, 364,
936, 638
};
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*--- end randtable.c ---*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-261
View File
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ----
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// This is just a very thin wrapper over densehashtable.h, just
// like sgi stl's stl_hash_map is a very thin wrapper over
// stl_hashtable. The major thing we define is operator[], because
// we have a concept of a data_type which stl_hashtable doesn't
// (it only has a key and a value).
//
// NOTE: this is exactly like sparse_hash_map.h, with the word
// "sparse" replaced by "dense", except for the addition of
// set_empty_key().
//
// YOU MUST CALL SET_EMPTY_KEY() IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONSTRUCTION.
//
// Otherwise your program will die in mysterious ways.
//
// In other respects, we adhere mostly to the STL semantics for
// hash-map. One important exception is that insert() invalidates
// iterators entirely. On the plus side, though, erase() doesn't
// invalidate iterators at all, or even change the ordering of elements.
//
// Here are a few "power user" tips:
//
// 1) set_deleted_key():
// If you want to use erase() you must call set_deleted_key(),
// in addition to set_empty_key(), after construction.
// The deleted and empty keys must differ.
//
// 2) resize(0):
// When an item is deleted, its memory isn't freed right
// away. This allows you to iterate over a hashtable,
// and call erase(), without invalidating the iterator.
// To force the memory to be freed, call resize(0).
//
// 3) set_resizing_parameters(0.0, 0.8):
// Setting the shrink_resize_percent to 0.0 guarantees
// that the hash table will never shrink.
//
// Guide to what kind of hash_map to use:
// (1) dense_hash_map: fastest, uses the most memory
// (2) sparse_hash_map: slowest, uses the least memory
// (3) hash_map (STL): in the middle
// Typically I use sparse_hash_map when I care about space and/or when
// I need to save the hashtable on disk. I use hash_map otherwise. I
// don't personally use dense_hash_map ever; the only use of
// dense_hash_map I know of is to work around malloc() bugs in some
// systems (dense_hash_map has a particularly simple allocation scheme).
//
// - dense_hash_map has, typically, a factor of 2 memory overhead (if your
// data takes up X bytes, the hash_map uses X more bytes in overhead).
// - sparse_hash_map has about 2 bits overhead per entry.
// - sparse_hash_map can be 3-7 times slower than the others for lookup and,
// especially, inserts. See time_hash_map.cc for details.
//
// See /usr/(local/)?doc/sparsehash-0.1/dense_hash_map.html
// for information about how to use this class.
#ifndef _DENSE_HASH_MAP_H_
#define _DENSE_HASH_MAP_H_
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <stdio.h> // for FILE * in read()/write()
#include <algorithm> // for the default template args
#include <functional> // for equal_to
#include <memory> // for alloc<>
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include HASH_FUN_H // defined in config.h
#include <google/sparsehash/densehashtable.h>
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
template <class Key, class T,
class HashFcn = SPARSEHASH_HASH<Key>, // defined in sparseconfig.h
class EqualKey = STL_NAMESPACE::equal_to<Key>,
class Alloc = STL_NAMESPACE::allocator<T> >
class dense_hash_map {
private:
// Apparently select1st is not stl-standard, so we define our own
struct SelectKey {
const Key& operator()(const pair<const Key, T>& p) const {
return p.first;
}
};
// The actual data
typedef dense_hashtable<pair<const Key, T>, Key, HashFcn,
SelectKey, EqualKey, Alloc> ht;
ht rep;
public:
typedef typename ht::key_type key_type;
typedef T data_type;
typedef T mapped_type;
typedef typename ht::value_type value_type;
typedef typename ht::hasher hasher;
typedef typename ht::key_equal key_equal;
typedef typename ht::size_type size_type;
typedef typename ht::difference_type difference_type;
typedef typename ht::pointer pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer const_pointer;
typedef typename ht::reference reference;
typedef typename ht::const_reference const_reference;
typedef typename ht::iterator iterator;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator const_iterator;
// Iterator functions
iterator begin() { return rep.begin(); }
iterator end() { return rep.end(); }
const_iterator begin() const { return rep.begin(); }
const_iterator end() const { return rep.end(); }
// Accessor functions
hasher hash_funct() const { return rep.hash_funct(); }
key_equal key_eq() const { return rep.key_eq(); }
// Constructors
explicit dense_hash_map(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) { }
template <class InputIterator>
dense_hash_map(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) {
rep.insert(f, l);
}
// We use the default copy constructor
// We use the default operator=()
// We use the default destructor
void clear() { rep.clear(); }
// This clears the hash map without resizing it down to the minimum
// bucket count, but rather keeps the number of buckets constant
void clear_no_resize() { rep.clear_no_resize(); }
void swap(dense_hash_map& hs) { rep.swap(hs.rep); }
// Functions concerning size
size_type size() const { return rep.size(); }
size_type max_size() const { return rep.max_size(); }
bool empty() const { return rep.empty(); }
size_type bucket_count() const { return rep.bucket_count(); }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return rep.max_bucket_count(); }
void resize(size_type hint) { rep.resize(hint); }
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
return rep.set_resizing_parameters(shrink, grow);
}
// Lookup routines
iterator find(const key_type& key) { return rep.find(key); }
const_iterator find(const key_type& key) const { return rep.find(key); }
data_type& operator[](const key_type& key) { // This is our value-add!
iterator it = find(key);
if (it != end()) {
return it->second;
} else {
return insert(value_type(key, data_type())).first->second;
}
}
size_type count(const key_type& key) const { return rep.count(key); }
pair<iterator, iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
pair<const_iterator, const_iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
// Insertion routines
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) { return rep.insert(obj); }
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
void insert(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
// required for std::insert_iterator; the passed-in iterator is ignored
iterator insert(iterator, const value_type& obj) { return insert(obj).first; }
// Deletion and empty routines
// THESE ARE NON-STANDARD! I make you specify an "impossible" key
// value to identify deleted and empty buckets. You can change the
// deleted key as time goes on, or get rid of it entirely to be insert-only.
void set_empty_key(const key_type& key) { // YOU MUST CALL THIS!
rep.set_empty_key(value_type(key, data_type())); // rep wants a value
}
void set_deleted_key(const key_type& key) {
rep.set_deleted_key(value_type(key, data_type())); // rep wants a value
}
void clear_deleted_key() { rep.clear_deleted_key(); }
// These are standard
size_type erase(const key_type& key) { return rep.erase(key); }
void erase(iterator it) { rep.erase(it); }
void erase(iterator f, iterator l) { rep.erase(f, l); }
// Comparison
bool operator==(const dense_hash_map& hs) const { return rep == hs.rep; }
bool operator!=(const dense_hash_map& hs) const { return rep != hs.rep; }
// I/O -- this is an add-on for writing metainformation to disk
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_metadata(fp); }
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_metadata(fp); }
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_nopointer_data(fp); }
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_nopointer_data(fp); }
};
// We need a global swap as well
template <class Key, class T, class HashFcn, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
inline void swap(dense_hash_map<Key, T, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hm1,
dense_hash_map<Key, T, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hm2) {
hm1.swap(hm2);
}
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _DENSE_HASH_MAP_H_ */
-245
View File
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ---
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// This is just a very thin wrapper over densehashtable.h, just
// like sgi stl's stl_hash_set is a very thin wrapper over
// stl_hashtable. The major thing we define is operator[], because
// we have a concept of a data_type which stl_hashtable doesn't
// (it only has a key and a value).
//
// This is more different from dense_hash_map than you might think,
// because all iterators for sets are const (you obviously can't
// change the key, and for sets there is no value).
//
// NOTE: this is exactly like sparse_hash_set.h, with the word
// "sparse" replaced by "dense", except for the addition of
// set_empty_key().
//
// YOU MUST CALL SET_EMPTY_KEY() IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONSTRUCTION.
//
// Otherwise your program will die in mysterious ways.
//
// In other respects, we adhere mostly to the STL semantics for
// hash-set. One important exception is that insert() invalidates
// iterators entirely. On the plus side, though, erase() doesn't
// invalidate iterators at all, or even change the ordering of elements.
//
// Here are a few "power user" tips:
//
// 1) set_deleted_key():
// If you want to use erase() you must call set_deleted_key(),
// in addition to set_empty_key(), after construction.
// The deleted and empty keys must differ.
//
// 2) resize(0):
// When an item is deleted, its memory isn't freed right
// away. This allows you to iterate over a hashtable,
// and call erase(), without invalidating the iterator.
// To force the memory to be freed, call resize(0).
//
// 3) set_resizing_parameters(0.0, 0.8):
// Setting the shrink_resize_percent to 0.0 guarantees
// that the hash table will never shrink.
//
// Guide to what kind of hash_set to use:
// (1) dense_hash_set: fastest, uses the most memory
// (2) sparse_hash_set: slowest, uses the least memory
// (3) hash_set (STL): in the middle
// Typically I use sparse_hash_set when I care about space and/or when
// I need to save the hashtable on disk. I use hash_set otherwise. I
// don't personally use dense_hash_set ever; the only use of
// dense_hash_set I know of is to work around malloc() bugs in some
// systems (dense_hash_set has a particularly simple allocation scheme).
//
// - dense_hash_set has, typically, a factor of 2 memory overhead (if your
// data takes up X bytes, the hash_set uses X more bytes in overhead).
// - sparse_hash_set has about 2 bits overhead per entry.
// - sparse_hash_map can be 3-7 times slower than the others for lookup and,
// especially, inserts. See time_hash_map.cc for details.
//
// See /usr/(local/)?doc/sparsehash-0.1/dense_hash_set.html
// for information about how to use this class.
#ifndef _DENSE_HASH_SET_H_
#define _DENSE_HASH_SET_H_
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <stdio.h> // for FILE * in read()/write()
#include <algorithm> // for the default template args
#include <functional> // for equal_to
#include <memory> // for alloc<>
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include HASH_FUN_H // defined in config.h
#include <google/sparsehash/densehashtable.h>
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
template <class Value,
class HashFcn = SPARSEHASH_HASH<Value>, // defined in sparseconfig.h
class EqualKey = STL_NAMESPACE::equal_to<Value>,
class Alloc = STL_NAMESPACE::allocator<Value> >
class dense_hash_set {
private:
// Apparently identity is not stl-standard, so we define our own
struct Identity {
Value& operator()(Value& v) const { return v; }
const Value& operator()(const Value& v) const { return v; }
};
// The actual data
typedef dense_hashtable<Value, Value, HashFcn, Identity, EqualKey, Alloc> ht;
ht rep;
public:
typedef typename ht::key_type key_type;
typedef typename ht::value_type value_type;
typedef typename ht::hasher hasher;
typedef typename ht::key_equal key_equal;
typedef typename ht::size_type size_type;
typedef typename ht::difference_type difference_type;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer const_pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_reference reference;
typedef typename ht::const_reference const_reference;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator iterator;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator const_iterator;
// Iterator functions -- recall all iterators are const
iterator begin() const { return rep.begin(); }
iterator end() const { return rep.end(); }
// Accessor functions
hasher hash_funct() const { return rep.hash_funct(); }
key_equal key_eq() const { return rep.key_eq(); }
// Constructors
explicit dense_hash_set(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) { }
template <class InputIterator>
dense_hash_set(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) {
rep.insert(f, l);
}
// We use the default copy constructor
// We use the default operator=()
// We use the default destructor
void clear() { rep.clear(); }
// This clears the hash set without resizing it down to the minimum
// bucket count, but rather keeps the number of buckets constant
void clear_no_resize() { rep.clear_no_resize(); }
void swap(dense_hash_set& hs) { rep.swap(hs.rep); }
// Functions concerning size
size_type size() const { return rep.size(); }
size_type max_size() const { return rep.max_size(); }
bool empty() const { return rep.empty(); }
size_type bucket_count() const { return rep.bucket_count(); }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return rep.max_bucket_count(); }
void resize(size_type hint) { rep.resize(hint); }
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
return rep.set_resizing_parameters(shrink, grow);
}
// Lookup routines
iterator find(const key_type& key) const { return rep.find(key); }
size_type count(const key_type& key) const { return rep.count(key); }
pair<iterator, iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
// Insertion routines
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) {
pair<typename ht::iterator, bool> p = rep.insert(obj);
return pair<iterator, bool>(p.first, p.second); // const to non-const
}
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
void insert(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
// required for std::insert_iterator; the passed-in iterator is ignored
iterator insert(iterator, const value_type& obj) { return insert(obj).first; }
// Deletion and empty routines
// THESE ARE NON-STANDARD! I make you specify an "impossible" key
// value to identify deleted and empty buckets. You can change the
// deleted key as time goes on, or get rid of it entirely to be insert-only.
void set_empty_key(const key_type& key) { rep.set_empty_key(key); }
void set_deleted_key(const key_type& key) { rep.set_deleted_key(key); }
void clear_deleted_key() { rep.clear_deleted_key(); }
// These are standard
size_type erase(const key_type& key) { return rep.erase(key); }
void erase(iterator it) { rep.erase(it); }
void erase(iterator f, iterator l) { rep.erase(f, l); }
// Comparison
bool operator==(const dense_hash_set& hs) const { return rep == hs.rep; }
bool operator!=(const dense_hash_set& hs) const { return rep != hs.rep; }
// I/O -- this is an add-on for writing metainformation to disk
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_metadata(fp); }
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_metadata(fp); }
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_nopointer_data(fp); }
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_nopointer_data(fp); }
};
template <class Val, class HashFcn, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
inline void swap(dense_hash_set<Val, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hs1,
dense_hash_set<Val, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hs2) {
hs1.swap(hs2);
}
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _DENSE_HASH_SET_H_ */
-246
View File
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ---
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// This is just a very thin wrapper over sparsehashtable.h, just
// like sgi stl's stl_hash_map is a very thin wrapper over
// stl_hashtable. The major thing we define is operator[], because
// we have a concept of a data_type which stl_hashtable doesn't
// (it only has a key and a value).
//
// We adhere mostly to the STL semantics for hash-map. One important
// exception is that insert() invalidates iterators entirely. On the
// plus side, though, delete() doesn't invalidate iterators at all, or
// even change the ordering of elements.
//
// Here are a few "power user" tips:
//
// 1) set_deleted_key():
// Unlike STL's hash_map, if you want to use erase() you
// must call set_deleted_key() after construction.
//
// 2) resize(0):
// When an item is deleted, its memory isn't freed right
// away. This is what allows you to iterate over a hashtable
// and call erase() without invalidating the iterator.
// To force the memory to be freed, call resize(0).
//
// 3) set_resizing_parameters(0.0, 0.8):
// Setting the shrink_resize_percent to 0.0 guarantees
// that the hash table will never shrink.
//
// Guide to what kind of hash_map to use:
// (1) dense_hash_map: fastest, uses the most memory
// (2) sparse_hash_map: slowest, uses the least memory
// (3) hash_map (STL): in the middle
// Typically I use sparse_hash_map when I care about space and/or when
// I need to save the hashtable on disk. I use hash_map otherwise. I
// don't personally use dense_hash_map ever; the only use of
// dense_hash_map I know of is to work around malloc() bugs in some
// systems (dense_hash_map has a particularly simple allocation scheme).
//
// - dense_hash_map has, typically, a factor of 2 memory overhead (if your
// data takes up X bytes, the hash_map uses X more bytes in overhead).
// - sparse_hash_map has about 2 bits overhead per entry.
// - sparse_hash_map can be 3-7 times slower than the others for lookup and,
// especially, inserts. See time_hash_map.cc for details.
//
// See /usr/(local/)?doc/sparsehash-0.1/sparse_hash_map.html
// for information about how to use this class.
#ifndef _SPARSE_HASH_MAP_H_
#define _SPARSE_HASH_MAP_H_
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <stdio.h> // for FILE * in read()/write()
#include <algorithm> // for the default template args
#include <functional> // for equal_to
#include <memory> // for alloc<>
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include HASH_FUN_H // defined in config.h
#include <google/sparsehash/sparsehashtable.h>
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
template <class Key, class T,
class HashFcn = SPARSEHASH_HASH<Key>, // defined in sparseconfig.h
class EqualKey = STL_NAMESPACE::equal_to<Key>,
class Alloc = STL_NAMESPACE::allocator<T> >
class sparse_hash_map {
private:
// Apparently select1st is not stl-standard, so we define our own
struct SelectKey {
const Key& operator()(const pair<const Key, T>& p) const {
return p.first;
}
};
// The actual data
typedef sparse_hashtable<pair<const Key, T>, Key, HashFcn,
SelectKey, EqualKey, Alloc> ht;
ht rep;
public:
typedef typename ht::key_type key_type;
typedef T data_type;
typedef T mapped_type;
typedef typename ht::value_type value_type;
typedef typename ht::hasher hasher;
typedef typename ht::key_equal key_equal;
typedef typename ht::size_type size_type;
typedef typename ht::difference_type difference_type;
typedef typename ht::pointer pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer const_pointer;
typedef typename ht::reference reference;
typedef typename ht::const_reference const_reference;
typedef typename ht::iterator iterator;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator const_iterator;
// Iterator functions
iterator begin() { return rep.begin(); }
iterator end() { return rep.end(); }
const_iterator begin() const { return rep.begin(); }
const_iterator end() const { return rep.end(); }
// Accessor functions
hasher hash_funct() const { return rep.hash_funct(); }
key_equal key_eq() const { return rep.key_eq(); }
// Constructors
explicit sparse_hash_map(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) { }
template <class InputIterator>
sparse_hash_map(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) {
rep.insert(f, l);
}
// We use the default copy constructor
// We use the default operator=()
// We use the default destructor
void clear() { rep.clear(); }
void swap(sparse_hash_map& hs) { rep.swap(hs.rep); }
// Functions concerning size
size_type size() const { return rep.size(); }
size_type max_size() const { return rep.max_size(); }
bool empty() const { return rep.empty(); }
size_type bucket_count() const { return rep.bucket_count(); }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return rep.max_bucket_count(); }
void resize(size_type hint) { rep.resize(hint); }
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
return rep.set_resizing_parameters(shrink, grow);
}
// Lookup routines
iterator find(const key_type& key) { return rep.find(key); }
const_iterator find(const key_type& key) const { return rep.find(key); }
data_type& operator[](const key_type& key) { // This is our value-add!
iterator it = find(key);
if (it != end()) {
return it->second;
} else {
return insert(value_type(key, data_type())).first->second;
}
}
size_type count(const key_type& key) const { return rep.count(key); }
pair<iterator, iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
pair<const_iterator, const_iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
// Insertion routines
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) { return rep.insert(obj); }
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
void insert(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
// required for std::insert_iterator; the passed-in iterator is ignored
iterator insert(iterator, const value_type& obj) { return insert(obj).first; }
// Deletion routines
// THESE ARE NON-STANDARD! I make you specify an "impossible" key
// value to identify deleted buckets. You can change the key as
// time goes on, or get rid of it entirely to be insert-only.
void set_deleted_key(const key_type& key) {
rep.set_deleted_key(value_type(key, data_type())); // rep wants a value
}
void clear_deleted_key() { rep.clear_deleted_key(); }
// These are standard
size_type erase(const key_type& key) { return rep.erase(key); }
void erase(iterator it) { rep.erase(it); }
void erase(iterator f, iterator l) { rep.erase(f, l); }
// Comparison
bool operator==(const sparse_hash_map& hs) const { return rep == hs.rep; }
bool operator!=(const sparse_hash_map& hs) const { return rep != hs.rep; }
// I/O -- this is an add-on for writing metainformation to disk
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_metadata(fp); }
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_metadata(fp); }
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_nopointer_data(fp); }
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_nopointer_data(fp); }
};
// We need a global swap as well
template <class Key, class T, class HashFcn, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
inline void swap(sparse_hash_map<Key, T, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hm1,
sparse_hash_map<Key, T, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hm2) {
hm1.swap(hm2);
}
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _SPARSE_HASH_MAP_H_ */
-231
View File
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ---
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// This is just a very thin wrapper over sparsehashtable.h, just
// like sgi stl's stl_hash_set is a very thin wrapper over
// stl_hashtable. The major thing we define is operator[], because
// we have a concept of a data_type which stl_hashtable doesn't
// (it only has a key and a value).
//
// This is more different from sparse_hash_map than you might think,
// because all iterators for sets are const (you obviously can't
// change the key, and for sets there is no value).
//
// We adhere mostly to the STL semantics for hash-set. One important
// exception is that insert() invalidates iterators entirely. On the
// plus side, though, delete() doesn't invalidate iterators at all, or
// even change the ordering of elements.
//
// Here are a few "power user" tips:
//
// 1) set_deleted_key():
// Unlike STL's hash_map, if you want to use erase() you
// must call set_deleted_key() after construction.
//
// 2) resize(0):
// When an item is deleted, its memory isn't freed right
// away. This allows you to iterate over a hashtable,
// and call erase(), without invalidating the iterator.
// To force the memory to be freed, call resize(0).
//
// 3) set_resizing_parameters(0.0, 0.8):
// Setting the shrink_resize_percent to 0.0 guarantees
// that the hash table will never shrink.
//
// Guide to what kind of hash_set to use:
// (1) dense_hash_set: fastest, uses the most memory
// (2) sparse_hash_set: slowest, uses the least memory
// (3) hash_set (STL): in the middle
// Typically I use sparse_hash_set when I care about space and/or when
// I need to save the hashtable on disk. I use hash_set otherwise. I
// don't personally use dense_hash_set ever; the only use of
// dense_hash_set I know of is to work around malloc() bugs in some
// systems (dense_hash_set has a particularly simple allocation scheme).
//
// - dense_hash_set has, typically, a factor of 2 memory overhead (if your
// data takes up X bytes, the hash_set uses X more bytes in overhead).
// - sparse_hash_set has about 2 bits overhead per entry.
// - sparse_hash_map can be 3-7 times slower than the others for lookup and,
// especially, inserts. See time_hash_map.cc for details.
//
// See /usr/(local/)?doc/sparsehash-0.1/sparse_hash_set.html
// for information about how to use this class.
#ifndef _SPARSE_HASH_SET_H_
#define _SPARSE_HASH_SET_H_
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <stdio.h> // for FILE * in read()/write()
#include <algorithm> // for the default template args
#include <functional> // for equal_to
#include <memory> // for alloc<>
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include HASH_FUN_H // defined in config.h
#include <google/sparsehash/sparsehashtable.h>
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
template <class Value,
class HashFcn = SPARSEHASH_HASH<Value>, // defined in sparseconfig.h
class EqualKey = STL_NAMESPACE::equal_to<Value>,
class Alloc = STL_NAMESPACE::allocator<Value> >
class sparse_hash_set {
private:
// Apparently identity is not stl-standard, so we define our own
struct Identity {
Value& operator()(Value& v) const { return v; }
const Value& operator()(const Value& v) const { return v; }
};
// The actual data
typedef sparse_hashtable<Value, Value, HashFcn, Identity, EqualKey, Alloc> ht;
ht rep;
public:
typedef typename ht::key_type key_type;
typedef typename ht::value_type value_type;
typedef typename ht::hasher hasher;
typedef typename ht::key_equal key_equal;
typedef typename ht::size_type size_type;
typedef typename ht::difference_type difference_type;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_pointer const_pointer;
typedef typename ht::const_reference reference;
typedef typename ht::const_reference const_reference;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator iterator;
typedef typename ht::const_iterator const_iterator;
// Iterator functions -- recall all iterators are const
iterator begin() const { return rep.begin(); }
iterator end() const { return rep.end(); }
// Accessor functions
hasher hash_funct() const { return rep.hash_funct(); }
key_equal key_eq() const { return rep.key_eq(); }
// Constructors
explicit sparse_hash_set(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) { }
template <class InputIterator>
sparse_hash_set(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const hasher& hf = hasher(),
const key_equal& eql = key_equal())
: rep(expected_max_items_in_table, hf, eql) {
rep.insert(f, l);
}
// We use the default copy constructor
// We use the default operator=()
// We use the default destructor
void clear() { rep.clear(); }
void swap(sparse_hash_set& hs) { rep.swap(hs.rep); }
// Functions concerning size
size_type size() const { return rep.size(); }
size_type max_size() const { return rep.max_size(); }
bool empty() const { return rep.empty(); }
size_type bucket_count() const { return rep.bucket_count(); }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return rep.max_bucket_count(); }
void resize(size_type hint) { rep.resize(hint); }
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
return rep.set_resizing_parameters(shrink, grow);
}
// Lookup routines
iterator find(const key_type& key) const { return rep.find(key); }
size_type count(const key_type& key) const { return rep.count(key); }
pair<iterator, iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
return rep.equal_range(key);
}
// Insertion routines
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) {
pair<typename ht::iterator, bool> p = rep.insert(obj);
return pair<iterator, bool>(p.first, p.second); // const to non-const
}
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
void insert(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) { rep.insert(f, l); }
// required for std::insert_iterator; the passed-in iterator is ignored
iterator insert(iterator, const value_type& obj) { return insert(obj).first; }
// Deletion routines
// THESE ARE NON-STANDARD! I make you specify an "impossible" key
// value to identify deleted buckets. You can change the key as
// time goes on, or get rid of it entirely to be insert-only.
void set_deleted_key(const key_type& key) { rep.set_deleted_key(key); }
void clear_deleted_key() { rep.clear_deleted_key(); }
// These are standard
size_type erase(const key_type& key) { return rep.erase(key); }
void erase(iterator it) { rep.erase(it); }
void erase(iterator f, iterator l) { rep.erase(f, l); }
// Comparison
bool operator==(const sparse_hash_set& hs) const { return rep == hs.rep; }
bool operator!=(const sparse_hash_set& hs) const { return rep != hs.rep; }
// I/O -- this is an add-on for writing metainformation to disk
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_metadata(fp); }
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_metadata(fp); }
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.write_nopointer_data(fp); }
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) { return rep.read_nopointer_data(fp); }
};
template <class Val, class HashFcn, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
inline void swap(sparse_hash_set<Val, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hs1,
sparse_hash_set<Val, HashFcn, EqualKey, Alloc>& hs2) {
hs1.swap(hs2);
}
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _SPARSE_HASH_SET_H_ */
-986
View File
@@ -1,986 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ---
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// A dense hashtable is a particular implementation of
// a hashtable: one that is meant to minimize memory allocation.
// It does this by using an array to store all the data. We
// steal a value from the key space to indicate "empty" array
// elements (ie indices where no item lives) and another to indicate
// "deleted" elements.
//
// (Note it is possible to change the value of the delete key
// on the fly; you can even remove it, though after that point
// the hashtable is insert_only until you set it again. The empty
// value however can't be changed.)
//
// To minimize allocation and pointer overhead, we use internal
// probing, in which the hashtable is a single table, and collisions
// are resolved by trying to insert again in another bucket. The
// most cache-efficient internal probing schemes are linear probing
// (which suffers, alas, from clumping) and quadratic probing, which
// is what we implement by default.
//
// Type requirements: value_type is required to be Copy Constructible
// and Default Constructible. It is not required to be (and commonly
// isn't) Assignable.
//
// You probably shouldn't use this code directly. Use
// <google/dense_hash_map> or <google/dense_hash_set> instead.
// You can change the following below:
// HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT -- how full before we double size
// HT_EMPTY_FLT -- how empty before we halve size
// HT_MIN_BUCKETS -- default smallest bucket size
//
// You can also change enlarge_resize_percent (which defaults to
// HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT), and shrink_resize_percent (which defaults to
// HT_EMPTY_FLT) with set_resizing_parameters().
//
// How to decide what values to use?
// shrink_resize_percent's default of .4 * OCCUPANCY_FLT, is probably good.
// HT_MIN_BUCKETS is probably unnecessary since you can specify
// (indirectly) the starting number of buckets at construct-time.
// For enlarge_resize_percent, you can use this chart to try to trade-off
// expected lookup time to the space taken up. By default, this
// code uses quadratic probing, though you can change it to linear
// via _JUMP below if you really want to.
//
// From http://www.augustana.ca/~mohrj/courses/1999.fall/csc210/lecture_notes/hashing.html
// NUMBER OF PROBES / LOOKUP Successful Unsuccessful
// Quadratic collision resolution 1 - ln(1-L) - L/2 1/(1-L) - L - ln(1-L)
// Linear collision resolution [1+1/(1-L)]/2 [1+1/(1-L)2]/2
//
// -- enlarge_resize_percent -- 0.10 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.80 0.90 0.99
// QUADRATIC COLLISION RES.
// probes/successful lookup 1.05 1.44 1.62 2.01 2.21 2.85 5.11
// probes/unsuccessful lookup 1.11 2.19 2.82 4.64 5.81 11.4 103.6
// LINEAR COLLISION RES.
// probes/successful lookup 1.06 1.5 1.75 2.5 3.0 5.5 50.5
// probes/unsuccessful lookup 1.12 2.5 3.6 8.5 13.0 50.0 5000.0
#ifndef _DENSEHASHTABLE_H_
#define _DENSEHASHTABLE_H_
// The probing method
// Linear probing
// #define JUMP_(key, num_probes) ( 1 )
// Quadratic-ish probing
#define JUMP_(key, num_probes) ( num_probes )
// Hashtable class, used to implement the hashed associative containers
// hash_set and hash_map.
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h> // for abort()
#include <algorithm> // For swap(), eg
#include <iostream> // For cerr
#include <memory> // For uninitialized_fill, uninitialized_copy
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include <iterator> // for facts about iterator tags
#include <google/type_traits.h> // for true_type, integral_constant, etc.
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
template <class Value, class Key, class HashFcn,
class ExtractKey, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
class dense_hashtable;
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct dense_hashtable_iterator;
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct dense_hashtable_const_iterator;
// We're just an array, but we need to skip over empty and deleted elements
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct dense_hashtable_iterator {
public:
typedef dense_hashtable_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> iterator;
typedef dense_hashtable_const_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> const_iterator;
typedef STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
typedef V value_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef V& reference; // Value
typedef V* pointer;
// "Real" constructor and default constructor
dense_hashtable_iterator(const dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *h,
pointer it, pointer it_end, bool advance)
: ht(h), pos(it), end(it_end) {
if (advance) advance_past_empty_and_deleted();
}
dense_hashtable_iterator() { }
// The default destructor is fine; we don't define one
// The default operator= is fine; we don't define one
// Happy dereferencer
reference operator*() const { return *pos; }
pointer operator->() const { return &(operator*()); }
// Arithmetic. The only hard part is making sure that
// we're not on an empty or marked-deleted array element
void advance_past_empty_and_deleted() {
while ( pos != end && (ht->test_empty(*this) || ht->test_deleted(*this)) )
++pos;
}
iterator& operator++() {
assert(pos != end); ++pos; advance_past_empty_and_deleted(); return *this;
}
iterator operator++(int) { iterator tmp(*this); ++*this; return tmp; }
// Comparison.
bool operator==(const iterator& it) const { return pos == it.pos; }
bool operator!=(const iterator& it) const { return pos != it.pos; }
// The actual data
const dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *ht;
pointer pos, end;
};
// Now do it all again, but with const-ness!
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct dense_hashtable_const_iterator {
public:
typedef dense_hashtable_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> iterator;
typedef dense_hashtable_const_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> const_iterator;
typedef STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
typedef V value_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef const V& reference; // Value
typedef const V* pointer;
// "Real" constructor and default constructor
dense_hashtable_const_iterator(const dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *h,
pointer it, pointer it_end, bool advance)
: ht(h), pos(it), end(it_end) {
if (advance) advance_past_empty_and_deleted();
}
dense_hashtable_const_iterator() { }
// This lets us convert regular iterators to const iterators
dense_hashtable_const_iterator(const iterator &it)
: ht(it.ht), pos(it.pos), end(it.end) { }
// The default destructor is fine; we don't define one
// The default operator= is fine; we don't define one
// Happy dereferencer
reference operator*() const { return *pos; }
pointer operator->() const { return &(operator*()); }
// Arithmetic. The only hard part is making sure that
// we're not on an empty or marked-deleted array element
void advance_past_empty_and_deleted() {
while ( pos != end && (ht->test_empty(*this) || ht->test_deleted(*this)) )
++pos;
}
const_iterator& operator++() {
assert(pos != end); ++pos; advance_past_empty_and_deleted(); return *this;
}
const_iterator operator++(int) { const_iterator tmp(*this); ++*this; return tmp; }
// Comparison.
bool operator==(const const_iterator& it) const { return pos == it.pos; }
bool operator!=(const const_iterator& it) const { return pos != it.pos; }
// The actual data
const dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *ht;
pointer pos, end;
};
template <class Value, class Key, class HashFcn,
class ExtractKey, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
class dense_hashtable {
public:
typedef Key key_type;
typedef Value value_type;
typedef HashFcn hasher;
typedef EqualKey key_equal;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef value_type* pointer;
typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
typedef value_type& reference;
typedef const value_type& const_reference;
typedef dense_hashtable_iterator<Value, Key, HashFcn,
ExtractKey, EqualKey, Alloc>
iterator;
typedef dense_hashtable_const_iterator<Value, Key, HashFcn,
ExtractKey, EqualKey, Alloc>
const_iterator;
// How full we let the table get before we resize. Knuth says .8 is
// good -- higher causes us to probe too much, though saves memory
static const float HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT; // = 0.8;
// How empty we let the table get before we resize lower.
// (0.0 means never resize lower.)
// It should be less than OCCUPANCY_FLT / 2 or we thrash resizing
static const float HT_EMPTY_FLT; // = 0.4 * HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT
// Minimum size we're willing to let hashtables be.
// Must be a power of two, and at least 4.
// Note, however, that for a given hashtable, the initial size is a
// function of the first constructor arg, and may be >HT_MIN_BUCKETS.
static const size_t HT_MIN_BUCKETS = 4;
// By default, if you don't specify a hashtable size at
// construction-time, we use this size. Must be a power of two, and
// at least HT_MIN_BUCKETS.
static const size_t HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS = 32;
// ITERATOR FUNCTIONS
iterator begin() { return iterator(this, table,
table + num_buckets, true); }
iterator end() { return iterator(this, table + num_buckets,
table + num_buckets, true); }
const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(this, table,
table+num_buckets,true);}
const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(this, table + num_buckets,
table+num_buckets,true);}
// ACCESSOR FUNCTIONS for the things we templatize on, basically
hasher hash_funct() const { return hash; }
key_equal key_eq() const { return equals; }
// Annoyingly, we can't copy values around, because they might have
// const components (they're probably pair<const X, Y>). We use
// explicit destructor invocation and placement new to get around
// this. Arg.
private:
void set_value(value_type* dst, const value_type& src) {
dst->~value_type();
new(dst) value_type(src);
}
void destroy_buckets(size_type first, size_type last) {
for ( ; first != last; ++first)
table[first].~value_type();
}
// DELETE HELPER FUNCTIONS
// This lets the user describe a key that will indicate deleted
// table entries. This key should be an "impossible" entry --
// if you try to insert it for real, you won't be able to retrieve it!
// (NB: while you pass in an entire value, only the key part is looked
// at. This is just because I don't know how to assign just a key.)
private:
void squash_deleted() { // gets rid of any deleted entries we have
if ( num_deleted ) { // get rid of deleted before writing
dense_hashtable tmp(*this); // copying will get rid of deleted
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
assert(num_deleted == 0);
}
public:
void set_deleted_key(const value_type &val) {
// the empty indicator (if specified) and the deleted indicator
// must be different
assert(!use_empty || !equals(get_key(val), get_key(emptyval)));
// It's only safe to change what "deleted" means if we purge deleted guys
squash_deleted();
use_deleted = true;
set_value(&delval, val);
}
void clear_deleted_key() {
squash_deleted();
use_deleted = false;
}
// These are public so the iterators can use them
// True if the item at position bucknum is "deleted" marker
bool test_deleted(size_type bucknum) const {
// The num_deleted test is crucial for read(): after read(), the ht values
// are garbage, and we don't want to think some of them are deleted.
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(table[bucknum])));
}
bool test_deleted(const iterator &it) const {
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(*it)));
}
bool test_deleted(const const_iterator &it) const {
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(*it)));
}
// Set it so test_deleted is true. true if object didn't used to be deleted
// See below (at erase()) to explain why we allow const_iterators
bool set_deleted(const_iterator &it) {
assert(use_deleted); // bad if set_deleted_key() wasn't called
bool retval = !test_deleted(it);
// &* converts from iterator to value-type
set_value(const_cast<value_type*>(&(*it)), delval);
return retval;
}
// Set it so test_deleted is false. true if object used to be deleted
bool clear_deleted(const_iterator &it) {
assert(use_deleted); // bad if set_deleted_key() wasn't called
// happens automatically when we assign something else in its place
return test_deleted(it);
}
// EMPTY HELPER FUNCTIONS
// This lets the user describe a key that will indicate empty (unused)
// table entries. This key should be an "impossible" entry --
// if you try to insert it for real, you won't be able to retrieve it!
// (NB: while you pass in an entire value, only the key part is looked
// at. This is just because I don't know how to assign just a key.)
public:
// These are public so the iterators can use them
// True if the item at position bucknum is "empty" marker
bool test_empty(size_type bucknum) const {
assert(use_empty); // we always need to know what's empty!
return equals(get_key(emptyval), get_key(table[bucknum]));
}
bool test_empty(const iterator &it) const {
assert(use_empty); // we always need to know what's empty!
return equals(get_key(emptyval), get_key(*it));
}
bool test_empty(const const_iterator &it) const {
assert(use_empty); // we always need to know what's empty!
return equals(get_key(emptyval), get_key(*it));
}
private:
// You can either set a range empty or an individual element
void set_empty(size_type bucknum) {
assert(use_empty);
set_value(&table[bucknum], emptyval);
}
void fill_range_with_empty(value_type* table_start, value_type* table_end) {
// Like set_empty(range), but doesn't destroy previous contents
STL_NAMESPACE::uninitialized_fill(table_start, table_end, emptyval);
}
void set_empty(size_type buckstart, size_type buckend) {
assert(use_empty);
destroy_buckets(buckstart, buckend);
fill_range_with_empty(table + buckstart, table + buckend);
}
public:
// TODO(csilvers): change all callers of this to pass in a key instead,
// and take a const key_type instead of const value_type.
void set_empty_key(const value_type &val) {
// Once you set the empty key, you can't change it
assert(!use_empty);
// The deleted indicator (if specified) and the empty indicator
// must be different.
assert(!use_deleted || !equals(get_key(val), get_key(delval)));
use_empty = true;
set_value(&emptyval, val);
assert(!table); // must set before first use
// num_buckets was set in constructor even though table was NULL
table = (value_type *) malloc(num_buckets * sizeof(*table));
assert(table);
fill_range_with_empty(table, table + num_buckets);
}
// FUNCTIONS CONCERNING SIZE
public:
size_type size() const { return num_elements - num_deleted; }
// Buckets are always a power of 2
size_type max_size() const { return (size_type(-1) >> 1U) + 1; }
bool empty() const { return size() == 0; }
size_type bucket_count() const { return num_buckets; }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return max_size(); }
size_type nonempty_bucket_count() const { return num_elements; }
private:
// Because of the above, size_type(-1) is never legal; use it for errors
static const size_type ILLEGAL_BUCKET = size_type(-1);
private:
// This is the smallest size a hashtable can be without being too crowded
// If you like, you can give a min #buckets as well as a min #elts
size_type min_size(size_type num_elts, size_type min_buckets_wanted) {
size_type sz = HT_MIN_BUCKETS; // min buckets allowed
while ( sz < min_buckets_wanted || num_elts >= sz * enlarge_resize_percent )
sz *= 2;
return sz;
}
// Used after a string of deletes
void maybe_shrink() {
assert(num_elements >= num_deleted);
assert((bucket_count() & (bucket_count()-1)) == 0); // is a power of two
assert(bucket_count() >= HT_MIN_BUCKETS);
// If you construct a hashtable with < HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS,
// we'll never shrink until you get relatively big, and we'll never
// shrink below HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS. Otherwise, something
// like "dense_hash_set<int> x; x.insert(4); x.erase(4);" will
// shrink us down to HT_MIN_BUCKETS buckets, which is too small.
if (shrink_threshold > 0 &&
(num_elements-num_deleted) < shrink_threshold &&
bucket_count() > HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS ) {
size_type sz = bucket_count() / 2; // find how much we should shrink
while ( sz > HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS &&
(num_elements - num_deleted) < sz * shrink_resize_percent )
sz /= 2; // stay a power of 2
dense_hashtable tmp(*this, sz); // Do the actual resizing
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
consider_shrink = false; // because we just considered it
}
// We'll let you resize a hashtable -- though this makes us copy all!
// When you resize, you say, "make it big enough for this many more elements"
void resize_delta(size_type delta) {
if ( consider_shrink ) // see if lots of deletes happened
maybe_shrink();
if ( bucket_count() > HT_MIN_BUCKETS &&
(num_elements + delta) <= enlarge_threshold )
return; // we're ok as we are
// Sometimes, we need to resize just to get rid of all the
// "deleted" buckets that are clogging up the hashtable. So when
// deciding whether to resize, count the deleted buckets (which
// are currently taking up room). But later, when we decide what
// size to resize to, *don't* count deleted buckets, since they
// get discarded during the resize.
const size_type needed_size = min_size(num_elements + delta, 0);
if ( needed_size > bucket_count() ) { // we don't have enough buckets
const size_type resize_to = min_size(num_elements - num_deleted + delta,
0);
dense_hashtable tmp(*this, resize_to);
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
}
// Increase number of buckets, assuming value_type has trivial copy
// constructor and destructor. (Really, we want it to have "trivial
// move", because that's what realloc does. But there's no way to
// capture that using type_traits, so we pretend that move(x, y) is
// equivalent to "x.~T(); new(x) T(y);" which is pretty much
// correct, if a bit conservative.)
void expand_array(size_t resize_to, true_type) {
table = (value_type *) realloc(table, resize_to * sizeof(value_type));
assert(table);
fill_range_with_empty(table + num_buckets, table + resize_to);
}
// Increase number of buckets, without special assumptions about value_type.
// TODO(austern): make this exception safe. Handle exceptions from
// value_type's copy constructor.
void expand_array(size_t resize_to, false_type) {
value_type* new_table =
(value_type *) malloc(resize_to * sizeof(value_type));
assert(new_table);
STL_NAMESPACE::uninitialized_copy(table, table + num_buckets, new_table);
fill_range_with_empty(new_table + num_buckets, new_table + resize_to);
destroy_buckets(0, num_buckets);
free(table);
table = new_table;
}
// Used to actually do the rehashing when we grow/shrink a hashtable
void copy_from(const dense_hashtable &ht, size_type min_buckets_wanted) {
clear(); // clear table, set num_deleted to 0
// If we need to change the size of our table, do it now
const size_type resize_to = min_size(ht.size(), min_buckets_wanted);
if ( resize_to > bucket_count() ) { // we don't have enough buckets
typedef integral_constant<bool,
(has_trivial_copy<value_type>::value &&
has_trivial_destructor<value_type>::value)>
realloc_ok; // we pretend mv(x,y) == "x.~T(); new(x) T(y)"
expand_array(resize_to, realloc_ok());
num_buckets = resize_to;
reset_thresholds();
}
// We use a normal iterator to get non-deleted bcks from ht
// We could use insert() here, but since we know there are
// no duplicates and no deleted items, we can be more efficient
assert((bucket_count() & (bucket_count()-1)) == 0); // a power of two
for ( const_iterator it = ht.begin(); it != ht.end(); ++it ) {
size_type num_probes = 0; // how many times we've probed
size_type bucknum;
const size_type bucket_count_minus_one = bucket_count() - 1;
for (bucknum = hash(get_key(*it)) & bucket_count_minus_one;
!test_empty(bucknum); // not empty
bucknum = (bucknum + JUMP_(key, num_probes)) & bucket_count_minus_one) {
++num_probes;
assert(num_probes < bucket_count()); // or else the hashtable is full
}
set_value(&table[bucknum], *it); // copies the value to here
num_elements++;
}
}
// Required by the spec for hashed associative container
public:
// Though the docs say this should be num_buckets, I think it's much
// more useful as req_elements. As a special feature, calling with
// req_elements==0 will cause us to shrink if we can, saving space.
void resize(size_type req_elements) { // resize to this or larger
if ( consider_shrink || req_elements == 0 )
maybe_shrink();
if ( req_elements > num_elements )
return resize_delta(req_elements - num_elements);
}
// Change the value of shrink_resize_percent and
// enlarge_resize_percent. The description at the beginning of this
// file explains how to choose the values. Setting the shrink
// parameter to 0.0 ensures that the table never shrinks.
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
assert(shrink >= 0.0);
assert(grow <= 1.0);
assert(shrink <= grow/2.0);
shrink_resize_percent = shrink;
enlarge_resize_percent = grow;
reset_thresholds();
}
// CONSTRUCTORS -- as required by the specs, we take a size,
// but also let you specify a hashfunction, key comparator,
// and key extractor. We also define a copy constructor and =.
// DESTRUCTOR -- needs to free the table
explicit dense_hashtable(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const HashFcn& hf = HashFcn(),
const EqualKey& eql = EqualKey(),
const ExtractKey& ext = ExtractKey())
: hash(hf), equals(eql), get_key(ext), num_deleted(0),
use_deleted(false), use_empty(false),
delval(), emptyval(), enlarge_resize_percent(HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT),
shrink_resize_percent(HT_EMPTY_FLT), table(NULL),
num_buckets(expected_max_items_in_table == 0
? HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS
: min_size(expected_max_items_in_table, 0)),
num_elements(0) {
// table is NULL until emptyval is set. However, we set num_buckets
// here so we know how much space to allocate once emptyval is set
reset_thresholds();
}
// As a convenience for resize(), we allow an optional second argument
// which lets you make this new hashtable a different size than ht
dense_hashtable(const dense_hashtable& ht,
size_type min_buckets_wanted = HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS)
: hash(ht.hash), equals(ht.equals), get_key(ht.get_key), num_deleted(0),
use_deleted(ht.use_deleted), use_empty(ht.use_empty),
delval(ht.delval), emptyval(ht.emptyval),
enlarge_resize_percent(ht.enlarge_resize_percent),
shrink_resize_percent(ht.shrink_resize_percent), table(NULL),
num_buckets(0), num_elements(0) {
reset_thresholds();
copy_from(ht, min_buckets_wanted); // copy_from() ignores deleted entries
}
dense_hashtable& operator= (const dense_hashtable& ht) {
if (&ht == this) return *this; // don't copy onto ourselves
clear();
hash = ht.hash;
equals = ht.equals;
get_key = ht.get_key;
use_deleted = ht.use_deleted;
use_empty = ht.use_empty;
set_value(&delval, ht.delval);
set_value(&emptyval, ht.emptyval);
enlarge_resize_percent = ht.enlarge_resize_percent;
shrink_resize_percent = ht.shrink_resize_percent;
copy_from(ht, HT_MIN_BUCKETS); // sets num_deleted to 0 too
return *this;
}
~dense_hashtable() {
if (table) {
destroy_buckets(0, num_buckets);
free(table);
}
}
// Many STL algorithms use swap instead of copy constructors
void swap(dense_hashtable& ht) {
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(hash, ht.hash);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(equals, ht.equals);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(get_key, ht.get_key);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(num_deleted, ht.num_deleted);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(use_deleted, ht.use_deleted);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(use_empty, ht.use_empty);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(enlarge_resize_percent, ht.enlarge_resize_percent);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(shrink_resize_percent, ht.shrink_resize_percent);
{ value_type tmp; // for annoying reasons, swap() doesn't work
set_value(&tmp, delval);
set_value(&delval, ht.delval);
set_value(&ht.delval, tmp);
}
{ value_type tmp; // for annoying reasons, swap() doesn't work
set_value(&tmp, emptyval);
set_value(&emptyval, ht.emptyval);
set_value(&ht.emptyval, tmp);
}
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(table, ht.table);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(num_buckets, ht.num_buckets);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(num_elements, ht.num_elements);
reset_thresholds();
ht.reset_thresholds();
}
// It's always nice to be able to clear a table without deallocating it
void clear() {
if (table)
destroy_buckets(0, num_buckets);
num_buckets = min_size(0,0); // our new size
reset_thresholds();
table = (value_type *) realloc(table, num_buckets * sizeof(*table));
assert(table);
fill_range_with_empty(table, table + num_buckets);
num_elements = 0;
num_deleted = 0;
}
// Clear the table without resizing it.
// Mimicks the stl_hashtable's behaviour when clear()-ing in that it
// does not modify the bucket count
void clear_no_resize() {
if (table) {
set_empty(0, num_buckets);
}
// don't consider to shrink before another erase()
reset_thresholds();
num_elements = 0;
num_deleted = 0;
}
// LOOKUP ROUTINES
private:
// Returns a pair of positions: 1st where the object is, 2nd where
// it would go if you wanted to insert it. 1st is ILLEGAL_BUCKET
// if object is not found; 2nd is ILLEGAL_BUCKET if it is.
// Note: because of deletions where-to-insert is not trivial: it's the
// first deleted bucket we see, as long as we don't find the key later
pair<size_type, size_type> find_position(const key_type &key) const {
size_type num_probes = 0; // how many times we've probed
const size_type bucket_count_minus_one = bucket_count() - 1;
size_type bucknum = hash(key) & bucket_count_minus_one;
size_type insert_pos = ILLEGAL_BUCKET; // where we would insert
while ( 1 ) { // probe until something happens
if ( test_empty(bucknum) ) { // bucket is empty
if ( insert_pos == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // found no prior place to insert
return pair<size_type,size_type>(ILLEGAL_BUCKET, bucknum);
else
return pair<size_type,size_type>(ILLEGAL_BUCKET, insert_pos);
} else if ( test_deleted(bucknum) ) {// keep searching, but mark to insert
if ( insert_pos == ILLEGAL_BUCKET )
insert_pos = bucknum;
} else if ( equals(key, get_key(table[bucknum])) ) {
return pair<size_type,size_type>(bucknum, ILLEGAL_BUCKET);
}
++num_probes; // we're doing another probe
bucknum = (bucknum + JUMP_(key, num_probes)) & bucket_count_minus_one;
assert(num_probes < bucket_count()); // don't probe too many times!
}
}
public:
iterator find(const key_type& key) {
if ( size() == 0 ) return end();
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
if ( pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // alas, not there
return end();
else
return iterator(this, table + pos.first, table + num_buckets, false);
}
const_iterator find(const key_type& key) const {
if ( size() == 0 ) return end();
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
if ( pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // alas, not there
return end();
else
return const_iterator(this, table + pos.first, table+num_buckets, false);
}
// Counts how many elements have key key. For maps, it's either 0 or 1.
size_type count(const key_type &key) const {
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
return pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ? 0 : 1;
}
// Likewise, equal_range doesn't really make sense for us. Oh well.
pair<iterator,iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) {
const iterator pos = find(key); // either an iterator or end
return pair<iterator,iterator>(pos, pos);
}
pair<const_iterator,const_iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
const const_iterator pos = find(key); // either an iterator or end
return pair<iterator,iterator>(pos, pos);
}
// INSERTION ROUTINES
private:
// If you know *this is big enough to hold obj, use this routine
pair<iterator, bool> insert_noresize(const value_type& obj) {
// First, double-check we're not inserting delval or emptyval
assert(!use_empty || !equals(get_key(obj), get_key(emptyval)));
assert(!use_deleted || !equals(get_key(obj), get_key(delval)));
const pair<size_type,size_type> pos = find_position(get_key(obj));
if ( pos.first != ILLEGAL_BUCKET) { // object was already there
return pair<iterator,bool>(iterator(this, table + pos.first,
table + num_buckets, false),
false); // false: we didn't insert
} else { // pos.second says where to put it
if ( test_deleted(pos.second) ) { // just replace if it's been del.
const_iterator delpos(this, table + pos.second, // shrug:
table + num_buckets, false);// shouldn't need const
clear_deleted(delpos);
assert( num_deleted > 0);
--num_deleted; // used to be, now it isn't
} else {
++num_elements; // replacing an empty bucket
}
set_value(&table[pos.second], obj);
return pair<iterator,bool>(iterator(this, table + pos.second,
table + num_buckets, false),
true); // true: we did insert
}
}
public:
// This is the normal insert routine, used by the outside world
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) {
resize_delta(1); // adding an object, grow if need be
return insert_noresize(obj);
}
// When inserting a lot at a time, we specialize on the type of iterator
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) {
// specializes on iterator type
insert(f, l, typename STL_NAMESPACE::iterator_traits<InputIterator>::iterator_category());
}
// Iterator supports operator-, resize before inserting
template <class ForwardIterator>
void insert(ForwardIterator f, ForwardIterator l,
STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag) {
size_type n = STL_NAMESPACE::distance(f, l); // TODO(csilvers): standard?
resize_delta(n);
for ( ; n > 0; --n, ++f)
insert_noresize(*f);
}
// Arbitrary iterator, can't tell how much to resize
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
STL_NAMESPACE::input_iterator_tag) {
for ( ; f != l; ++f)
insert(*f);
}
// DELETION ROUTINES
size_type erase(const key_type& key) {
// First, double-check we're not trying to erase delval or emptyval
assert(!use_empty || !equals(key, get_key(emptyval)));
assert(!use_deleted || !equals(key, get_key(delval)));
const_iterator pos = find(key); // shrug: shouldn't need to be const
if ( pos != end() ) {
assert(!test_deleted(pos)); // or find() shouldn't have returned it
set_deleted(pos);
++num_deleted;
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
return 1; // because we deleted one thing
} else {
return 0; // because we deleted nothing
}
}
// This is really evil: really it should be iterator, not const_iterator.
// But...the only reason keys are const is to allow lookup.
// Since that's a moot issue for deleted keys, we allow const_iterators
void erase(const_iterator pos) {
if ( pos == end() ) return; // sanity check
if ( set_deleted(pos) ) { // true if object has been newly deleted
++num_deleted;
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
}
}
void erase(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) {
for ( ; f != l; ++f) {
if ( set_deleted(f) ) // should always be true
++num_deleted;
}
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
}
// COMPARISON
bool operator==(const dense_hashtable& ht) const {
if (size() != ht.size()) {
return false;
} else if (this == &ht) {
return true;
} else {
// Iterate through the elements in "this" and see if the
// corresponding element is in ht
for ( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
const_iterator it2 = ht.find(get_key(*it));
if ((it2 == ht.end()) || (*it != *it2)) {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
}
bool operator!=(const dense_hashtable& ht) const {
return !(*this == ht);
}
// I/O
// We support reading and writing hashtables to disk. Alas, since
// I don't know how to write a hasher or key_equal, you have to make
// sure everything but the table is the same. We compact before writing
//
// NOTE: These functions are currently TODO. They've not been implemented.
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) {
squash_deleted(); // so we don't have to worry about delval
return false; // TODO
}
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) {
num_deleted = 0; // since we got rid before writing
assert(use_empty); // have to set this before calling us
if (table) free(table); // we'll make our own
// TODO: read magic number
// TODO: read num_buckets
reset_thresholds();
table = (value_type *) malloc(num_buckets * sizeof(*table));
assert(table);
fill_range_with_empty(table, table + num_buckets);
// TODO: read num_elements
for ( size_type i = 0; i < num_elements; ++i ) {
// TODO: read bucket_num
// TODO: set with non-empty, non-deleted value
}
return false; // TODO
}
// If your keys and values are simple enough, we can write them to
// disk for you. "simple enough" means value_type is a POD type
// that contains no pointers. However, we don't try to normalize
// endianness
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) const {
for ( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
// TODO: skip empty/deleted values
if ( !fwrite(&*it, sizeof(*it), 1, fp) ) return false;
}
return false;
}
// When reading, we have to override the potential const-ness of *it
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) {
for ( iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
// TODO: skip empty/deleted values
if ( !fread(reinterpret_cast<void*>(&(*it)), sizeof(*it), 1, fp) )
return false;
}
return false;
}
private:
// The actual data
hasher hash; // required by hashed_associative_container
key_equal equals;
ExtractKey get_key;
size_type num_deleted; // how many occupied buckets are marked deleted
bool use_deleted; // false until delval has been set
bool use_empty; // you must do this before you start
value_type delval; // which key marks deleted entries
value_type emptyval; // which key marks unused entries
float enlarge_resize_percent; // how full before resize
float shrink_resize_percent; // how empty before resize
size_type shrink_threshold; // num_buckets * shrink_resize_percent
size_type enlarge_threshold; // num_buckets * enlarge_resize_percent
value_type *table;
size_type num_buckets;
size_type num_elements;
bool consider_shrink; // true if we should try to shrink before next insert
void reset_thresholds() {
enlarge_threshold = static_cast<size_type>(num_buckets
* enlarge_resize_percent);
shrink_threshold = static_cast<size_type>(num_buckets
* shrink_resize_percent);
consider_shrink = false; // whatever caused us to reset already considered
}
};
// We need a global swap as well
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
inline void swap(dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> &x,
dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> &y) {
x.swap(y);
}
#undef JUMP_
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const typename dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::size_type
dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::ILLEGAL_BUCKET;
// How full we let the table get before we resize. Knuth says .8 is
// good -- higher causes us to probe too much, though saves memory
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const float dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT = 0.5f;
// How empty we let the table get before we resize lower.
// It should be less than OCCUPANCY_FLT / 2 or we thrash resizing
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const float dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_EMPTY_FLT = 0.4f *
dense_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT;
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _DENSEHASHTABLE_H_ */
-74
View File
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
#ifndef SPARSEHASH_SPARSECONFIG_H__
#define SPARSEHASH_SPARSECONFIG_H__
// [AIR] : I couldn't make the google "windows" folder concept work.
// This does, and we only care of GCC and MSVC right now anyway.
#if defined( _MSC_VER )
#define GOOGLE_NAMESPACE google
#define HASH_NAMESPACE stdext
#define HASH_FUN_H <hash_map>
#define SPARSEHASH_HASH HASH_NAMESPACE::hash_compare
#undef HAVE_UINT16_T
#undef HAVE_U_INT16_T
#define HAVE___UINT16 1
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define STL_NAMESPACE std
#define _END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_ }
#define _START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_ namespace GOOGLE_NAMESPACE {
#else //if defined( GNUC )
/* Namespace for Google classes */
#define GOOGLE_NAMESPACE google
/* the location of <hash_fun.h>/<stl_hash_fun.h> */
#define HASH_FUN_H <backward/hash_fun.h>
/* the namespace of hash_map/hash_set */
#define HASH_NAMESPACE __gnu_cxx
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long'. */
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */
#define HAVE_UINT16_T 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `u_int16_t'. */
#define HAVE_U_INT16_T 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `__uint16'. */
/* #undef HAVE___UINT16 */
/* The system-provided hash function including the namespace. */
#define SPARSEHASH_HASH HASH_NAMESPACE::hash
/* the namespace where STL code like vector<> is defined */
#define STL_NAMESPACE std
/* Stops putting the code inside the Google namespace */
#define _END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_ }
/* Puts following code inside the Google namespace */
#define _START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_ namespace google {
#endif
#endif
-941
View File
@@ -1,941 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ---
// Author: Craig Silverstein
//
// A sparse hashtable is a particular implementation of
// a hashtable: one that is meant to minimize memory use.
// It does this by using a *sparse table* (cf sparsetable.h),
// which uses between 1 and 2 bits to store empty buckets
// (we may need another bit for hashtables that support deletion).
//
// When empty buckets are so cheap, an appealing hashtable
// implementation is internal probing, in which the hashtable
// is a single table, and collisions are resolved by trying
// to insert again in another bucket. The most cache-efficient
// internal probing schemes are linear probing (which suffers,
// alas, from clumping) and quadratic probing, which is what
// we implement by default.
//
// Deleted buckets are a bit of a pain. We have to somehow mark
// deleted buckets (the probing must distinguish them from empty
// buckets). The most principled way is to have another bitmap,
// but that's annoying and takes up space. Instead we let the
// user specify an "impossible" key. We set deleted buckets
// to have the impossible key.
//
// Note it is possible to change the value of the delete key
// on the fly; you can even remove it, though after that point
// the hashtable is insert_only until you set it again.
//
// You probably shouldn't use this code directly. Use
// <google/sparse_hash_table> or <google/sparse_hash_set> instead.
//
// You can modify the following, below:
// HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT -- how full before we double size
// HT_EMPTY_FLT -- how empty before we halve size
// HT_MIN_BUCKETS -- smallest bucket size
// HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS -- default bucket size at construct-time
//
// You can also change enlarge_resize_percent (which defaults to
// HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT), and shrink_resize_percent (which defaults to
// HT_EMPTY_FLT) with set_resizing_parameters().
//
// How to decide what values to use?
// shrink_resize_percent's default of .4 * OCCUPANCY_FLT, is probably good.
// HT_MIN_BUCKETS is probably unnecessary since you can specify
// (indirectly) the starting number of buckets at construct-time.
// For enlarge_resize_percent, you can use this chart to try to trade-off
// expected lookup time to the space taken up. By default, this
// code uses quadratic probing, though you can change it to linear
// via _JUMP below if you really want to.
//
// From http://www.augustana.ca/~mohrj/courses/1999.fall/csc210/lecture_notes/hashing.html
// NUMBER OF PROBES / LOOKUP Successful Unsuccessful
// Quadratic collision resolution 1 - ln(1-L) - L/2 1/(1-L) - L - ln(1-L)
// Linear collision resolution [1+1/(1-L)]/2 [1+1/(1-L)2]/2
//
// -- enlarge_resize_percent -- 0.10 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.80 0.90 0.99
// QUADRATIC COLLISION RES.
// probes/successful lookup 1.05 1.44 1.62 2.01 2.21 2.85 5.11
// probes/unsuccessful lookup 1.11 2.19 2.82 4.64 5.81 11.4 103.6
// LINEAR COLLISION RES.
// probes/successful lookup 1.06 1.5 1.75 2.5 3.0 5.5 50.5
// probes/unsuccessful lookup 1.12 2.5 3.6 8.5 13.0 50.0 5000.0
//
// The value type is required to be copy constructible and default
// constructible, but it need not be (and commonly isn't) assignable.
#ifndef _SPARSEHASHTABLE_H_
#define _SPARSEHASHTABLE_H_
#ifndef SPARSEHASH_STAT_UPDATE
#define SPARSEHASH_STAT_UPDATE(x) ((void) 0)
#endif
// The probing method
// Linear probing
// #define JUMP_(key, num_probes) ( 1 )
// Quadratic-ish probing
#define JUMP_(key, num_probes) ( num_probes )
// Hashtable class, used to implement the hashed associative containers
// hash_set and hash_map.
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <algorithm> // For swap(), eg
#include <iterator> // for facts about iterator tags
#include <utility> // for pair<>
#include <google/sparsetable> // Since that's basically what we are
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
using STL_NAMESPACE::pair;
// Alloc is completely ignored. It is present as a template parameter only
// for the sake of being compatible with the old SGI hashtable interface.
// TODO(csilvers): is that the right thing to do?
template <class Value, class Key, class HashFcn,
class ExtractKey, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
class sparse_hashtable;
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct sparse_hashtable_iterator;
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct sparse_hashtable_const_iterator;
// As far as iterating, we're basically just a sparsetable
// that skips over deleted elements.
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct sparse_hashtable_iterator {
public:
typedef sparse_hashtable_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> iterator;
typedef sparse_hashtable_const_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> const_iterator;
typedef typename sparsetable<V>::nonempty_iterator st_iterator;
typedef STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
typedef V value_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef V& reference; // Value
typedef V* pointer;
// "Real" constructor and default constructor
sparse_hashtable_iterator(const sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *h,
st_iterator it, st_iterator it_end)
: ht(h), pos(it), end(it_end) { advance_past_deleted(); }
sparse_hashtable_iterator() { } // not ever used internally
// The default destructor is fine; we don't define one
// The default operator= is fine; we don't define one
// Happy dereferencer
reference operator*() const { return *pos; }
pointer operator->() const { return &(operator*()); }
// Arithmetic. The only hard part is making sure that
// we're not on a marked-deleted array element
void advance_past_deleted() {
while ( pos != end && ht->test_deleted(*this) )
++pos;
}
iterator& operator++() {
assert(pos != end); ++pos; advance_past_deleted(); return *this;
}
iterator operator++(int) { iterator tmp(*this); ++*this; return tmp; }
// Comparison.
bool operator==(const iterator& it) const { return pos == it.pos; }
bool operator!=(const iterator& it) const { return pos != it.pos; }
// The actual data
const sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *ht;
st_iterator pos, end;
};
// Now do it all again, but with const-ness!
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct sparse_hashtable_const_iterator {
public:
typedef sparse_hashtable_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> iterator;
typedef sparse_hashtable_const_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> const_iterator;
typedef typename sparsetable<V>::const_nonempty_iterator st_iterator;
typedef STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
typedef V value_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef const V& reference; // Value
typedef const V* pointer;
// "Real" constructor and default constructor
sparse_hashtable_const_iterator(const sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *h,
st_iterator it, st_iterator it_end)
: ht(h), pos(it), end(it_end) { advance_past_deleted(); }
// This lets us convert regular iterators to const iterators
sparse_hashtable_const_iterator() { } // never used internally
sparse_hashtable_const_iterator(const iterator &it)
: ht(it.ht), pos(it.pos), end(it.end) { }
// The default destructor is fine; we don't define one
// The default operator= is fine; we don't define one
// Happy dereferencer
reference operator*() const { return *pos; }
pointer operator->() const { return &(operator*()); }
// Arithmetic. The only hard part is making sure that
// we're not on a marked-deleted array element
void advance_past_deleted() {
while ( pos != end && ht->test_deleted(*this) )
++pos;
}
const_iterator& operator++() {
assert(pos != end); ++pos; advance_past_deleted(); return *this;
}
const_iterator operator++(int) { const_iterator tmp(*this); ++*this; return tmp; }
// Comparison.
bool operator==(const const_iterator& it) const { return pos == it.pos; }
bool operator!=(const const_iterator& it) const { return pos != it.pos; }
// The actual data
const sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *ht;
st_iterator pos, end;
};
// And once again, but this time freeing up memory as we iterate
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
struct sparse_hashtable_destructive_iterator {
public:
typedef sparse_hashtable_destructive_iterator<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> iterator;
typedef typename sparsetable<V>::destructive_iterator st_iterator;
typedef STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
typedef V value_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef V& reference; // Value
typedef V* pointer;
// "Real" constructor and default constructor
sparse_hashtable_destructive_iterator(const
sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *h,
st_iterator it, st_iterator it_end)
: ht(h), pos(it), end(it_end) { advance_past_deleted(); }
sparse_hashtable_destructive_iterator() { } // never used internally
// The default destructor is fine; we don't define one
// The default operator= is fine; we don't define one
// Happy dereferencer
reference operator*() const { return *pos; }
pointer operator->() const { return &(operator*()); }
// Arithmetic. The only hard part is making sure that
// we're not on a marked-deleted array element
void advance_past_deleted() {
while ( pos != end && ht->test_deleted(*this) )
++pos;
}
iterator& operator++() {
assert(pos != end); ++pos; advance_past_deleted(); return *this;
}
iterator operator++(int) { iterator tmp(*this); ++*this; return tmp; }
// Comparison.
bool operator==(const iterator& it) const { return pos == it.pos; }
bool operator!=(const iterator& it) const { return pos != it.pos; }
// The actual data
const sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> *ht;
st_iterator pos, end;
};
template <class Value, class Key, class HashFcn,
class ExtractKey, class EqualKey, class Alloc>
class sparse_hashtable {
public:
typedef Key key_type;
typedef Value value_type;
typedef HashFcn hasher;
typedef EqualKey key_equal;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef value_type* pointer;
typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
typedef value_type& reference;
typedef const value_type& const_reference;
typedef sparse_hashtable_iterator<Value, Key, HashFcn,
ExtractKey, EqualKey, Alloc>
iterator;
typedef sparse_hashtable_const_iterator<Value, Key, HashFcn,
ExtractKey, EqualKey, Alloc>
const_iterator;
typedef sparse_hashtable_destructive_iterator<Value, Key, HashFcn,
ExtractKey, EqualKey, Alloc>
destructive_iterator;
// How full we let the table get before we resize. Knuth says .8 is
// good -- higher causes us to probe too much, though saves memory
static const float HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT; // = 0.8f;
// How empty we let the table get before we resize lower.
// It should be less than OCCUPANCY_FLT / 2 or we thrash resizing
static const float HT_EMPTY_FLT; // = 0.4 * HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT;
// Minimum size we're willing to let hashtables be.
// Must be a power of two, and at least 4.
// Note, however, that for a given hashtable, the minimum size is
// determined by the first constructor arg, and may be >HT_MIN_BUCKETS.
static const size_t HT_MIN_BUCKETS = 4;
// By default, if you don't specify a hashtable size at
// construction-time, we use this size. Must be a power of two, and
// at least HT_MIN_BUCKETS.
static const size_t HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS = 32;
// ITERATOR FUNCTIONS
iterator begin() { return iterator(this, table.nonempty_begin(),
table.nonempty_end()); }
iterator end() { return iterator(this, table.nonempty_end(),
table.nonempty_end()); }
const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(this,
table.nonempty_begin(),
table.nonempty_end()); }
const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(this,
table.nonempty_end(),
table.nonempty_end()); }
// This is used when resizing
destructive_iterator destructive_begin() {
return destructive_iterator(this, table.destructive_begin(),
table.destructive_end());
}
destructive_iterator destructive_end() {
return destructive_iterator(this, table.destructive_end(),
table.destructive_end());
}
// ACCESSOR FUNCTIONS for the things we templatize on, basically
hasher hash_funct() const { return hash; }
key_equal key_eq() const { return equals; }
// We need to copy values when we set the special marker for deleted
// elements, but, annoyingly, we can't just use the copy assignment
// operator because value_type might not be assignable (it's often
// pair<const X, Y>). We use explicit destructor invocation and
// placement new to get around this. Arg.
private:
void set_value(value_type* dst, const value_type src) {
dst->~value_type(); // delete the old value, if any
new(dst) value_type(src);
}
// This is used as a tag for the copy constructor, saying to destroy its
// arg We have two ways of destructively copying: with potentially growing
// the hashtable as we copy, and without. To make sure the outside world
// can't do a destructive copy, we make the typename private.
enum MoveDontCopyT {MoveDontCopy, MoveDontGrow};
// DELETE HELPER FUNCTIONS
// This lets the user describe a key that will indicate deleted
// table entries. This key should be an "impossible" entry --
// if you try to insert it for real, you won't be able to retrieve it!
// (NB: while you pass in an entire value, only the key part is looked
// at. This is just because I don't know how to assign just a key.)
private:
void squash_deleted() { // gets rid of any deleted entries we have
if ( num_deleted ) { // get rid of deleted before writing
sparse_hashtable tmp(MoveDontGrow, *this);
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
assert(num_deleted == 0);
}
public:
void set_deleted_key(const value_type &val) {
// It's only safe to change what "deleted" means if we purge deleted guys
squash_deleted();
use_deleted = true;
set_value(&delval, val); // save the key (and rest of val too)
}
void clear_deleted_key() {
squash_deleted();
use_deleted = false;
}
// These are public so the iterators can use them
// True if the item at position bucknum is "deleted" marker
bool test_deleted(size_type bucknum) const {
// The num_deleted test is crucial for read(): after read(), the ht values
// are garbage, and we don't want to think some of them are deleted.
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 && table.test(bucknum) &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(table.get(bucknum))));
}
bool test_deleted(const iterator &it) const {
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(*it)));
}
bool test_deleted(const const_iterator &it) const {
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(*it)));
}
bool test_deleted(const destructive_iterator &it) const {
return (use_deleted && num_deleted > 0 &&
equals(get_key(delval), get_key(*it)));
}
// Set it so test_deleted is true. true if object didn't used to be deleted
// See below (at erase()) to explain why we allow const_iterators
bool set_deleted(const_iterator &it) {
assert(use_deleted); // bad if set_deleted_key() wasn't called
bool retval = !test_deleted(it);
// &* converts from iterator to value-type
set_value(const_cast<value_type*>(&(*it)), delval);
return retval;
}
// Set it so test_deleted is false. true if object used to be deleted
bool clear_deleted(const_iterator &it) {
assert(use_deleted); // bad if set_deleted_key() wasn't called
// happens automatically when we assign something else in its place
return test_deleted(it);
}
// FUNCTIONS CONCERNING SIZE
size_type size() const { return table.num_nonempty() - num_deleted; }
// Buckets are always a power of 2
size_type max_size() const { return (size_type(-1) >> 1U) + 1; }
bool empty() const { return size() == 0; }
size_type bucket_count() const { return table.size(); }
size_type max_bucket_count() const { return max_size(); }
private:
// Because of the above, size_type(-1) is never legal; use it for errors
static const size_type ILLEGAL_BUCKET = size_type(-1);
private:
// This is the smallest size a hashtable can be without being too crowded
// If you like, you can give a min #buckets as well as a min #elts
size_type min_size(size_type num_elts, size_type min_buckets_wanted) {
size_type sz = HT_MIN_BUCKETS;
while ( sz < min_buckets_wanted || num_elts >= sz * enlarge_resize_percent )
sz *= 2;
return sz;
}
// Used after a string of deletes
void maybe_shrink() {
assert(table.num_nonempty() >= num_deleted);
assert((bucket_count() & (bucket_count()-1)) == 0); // is a power of two
assert(bucket_count() >= HT_MIN_BUCKETS);
// If you construct a hashtable with < HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS,
// we'll never shrink until you get relatively big, and we'll never
// shrink below HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS. Otherwise, something
// like "dense_hash_set<int> x; x.insert(4); x.erase(4);" will
// shrink us down to HT_MIN_BUCKETS buckets, which is too small.
if (shrink_threshold > 0
&& (table.num_nonempty()-num_deleted) < shrink_threshold &&
bucket_count() > HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS ) {
size_type sz = bucket_count() / 2; // find how much we should shrink
while ( sz > HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS &&
(table.num_nonempty() - num_deleted) <= sz *
shrink_resize_percent )
sz /= 2; // stay a power of 2
sparse_hashtable tmp(MoveDontCopy, *this, sz);
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
consider_shrink = false; // because we just considered it
}
// We'll let you resize a hashtable -- though this makes us copy all!
// When you resize, you say, "make it big enough for this many more elements"
void resize_delta(size_type delta) {
if ( consider_shrink ) // see if lots of deletes happened
maybe_shrink();
if ( bucket_count() >= HT_MIN_BUCKETS &&
(table.num_nonempty() + delta) <= enlarge_threshold )
return; // we're ok as we are
// Sometimes, we need to resize just to get rid of all the
// "deleted" buckets that are clogging up the hashtable. So when
// deciding whether to resize, count the deleted buckets (which
// are currently taking up room). But later, when we decide what
// size to resize to, *don't* count deleted buckets, since they
// get discarded during the resize.
const size_type needed_size = min_size(table.num_nonempty() + delta, 0);
if ( needed_size > bucket_count() ) { // we don't have enough buckets
const size_type resize_to = min_size(table.num_nonempty() - num_deleted
+ delta, 0);
sparse_hashtable tmp(MoveDontCopy, *this, resize_to);
swap(tmp); // now we are tmp
}
}
// Used to actually do the rehashing when we grow/shrink a hashtable
void copy_from(const sparse_hashtable &ht, size_type min_buckets_wanted) {
clear(); // clear table, set num_deleted to 0
// If we need to change the size of our table, do it now
const size_type resize_to = min_size(ht.size(), min_buckets_wanted);
if ( resize_to > bucket_count() ) { // we don't have enough buckets
table.resize(resize_to); // sets the number of buckets
reset_thresholds();
}
// We use a normal iterator to get non-deleted bcks from ht
// We could use insert() here, but since we know there are
// no duplicates and no deleted items, we can be more efficient
assert( (bucket_count() & (bucket_count()-1)) == 0); // a power of two
for ( const_iterator it = ht.begin(); it != ht.end(); ++it ) {
size_type num_probes = 0; // how many times we've probed
size_type bucknum;
const size_type bucket_count_minus_one = bucket_count() - 1;
for (bucknum = hash(get_key(*it)) & bucket_count_minus_one;
table.test(bucknum); // not empty
bucknum = (bucknum + JUMP_(key, num_probes)) & bucket_count_minus_one) {
++num_probes;
assert(num_probes < bucket_count()); // or else the hashtable is full
}
table.set(bucknum, *it); // copies the value to here
}
}
// Implementation is like copy_from, but it destroys the table of the
// "from" guy by freeing sparsetable memory as we iterate. This is
// useful in resizing, since we're throwing away the "from" guy anyway.
void move_from(MoveDontCopyT mover, sparse_hashtable &ht,
size_type min_buckets_wanted) {
clear(); // clear table, set num_deleted to 0
// If we need to change the size of our table, do it now
size_t resize_to;
if ( mover == MoveDontGrow )
resize_to = ht.bucket_count(); // keep same size as old ht
else // MoveDontCopy
resize_to = min_size(ht.size(), min_buckets_wanted);
if ( resize_to > bucket_count() ) { // we don't have enough buckets
table.resize(resize_to); // sets the number of buckets
reset_thresholds();
}
// We use a normal iterator to get non-deleted bcks from ht
// We could use insert() here, but since we know there are
// no duplicates and no deleted items, we can be more efficient
assert( (bucket_count() & (bucket_count()-1)) == 0); // a power of two
// THIS IS THE MAJOR LINE THAT DIFFERS FROM COPY_FROM():
for ( destructive_iterator it = ht.destructive_begin();
it != ht.destructive_end(); ++it ) {
size_type num_probes = 0; // how many times we've probed
size_type bucknum;
for ( bucknum = hash(get_key(*it)) & (bucket_count()-1); // h % buck_cnt
table.test(bucknum); // not empty
bucknum = (bucknum + JUMP_(key, num_probes)) & (bucket_count()-1) ) {
++num_probes;
assert(num_probes < bucket_count()); // or else the hashtable is full
}
table.set(bucknum, *it); // copies the value to here
}
}
// Required by the spec for hashed associative container
public:
// Though the docs say this should be num_buckets, I think it's much
// more useful as num_elements. As a special feature, calling with
// req_elements==0 will cause us to shrink if we can, saving space.
void resize(size_type req_elements) { // resize to this or larger
if ( consider_shrink || req_elements == 0 )
maybe_shrink();
if ( req_elements > table.num_nonempty() ) // we only grow
resize_delta(req_elements - table.num_nonempty());
}
// Change the value of shrink_resize_percent and
// enlarge_resize_percent. The description at the beginning of this
// file explains how to choose the values. Setting the shrink
// parameter to 0.0 ensures that the table never shrinks.
void set_resizing_parameters(float shrink, float grow) {
assert(shrink >= 0.0);
assert(grow <= 1.0);
assert(shrink <= grow/2.0);
shrink_resize_percent = shrink;
enlarge_resize_percent = grow;
reset_thresholds();
}
// CONSTRUCTORS -- as required by the specs, we take a size,
// but also let you specify a hashfunction, key comparator,
// and key extractor. We also define a copy constructor and =.
// DESTRUCTOR -- the default is fine, surprisingly.
explicit sparse_hashtable(size_type expected_max_items_in_table = 0,
const HashFcn& hf = HashFcn(),
const EqualKey& eql = EqualKey(),
const ExtractKey& ext = ExtractKey())
: hash(hf), equals(eql), get_key(ext), num_deleted(0), use_deleted(false),
delval(), enlarge_resize_percent(HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT),
shrink_resize_percent(HT_EMPTY_FLT),
table(expected_max_items_in_table == 0
? HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS
: min_size(expected_max_items_in_table, 0)) {
reset_thresholds();
}
// As a convenience for resize(), we allow an optional second argument
// which lets you make this new hashtable a different size than ht.
// We also provide a mechanism of saying you want to "move" the ht argument
// into us instead of copying.
sparse_hashtable(const sparse_hashtable& ht,
size_type min_buckets_wanted = HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS)
: hash(ht.hash), equals(ht.equals), get_key(ht.get_key),
num_deleted(0), use_deleted(ht.use_deleted), delval(ht.delval),
enlarge_resize_percent(ht.enlarge_resize_percent),
shrink_resize_percent(ht.shrink_resize_percent),
table() {
reset_thresholds();
copy_from(ht, min_buckets_wanted); // copy_from() ignores deleted entries
}
sparse_hashtable(MoveDontCopyT mover, sparse_hashtable& ht,
size_type min_buckets_wanted = HT_DEFAULT_STARTING_BUCKETS)
: hash(ht.hash), equals(ht.equals), get_key(ht.get_key),
num_deleted(0), use_deleted(ht.use_deleted), delval(ht.delval),
enlarge_resize_percent(ht.enlarge_resize_percent),
shrink_resize_percent(ht.shrink_resize_percent),
table() {
reset_thresholds();
move_from(mover, ht, min_buckets_wanted); // ignores deleted entries
}
sparse_hashtable& operator= (const sparse_hashtable& ht) {
if (&ht == this) return *this; // don't copy onto ourselves
clear();
hash = ht.hash;
equals = ht.equals;
get_key = ht.get_key;
use_deleted = ht.use_deleted;
set_value(&delval, ht.delval);
copy_from(ht, HT_MIN_BUCKETS); // sets num_deleted to 0 too
return *this;
}
// Many STL algorithms use swap instead of copy constructors
void swap(sparse_hashtable& ht) {
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(hash, ht.hash);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(equals, ht.equals);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(get_key, ht.get_key);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(num_deleted, ht.num_deleted);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(use_deleted, ht.use_deleted);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(enlarge_resize_percent, ht.enlarge_resize_percent);
STL_NAMESPACE::swap(shrink_resize_percent, ht.shrink_resize_percent);
{ value_type tmp; // for annoying reasons, swap() doesn't work
set_value(&tmp, delval);
set_value(&delval, ht.delval);
set_value(&ht.delval, tmp);
}
table.swap(ht.table);
reset_thresholds();
ht.reset_thresholds();
}
// It's always nice to be able to clear a table without deallocating it
void clear() {
table.clear();
reset_thresholds();
num_deleted = 0;
}
// LOOKUP ROUTINES
private:
// Returns a pair of positions: 1st where the object is, 2nd where
// it would go if you wanted to insert it. 1st is ILLEGAL_BUCKET
// if object is not found; 2nd is ILLEGAL_BUCKET if it is.
// Note: because of deletions where-to-insert is not trivial: it's the
// first deleted bucket we see, as long as we don't find the key later
pair<size_type, size_type> find_position(const key_type &key) const {
size_type num_probes = 0; // how many times we've probed
const size_type bucket_count_minus_one = bucket_count() - 1;
size_type bucknum = hash(key) & bucket_count_minus_one;
size_type insert_pos = ILLEGAL_BUCKET; // where we would insert
SPARSEHASH_STAT_UPDATE(total_lookups += 1);
while ( 1 ) { // probe until something happens
if ( !table.test(bucknum) ) { // bucket is empty
SPARSEHASH_STAT_UPDATE(total_probes += num_probes);
if ( insert_pos == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // found no prior place to insert
return pair<size_type,size_type>(ILLEGAL_BUCKET, bucknum);
else
return pair<size_type,size_type>(ILLEGAL_BUCKET, insert_pos);
} else if ( test_deleted(bucknum) ) {// keep searching, but mark to insert
if ( insert_pos == ILLEGAL_BUCKET )
insert_pos = bucknum;
} else if ( equals(key, get_key(table.get(bucknum))) ) {
SPARSEHASH_STAT_UPDATE(total_probes += num_probes);
return pair<size_type,size_type>(bucknum, ILLEGAL_BUCKET);
}
++num_probes; // we're doing another probe
bucknum = (bucknum + JUMP_(key, num_probes)) & bucket_count_minus_one;
assert(num_probes < bucket_count()); // don't probe too many times!
}
}
public:
iterator find(const key_type& key) {
if ( size() == 0 ) return end();
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
if ( pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // alas, not there
return end();
else
return iterator(this, table.get_iter(pos.first), table.nonempty_end());
}
const_iterator find(const key_type& key) const {
if ( size() == 0 ) return end();
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
if ( pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ) // alas, not there
return end();
else
return const_iterator(this,
table.get_iter(pos.first), table.nonempty_end());
}
// Counts how many elements have key key. For maps, it's either 0 or 1.
size_type count(const key_type &key) const {
pair<size_type, size_type> pos = find_position(key);
return pos.first == ILLEGAL_BUCKET ? 0 : 1;
}
// Likewise, equal_range doesn't really make sense for us. Oh well.
pair<iterator,iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) {
const iterator pos = find(key); // either an iterator or end
return pair<iterator,iterator>(pos, pos);
}
pair<const_iterator,const_iterator> equal_range(const key_type& key) const {
const const_iterator pos = find(key); // either an iterator or end
return pair<iterator,iterator>(pos, pos);
}
// INSERTION ROUTINES
private:
// If you know *this is big enough to hold obj, use this routine
pair<iterator, bool> insert_noresize(const value_type& obj) {
// First, double-check we're not inserting delval
assert(!use_deleted || !equals(get_key(obj), get_key(delval)));
const pair<size_type,size_type> pos = find_position(get_key(obj));
if ( pos.first != ILLEGAL_BUCKET) { // object was already there
return pair<iterator,bool>(iterator(this, table.get_iter(pos.first),
table.nonempty_end()),
false); // false: we didn't insert
} else { // pos.second says where to put it
if ( test_deleted(pos.second) ) { // just replace if it's been del.
// The set() below will undelete this object. We just worry about stats
assert(num_deleted > 0);
--num_deleted; // used to be, now it isn't
}
table.set(pos.second, obj);
return pair<iterator,bool>(iterator(this, table.get_iter(pos.second),
table.nonempty_end()),
true); // true: we did insert
}
}
public:
// This is the normal insert routine, used by the outside world
pair<iterator, bool> insert(const value_type& obj) {
resize_delta(1); // adding an object, grow if need be
return insert_noresize(obj);
}
// When inserting a lot at a time, we specialize on the type of iterator
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l) {
// specializes on iterator type
insert(f, l, typename STL_NAMESPACE::iterator_traits<InputIterator>::iterator_category());
}
// Iterator supports operator-, resize before inserting
template <class ForwardIterator>
void insert(ForwardIterator f, ForwardIterator l,
STL_NAMESPACE::forward_iterator_tag) {
size_type n = STL_NAMESPACE::distance(f, l); // TODO(csilvers): standard?
resize_delta(n);
for ( ; n > 0; --n, ++f)
insert_noresize(*f);
}
// Arbitrary iterator, can't tell how much to resize
template <class InputIterator>
void insert(InputIterator f, InputIterator l,
STL_NAMESPACE::input_iterator_tag) {
for ( ; f != l; ++f)
insert(*f);
}
// DELETION ROUTINES
size_type erase(const key_type& key) {
// First, double-check we're not erasing delval
assert(!use_deleted || !equals(key, get_key(delval)));
const_iterator pos = find(key); // shrug: shouldn't need to be const
if ( pos != end() ) {
assert(!test_deleted(pos)); // or find() shouldn't have returned it
set_deleted(pos);
++num_deleted;
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
return 1; // because we deleted one thing
} else {
return 0; // because we deleted nothing
}
}
// This is really evil: really it should be iterator, not const_iterator.
// But...the only reason keys are const is to allow lookup.
// Since that's a moot issue for deleted keys, we allow const_iterators
void erase(const_iterator pos) {
if ( pos == end() ) return; // sanity check
if ( set_deleted(pos) ) { // true if object has been newly deleted
++num_deleted;
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
}
}
void erase(const_iterator f, const_iterator l) {
for ( ; f != l; ++f) {
if ( set_deleted(f) ) // should always be true
++num_deleted;
}
consider_shrink = true; // will think about shrink after next insert
}
// COMPARISON
bool operator==(const sparse_hashtable& ht) const {
// We really want to check that the hash functions are the same
// but alas there's no way to do this. We just hope.
return ( num_deleted == ht.num_deleted && table == ht.table );
}
bool operator!=(const sparse_hashtable& ht) const {
return !(*this == ht);
}
// I/O
// We support reading and writing hashtables to disk. NOTE that
// this only stores the hashtable metadata, not the stuff you've
// actually put in the hashtable! Alas, since I don't know how to
// write a hasher or key_equal, you have to make sure everything
// but the table is the same. We compact before writing.
bool write_metadata(FILE *fp) {
squash_deleted(); // so we don't have to worry about delkey
return table.write_metadata(fp);
}
bool read_metadata(FILE *fp) {
num_deleted = 0; // since we got rid before writing
bool result = table.read_metadata(fp);
reset_thresholds();
return result;
}
// Only meaningful if value_type is a POD.
bool write_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) {
return table.write_nopointer_data(fp);
}
// Only meaningful if value_type is a POD.
bool read_nopointer_data(FILE *fp) {
return table.read_nopointer_data(fp);
}
private:
// The actual data
hasher hash; // required by hashed_associative_container
key_equal equals;
ExtractKey get_key;
size_type num_deleted; // how many occupied buckets are marked deleted
bool use_deleted; // false until delval has been set
value_type delval; // which key marks deleted entries
float enlarge_resize_percent; // how full before resize
float shrink_resize_percent; // how empty before resize
size_type shrink_threshold; // table.size() * shrink_resize_percent
size_type enlarge_threshold; // table.size() * enlarge_resize_percent
sparsetable<value_type> table; // holds num_buckets and num_elements too
bool consider_shrink; // true if we should try to shrink before next insert
void reset_thresholds() {
enlarge_threshold = static_cast<size_type>(table.size()
* enlarge_resize_percent);
shrink_threshold = static_cast<size_type>(table.size()
* shrink_resize_percent);
consider_shrink = false; // whatever caused us to reset already considered
}
};
// We need a global swap as well
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
inline void swap(sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> &x,
sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A> &y) {
x.swap(y);
}
#undef JUMP_
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const typename sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::size_type
sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::ILLEGAL_BUCKET;
// How full we let the table get before we resize. Knuth says .8 is
// good -- higher causes us to probe too much, though saves memory
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const float sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT = 0.8f;
// How empty we let the table get before we resize lower.
// It should be less than OCCUPANCY_FLT / 2 or we thrash resizing
template <class V, class K, class HF, class ExK, class EqK, class A>
const float sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_EMPTY_FLT = 0.4f *
sparse_hashtable<V,K,HF,ExK,EqK,A>::HT_OCCUPANCY_FLT;
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif /* _SPARSEHASHTABLE_H_ */
-1451
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-250
View File
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
// ----
// Author: Matt Austern
//
// Define a small subset of tr1 type traits. The traits we define are:
// is_integral
// is_floating_point
// is_pointer
// is_reference
// is_pod
// has_trivial_constructor
// has_trivial_copy
// has_trivial_assign
// has_trivial_destructor
// remove_const
// remove_volatile
// remove_cv
// remove_reference
// remove_pointer
// is_convertible
// We can add more type traits as required.
#ifndef BASE_TYPE_TRAITS_H_
#define BASE_TYPE_TRAITS_H_
#include <google/sparsehash/sparseconfig.h>
#include <utility> // For pair
_START_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
// integral_constant, defined in tr1, is a wrapper for an integer
// value. We don't really need this generality; we could get away
// with hardcoding the integer type to bool. We use the fully
// general integer_constant for compatibility with tr1.
template<class T, T v>
struct integral_constant {
static const T value = v;
typedef T value_type;
typedef integral_constant<T, v> type;
};
template <class T, T v> const T integral_constant<T, v>::value;
// Abbreviations: true_type and false_type are structs that represent
// boolean true and false values.
typedef integral_constant<bool, true> true_type;
typedef integral_constant<bool, false> false_type;
// Types small_ and big_ are guaranteed such that sizeof(small_) <
// sizeof(big_)
typedef char small_;
struct big_ {
char dummy[2];
};
// is_integral is false except for the built-in integer types.
template <class T> struct is_integral : false_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<bool> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<char> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<unsigned char> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<signed char> : true_type { };
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
// wchar_t is not by default a distinct type from unsigned short in
// Microsoft C.
// See http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dh8che7s(VS.80).aspx
template<> struct is_integral<__wchar_t> : true_type { };
#else
template<> struct is_integral<wchar_t> : true_type { };
#endif
template<> struct is_integral<short> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<unsigned short> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<int> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<unsigned int> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<long> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<unsigned long> : true_type { };
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
template<> struct is_integral<long long> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_integral<unsigned long long> : true_type { };
#endif
// is_floating_point is false except for the built-in floating-point types.
template <class T> struct is_floating_point : false_type { };
template<> struct is_floating_point<float> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_floating_point<double> : true_type { };
template<> struct is_floating_point<long double> : true_type { };
// is_pointer is false except for pointer types.
template <class T> struct is_pointer : false_type { };
template <class T> struct is_pointer<T*> : true_type { };
// is_reference is false except for reference types.
template<typename T> struct is_reference : false_type {};
template<typename T> struct is_reference<T&> : true_type {};
// We can't get is_pod right without compiler help, so fail conservatively.
// We will assume it's false except for arithmetic types and pointers,
// and const versions thereof. Note that std::pair is not a POD.
template <class T> struct is_pod
: integral_constant<bool, (is_integral<T>::value ||
is_floating_point<T>::value ||
is_pointer<T>::value)> { };
template <class T> struct is_pod<const T> : is_pod<T> { };
// We can't get has_trivial_constructor right without compiler help, so
// fail conservatively. We will assume it's false except for: (1) types
// for which is_pod is true. (2) std::pair of types with trivial
// constructors. (3) array of a type with a trivial constructor.
// (4) const versions thereof.
template <class T> struct has_trivial_constructor : is_pod<T> { };
template <class T, class U> struct has_trivial_constructor<std::pair<T, U> >
: integral_constant<bool,
(has_trivial_constructor<T>::value &&
has_trivial_constructor<U>::value)> { };
template <class A, int N> struct has_trivial_constructor<A[N]>
: has_trivial_constructor<A> { };
template <class T> struct has_trivial_constructor<const T>
: has_trivial_constructor<T> { };
// We can't get has_trivial_copy right without compiler help, so fail
// conservatively. We will assume it's false except for: (1) types
// for which is_pod is true. (2) std::pair of types with trivial copy
// constructors. (3) array of a type with a trivial copy constructor.
// (4) const versions thereof.
template <class T> struct has_trivial_copy : is_pod<T> { };
template <class T, class U> struct has_trivial_copy<std::pair<T, U> >
: integral_constant<bool,
(has_trivial_copy<T>::value &&
has_trivial_copy<U>::value)> { };
template <class A, int N> struct has_trivial_copy<A[N]>
: has_trivial_copy<A> { };
template <class T> struct has_trivial_copy<const T> : has_trivial_copy<T> { };
// We can't get has_trivial_assign right without compiler help, so fail
// conservatively. We will assume it's false except for: (1) types
// for which is_pod is true. (2) std::pair of types with trivial copy
// constructors. (3) array of a type with a trivial assign constructor.
template <class T> struct has_trivial_assign : is_pod<T> { };
template <class T, class U> struct has_trivial_assign<std::pair<T, U> >
: integral_constant<bool,
(has_trivial_assign<T>::value &&
has_trivial_assign<U>::value)> { };
template <class A, int N> struct has_trivial_assign<A[N]>
: has_trivial_assign<A> { };
// We can't get has_trivial_destructor right without compiler help, so
// fail conservatively. We will assume it's false except for: (1) types
// for which is_pod is true. (2) std::pair of types with trivial
// destructors. (3) array of a type with a trivial destructor.
// (4) const versions thereof.
template <class T> struct has_trivial_destructor : is_pod<T> { };
template <class T, class U> struct has_trivial_destructor<std::pair<T, U> >
: integral_constant<bool,
(has_trivial_destructor<T>::value &&
has_trivial_destructor<U>::value)> { };
template <class A, int N> struct has_trivial_destructor<A[N]>
: has_trivial_destructor<A> { };
template <class T> struct has_trivial_destructor<const T>
: has_trivial_destructor<T> { };
// Specified by TR1 [4.7.1]
template<typename T> struct remove_const { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_const<T const> { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_volatile { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_volatile<T volatile> { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_cv {
typedef typename remove_const<typename remove_volatile<T>::type>::type type;
};
// Specified by TR1 [4.7.2]
template<typename T> struct remove_reference { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_reference<T&> { typedef T type; };
// Specified by TR1 [4.7.4] Pointer modifications.
template<typename T> struct remove_pointer { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_pointer<T*> { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_pointer<T* const> { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_pointer<T* volatile> { typedef T type; };
template<typename T> struct remove_pointer<T* const volatile> {
typedef T type; };
// Specified by TR1 [4.6] Relationships between types
#ifndef _MSC_VER
namespace internal {
// This class is an implementation detail for is_convertible, and you
// don't need to know how it works to use is_convertible. For those
// who care: we declare two different functions, one whose argument is
// of type To and one with a variadic argument list. We give them
// return types of different size, so we can use sizeof to trick the
// compiler into telling us which function it would have chosen if we
// had called it with an argument of type From. See Alexandrescu's
// _Modern C++ Design_ for more details on this sort of trick.
template <typename From, typename To>
struct ConvertHelper {
static small_ Test(To);
static big_ Test(...);
static From Create();
};
} // namespace internal
// Inherits from true_type if From is convertible to To, false_type otherwise.
template <typename From, typename To>
struct is_convertible
: integral_constant<bool,
sizeof(internal::ConvertHelper<From, To>::Test(
internal::ConvertHelper<From, To>::Create()))
== sizeof(small_)> {
};
#endif
_END_GOOGLE_NAMESPACE_
#endif // BASE_TYPE_TRAITS_H_
-322
View File
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
The Independent JPEG Group's JPEG software
==========================================
README for release 7 of 27-Jun-2009
===================================
This distribution contains the seventh public release of the Independent JPEG
Group's free JPEG software. You are welcome to redistribute this software and
to use it for any purpose, subject to the conditions under LEGAL ISSUES, below.
This software is the work of Tom Lane, Guido Vollbeding, Philip Gladstone,
Bill Allombert, Jim Boucher, Lee Crocker, Bob Friesenhahn, Ben Jackson,
Julian Minguillon, Luis Ortiz, George Phillips, Davide Rossi, Ge' Weijers,
and other members of the Independent JPEG Group.
IJG is not affiliated with the official ISO JPEG standards committee.
DOCUMENTATION ROADMAP
=====================
This file contains the following sections:
OVERVIEW General description of JPEG and the IJG software.
LEGAL ISSUES Copyright, lack of warranty, terms of distribution.
REFERENCES Where to learn more about JPEG.
ARCHIVE LOCATIONS Where to find newer versions of this software.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Special thanks.
FILE FORMAT WARS Software *not* to get.
TO DO Plans for future IJG releases.
Other documentation files in the distribution are:
User documentation:
install.txt How to configure and install the IJG software.
usage.txt Usage instructions for cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran,
rdjpgcom, and wrjpgcom.
*.1 Unix-style man pages for programs (same info as usage.txt).
wizard.txt Advanced usage instructions for JPEG wizards only.
change.log Version-to-version change highlights.
Programmer and internal documentation:
libjpeg.txt How to use the JPEG library in your own programs.
example.c Sample code for calling the JPEG library.
structure.txt Overview of the JPEG library's internal structure.
filelist.txt Road map of IJG files.
coderules.txt Coding style rules --- please read if you contribute code.
Please read at least the files install.txt and usage.txt. Some information
can also be found in the JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) article. See
ARCHIVE LOCATIONS below to find out where to obtain the FAQ article.
If you want to understand how the JPEG code works, we suggest reading one or
more of the REFERENCES, then looking at the documentation files (in roughly
the order listed) before diving into the code.
OVERVIEW
========
This package contains C software to implement JPEG image encoding, decoding,
and transcoding. JPEG (pronounced "jay-peg") is a standardized compression
method for full-color and gray-scale images.
This software implements JPEG baseline, extended-sequential, and progressive
compression processes. Provision is made for supporting all variants of these
processes, although some uncommon parameter settings aren't implemented yet.
We have made no provision for supporting the hierarchical or lossless
processes defined in the standard.
We provide a set of library routines for reading and writing JPEG image files,
plus two sample applications "cjpeg" and "djpeg", which use the library to
perform conversion between JPEG and some other popular image file formats.
The library is intended to be reused in other applications.
In order to support file conversion and viewing software, we have included
considerable functionality beyond the bare JPEG coding/decoding capability;
for example, the color quantization modules are not strictly part of JPEG
decoding, but they are essential for output to colormapped file formats or
colormapped displays. These extra functions can be compiled out of the
library if not required for a particular application.
We have also included "jpegtran", a utility for lossless transcoding between
different JPEG processes, and "rdjpgcom" and "wrjpgcom", two simple
applications for inserting and extracting textual comments in JFIF files.
The emphasis in designing this software has been on achieving portability and
flexibility, while also making it fast enough to be useful. In particular,
the software is not intended to be read as a tutorial on JPEG. (See the
REFERENCES section for introductory material.) Rather, it is intended to
be reliable, portable, industrial-strength code. We do not claim to have
achieved that goal in every aspect of the software, but we strive for it.
We welcome the use of this software as a component of commercial products.
No royalty is required, but we do ask for an acknowledgement in product
documentation, as described under LEGAL ISSUES.
LEGAL ISSUES
============
In plain English:
1. We don't promise that this software works. (But if you find any bugs,
please let us know!)
2. You can use this software for whatever you want. You don't have to pay us.
3. You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it in a
program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that
you've used the IJG code.
In legalese:
The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation, either express or implied,
with respect to this software, its quality, accuracy, merchantability, or
fitness for a particular purpose. This software is provided "AS IS", and you,
its user, assume the entire risk as to its quality and accuracy.
This software is copyright (C) 1991-2009, Thomas G. Lane, Guido Vollbeding.
All Rights Reserved except as specified below.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
software (or portions thereof) for any purpose, without fee, subject to these
conditions:
(1) If any part of the source code for this software is distributed, then this
README file must be included, with this copyright and no-warranty notice
unaltered; and any additions, deletions, or changes to the original files
must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation.
(2) If only executable code is distributed, then the accompanying
documentation must state that "this software is based in part on the work of
the Independent JPEG Group".
(3) Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts
full responsibility for any undesirable consequences; the authors accept
NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the IJG code,
not just to the unmodified library. If you use our work, you ought to
acknowledge us.
Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author's name or company name
in advertising or publicity relating to this software or products derived from
it. This software may be referred to only as "the Independent JPEG Group's
software".
We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of
commercial products, provided that all warranty or liability claims are
assumed by the product vendor.
ansi2knr.c is included in this distribution by permission of L. Peter Deutsch,
sole proprietor of its copyright holder, Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park, CA.
ansi2knr.c is NOT covered by the above copyright and conditions, but instead
by the usual distribution terms of the Free Software Foundation; principally,
that you must include source code if you redistribute it. (See the file
ansi2knr.c for full details.) However, since ansi2knr.c is not needed as part
of any program generated from the IJG code, this does not limit you more than
the foregoing paragraphs do.
The Unix configuration script "configure" was produced with GNU Autoconf.
It is copyright by the Free Software Foundation but is freely distributable.
The same holds for its supporting scripts (config.guess, config.sub,
ltmain.sh). Another support script, install-sh, is copyright by X Consortium
but is also freely distributable.
The IJG distribution formerly included code to read and write GIF files.
To avoid entanglement with the Unisys LZW patent, GIF reading support has
been removed altogether, and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce
"uncompressed GIFs". This technique does not use the LZW algorithm; the
resulting GIF files are larger than usual, but are readable by all standard
GIF decoders.
We are required to state that
"The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of
CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of
CompuServe Incorporated."
REFERENCES
==========
We recommend reading one or more of these references before trying to
understand the innards of the JPEG software.
The best short technical introduction to the JPEG compression algorithm is
Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard",
Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34 no. 4), pp. 30-44.
(Adjacent articles in that issue discuss MPEG motion picture compression,
applications of JPEG, and related topics.) If you don't have the CACM issue
handy, a PostScript file containing a revised version of Wallace's article is
available at http://www.ijg.org/files/wallace.ps.gz. The file (actually
a preprint for an article that appeared in IEEE Trans. Consumer Electronics)
omits the sample images that appeared in CACM, but it includes corrections
and some added material. Note: the Wallace article is copyright ACM and IEEE,
and it may not be used for commercial purposes.
A somewhat less technical, more leisurely introduction to JPEG can be found in
"The Data Compression Book" by Mark Nelson and Jean-loup Gailly, published by
M&T Books (New York), 2nd ed. 1996, ISBN 1-55851-434-1. This book provides
good explanations and example C code for a multitude of compression methods
including JPEG. It is an excellent source if you are comfortable reading C
code but don't know much about data compression in general. The book's JPEG
sample code is far from industrial-strength, but when you are ready to look
at a full implementation, you've got one here...
The best currently available description of JPEG is the textbook "JPEG Still
Image Data Compression Standard" by William B. Pennebaker and Joan L.
Mitchell, published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1993, ISBN 0-442-01272-1.
Price US$59.95, 638 pp. The book includes the complete text of the ISO JPEG
standards (DIS 10918-1 and draft DIS 10918-2).
Although this is by far the most detailed and comprehensive exposition of
JPEG publicly available, we point out that it is still missing an explanation
of the most essential properties and algorithms of the underlying DCT
technology.
If you think that you know about DCT-based JPEG after reading this book,
then you are in delusion. The real fundamentals and corresponding potential
of DCT-based JPEG are not publicly known so far, and that is the reason for
all the mistaken developments taking place in the image coding domain.
The original JPEG standard is divided into two parts, Part 1 being the actual
specification, while Part 2 covers compliance testing methods. Part 1 is
titled "Digital Compression and Coding of Continuous-tone Still Images,
Part 1: Requirements and guidelines" and has document numbers ISO/IEC IS
10918-1, ITU-T T.81. Part 2 is titled "Digital Compression and Coding of
Continuous-tone Still Images, Part 2: Compliance testing" and has document
numbers ISO/IEC IS 10918-2, ITU-T T.83.
The JPEG standard does not specify all details of an interchangeable file
format. For the omitted details we follow the "JFIF" conventions, revision
1.02. A copy of the JFIF spec is available from:
Literature Department
C-Cube Microsystems, Inc.
1778 McCarthy Blvd.
Milpitas, CA 95035
phone (408) 944-6300, fax (408) 944-6314
A PostScript version of this document is available at
http://www.ijg.org/files/jfif.ps.gz. There is also a plain text version at
http://www.ijg.org/files/jfif.txt.gz, but it is missing the figures.
The TIFF 6.0 file format specification can be obtained by FTP from
ftp://ftp.sgi.com/graphics/tiff/TIFF6.ps.gz. The JPEG incorporation scheme
found in the TIFF 6.0 spec of 3-June-92 has a number of serious problems.
IJG does not recommend use of the TIFF 6.0 design (TIFF Compression tag 6).
Instead, we recommend the JPEG design proposed by TIFF Technical Note #2
(Compression tag 7). Copies of this Note can be obtained from
http://www.ijg.org/files/. It is expected that the next revision
of the TIFF spec will replace the 6.0 JPEG design with the Note's design.
Although IJG's own code does not support TIFF/JPEG, the free libtiff library
uses our library to implement TIFF/JPEG per the Note.
ARCHIVE LOCATIONS
=================
The "official" archive site for this software is www.ijg.org.
The most recent released version can always be found there in
directory "files". This particular version will be archived as
http://www.ijg.org/files/jpegsrc.v7.tar.gz, and in Windows-compatible
"zip" archive format as http://www.ijg.org/files/jpegsr7.zip.
The JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) article is a source of some
general information about JPEG.
It is available on the World Wide Web at http://www.faqs.org/faqs/jpeg-faq/
and other news.answers archive sites, including the official news.answers
archive at rtfm.mit.edu: ftp://rtfm.mit.edu/pub/usenet/news.answers/jpeg-faq/.
If you don't have Web or FTP access, send e-mail to mail-server@rtfm.mit.edu
with body
send usenet/news.answers/jpeg-faq/part1
send usenet/news.answers/jpeg-faq/part2
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
===============
Thank to Juergen Bruder of the Georg-Cantor-Organization at the
Martin-Luther-University Halle for providing me with a copy of the common
DCT algorithm article, only to find out that I had come to the same result
in a more direct and comprehensible way with a more generative approach.
Thank to Istvan Sebestyen and Joan L. Mitchell for inviting me to the
ITU JPEG (Study Group 16) meeting in Geneva, Switzerland.
Thank to Thomas Wiegand and Gary Sullivan for inviting me to the
Joint Video Team (MPEG & ITU) meeting in Geneva, Switzerland.
Thank to John Korejwa and Massimo Ballerini for inviting me to
fruitful consultations in Boston, MA and Milan, Italy.
Thank to Hendrik Elstner, Roland Fassauer, and Simone Zuck for
corresponding business development.
Thank to Nico Zschach and Dirk Stelling of the technical support team
at the Digital Images company in Halle for providing me with extra
equipment for configuration tests.
Thank to Richard F. Lyon (then of Foveon Inc.) for fruitful
communication about JPEG configuration in Sigma Photo Pro software.
Last but not least special thank to Thomas G. Lane for the original
design and development of this singular software package.
FILE FORMAT WARS
================
The ISO JPEG standards committee actually promotes different formats like
JPEG-2000 or JPEG-XR which are incompatible with original DCT-based JPEG
and which are based on faulty technologies. IJG therefore does not and
will not support such momentary mistakes (see REFERENCES).
We have little or no sympathy for the promotion of these formats. Indeed,
one of the original reasons for developing this free software was to help
force convergence on common, interoperable format standards for JPEG files.
Don't use an incompatible file format!
(In any case, our decoder will remain capable of reading existing JPEG
image files indefinitely.)
TO DO
=====
v7 is basically just a necessary interim release, paving the way for a
major breakthrough in image coding technology with the next v8 package
which is scheduled for release in the year 2010.
Please send bug reports, offers of help, etc. to jpeg-info@jpegclub.org.
-270
View File
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
CHANGE LOG for Independent JPEG Group's JPEG software
Version 7 27-Jun-2009
----------------------
New scaled DCTs implemented.
djpeg now supports scalings N/8 with all N from 1 to 16.
cjpeg now supports scalings 8/N with all N from 1 to 16.
Scaled DCTs with size larger than 8 are now also used for resolving the
common 2x2 chroma subsampling case without additional spatial resampling.
Separate spatial resampling for those kind of files is now only necessary
for N>8 scaling cases.
Furthermore, separate scaled DCT functions are provided for direct resolving
of the common asymmetric subsampling cases (2x1 and 1x2) without additional
spatial resampling.
cjpeg -quality option has been extended for support of separate quality
settings for luminance and chrominance (or in general, for every provided
quantization table slot).
New API function jpeg_default_qtables() and q_scale_factor array in library.
Added -nosmooth option to cjpeg, complementary to djpeg.
New variable "do_fancy_downsampling" in library, complement to fancy
upsampling. Fancy upsampling now uses direct DCT scaling with sizes
larger than 8. The old method is not reversible and has been removed.
Support arithmetic entropy encoding and decoding.
Added files jaricom.c, jcarith.c, jdarith.c.
Straighten the file structure:
Removed files jidctred.c, jcphuff.c, jchuff.h, jdphuff.c, jdhuff.h.
jpegtran has a new "lossless" cropping feature.
Implement -perfect option in jpegtran, new API function
jtransform_perfect_transform() in transupp. (DP 204_perfect.dpatch)
Better error messages for jpegtran fopen failure.
(DP 203_jpegtran_errmsg.dpatch)
Fix byte order issue with 16bit PPM/PGM files in rdppm.c/wrppm.c:
according to Netpbm, the de facto standard implementation of the PNM formats,
the most significant byte is first. (DP 203_rdppm.dpatch)
Add -raw option to rdjpgcom not to mangle the output.
(DP 205_rdjpgcom_raw.dpatch)
Make rdjpgcom locale aware. (DP 201_rdjpgcom_locale.dpatch)
Add extern "C" to jpeglib.h.
This avoids the need to put extern "C" { ... } around #include "jpeglib.h"
in your C++ application. Defining the symbol DONT_USE_EXTERN_C in the
configuration prevents this. (DP 202_jpeglib.h_c++.dpatch)
Version 6b 27-Mar-1998
-----------------------
jpegtran has new features for lossless image transformations (rotation
and flipping) as well as "lossless" reduction to grayscale.
jpegtran now copies comments by default; it has a -copy switch to enable
copying all APPn blocks as well, or to suppress comments. (Formerly it
always suppressed comments and APPn blocks.) jpegtran now also preserves
JFIF version and resolution information.
New decompressor library feature: COM and APPn markers found in the input
file can be saved in memory for later use by the application. (Before,
you had to code this up yourself with a custom marker processor.)
There is an unused field "void * client_data" now in compress and decompress
parameter structs; this may be useful in some applications.
JFIF version number information is now saved by the decoder and accepted by
the encoder. jpegtran uses this to copy the source file's version number,
to ensure "jpegtran -copy all" won't create bogus files that contain JFXX
extensions but claim to be version 1.01. Applications that generate their
own JFXX extension markers also (finally) have a supported way to cause the
encoder to emit JFIF version number 1.02.
djpeg's trace mode reports JFIF 1.02 thumbnail images as such, rather
than as unknown APP0 markers.
In -verbose mode, djpeg and rdjpgcom will try to print the contents of
APP12 markers as text. Some digital cameras store useful text information
in APP12 markers.
Handling of truncated data streams is more robust: blocks beyond the one in
which the error occurs will be output as uniform gray, or left unchanged
if decoding a progressive JPEG. The appearance no longer depends on the
Huffman tables being used.
Huffman tables are checked for validity much more carefully than before.
To avoid the Unisys LZW patent, djpeg's GIF output capability has been
changed to produce "uncompressed GIFs", and cjpeg's GIF input capability
has been removed altogether. We're not happy about it either, but there
seems to be no good alternative.
The configure script now supports building libjpeg as a shared library
on many flavors of Unix (all the ones that GNU libtool knows how to
build shared libraries for). Use "./configure --enable-shared" to
try this out.
New jconfig file and makefiles for Microsoft Visual C++ and Developer Studio.
Also, a jconfig file and a build script for Metrowerks CodeWarrior
on Apple Macintosh. makefile.dj has been updated for DJGPP v2, and there
are miscellaneous other minor improvements in the makefiles.
jmemmac.c now knows how to create temporary files following Mac System 7
conventions.
djpeg's -map switch is now able to read raw-format PPM files reliably.
cjpeg -progressive -restart no longer generates any unnecessary DRI markers.
Multiple calls to jpeg_simple_progression for a single JPEG object
no longer leak memory.
Version 6a 7-Feb-96
--------------------
Library initialization sequence modified to detect version mismatches
and struct field packing mismatches between library and calling application.
This change requires applications to be recompiled, but does not require
any application source code change.
All routine declarations changed to the style "GLOBAL(type) name ...",
that is, GLOBAL, LOCAL, METHODDEF, EXTERN are now macros taking the
routine's return type as an argument. This makes it possible to add
Microsoft-style linkage keywords to all the routines by changing just
these macros. Note that any application code that was using these macros
will have to be changed.
DCT coefficient quantization tables are now stored in normal array order
rather than zigzag order. Application code that calls jpeg_add_quant_table,
or otherwise manipulates quantization tables directly, will need to be
changed. If you need to make such code work with either older or newer
versions of the library, a test like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 61" is
recommended.
djpeg's trace capability now dumps DQT tables in natural order, not zigzag
order. This allows the trace output to be made into a "-qtables" file
more easily.
New system-dependent memory manager module for use on Apple Macintosh.
Fix bug in cjpeg's -smooth option: last one or two scanlines would be
duplicates of the prior line unless the image height mod 16 was 1 or 2.
Repair minor problems in VMS, BCC, MC6 makefiles.
New configure script based on latest GNU Autoconf.
Correct the list of include files needed by MetroWerks C for ccommand().
Numerous small documentation updates.
Version 6 2-Aug-95
-------------------
Progressive JPEG support: library can read and write full progressive JPEG
files. A "buffered image" mode supports incremental decoding for on-the-fly
display of progressive images. Simply recompiling an existing IJG-v5-based
decoder with v6 should allow it to read progressive files, though of course
without any special progressive display.
New "jpegtran" application performs lossless transcoding between different
JPEG formats; primarily, it can be used to convert baseline to progressive
JPEG and vice versa. In support of jpegtran, the library now allows lossless
reading and writing of JPEG files as DCT coefficient arrays. This ability
may be of use in other applications.
Notes for programmers:
* We changed jpeg_start_decompress() to be able to suspend; this makes all
decoding modes available to suspending-input applications. However,
existing applications that use suspending input will need to be changed
to check the return value from jpeg_start_decompress(). You don't need to
do anything if you don't use a suspending data source.
* We changed the interface to the virtual array routines: access_virt_array
routines now take a count of the number of rows to access this time. The
last parameter to request_virt_array routines is now interpreted as the
maximum number of rows that may be accessed at once, but not necessarily
the height of every access.
Version 5b 15-Mar-95
---------------------
Correct bugs with grayscale images having v_samp_factor > 1.
jpeg_write_raw_data() now supports output suspension.
Correct bugs in "configure" script for case of compiling in
a directory other than the one containing the source files.
Repair bug in jquant1.c: sometimes didn't use as many colors as it could.
Borland C makefile and jconfig file work under either MS-DOS or OS/2.
Miscellaneous improvements to documentation.
Version 5a 7-Dec-94
--------------------
Changed color conversion roundoff behavior so that grayscale values are
represented exactly. (This causes test image files to change.)
Make ordered dither use 16x16 instead of 4x4 pattern for a small quality
improvement.
New configure script based on latest GNU Autoconf.
Fix configure script to handle CFLAGS correctly.
Rename *.auto files to *.cfg, so that configure script still works if
file names have been truncated for DOS.
Fix bug in rdbmp.c: didn't allow for extra data between header and image.
Modify rdppm.c/wrppm.c to handle 2-byte raw PPM/PGM formats for 12-bit data.
Fix several bugs in rdrle.c.
NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES option was broken.
Revise jerror.h/jerror.c for more flexibility in message table.
Repair oversight in jmemname.c NO_MKTEMP case: file could be there
but unreadable.
Version 5 24-Sep-94
--------------------
Version 5 represents a nearly complete redesign and rewrite of the IJG
software. Major user-visible changes include:
* Automatic configuration simplifies installation for most Unix systems.
* A range of speed vs. image quality tradeoffs are supported.
This includes resizing of an image during decompression: scaling down
by a factor of 1/2, 1/4, or 1/8 is handled very efficiently.
* New programs rdjpgcom and wrjpgcom allow insertion and extraction
of text comments in a JPEG file.
The application programmer's interface to the library has changed completely.
Notable improvements include:
* We have eliminated the use of callback routines for handling the
uncompressed image data. The application now sees the library as a
set of routines that it calls to read or write image data on a
scanline-by-scanline basis.
* The application image data is represented in a conventional interleaved-
pixel format, rather than as a separate array for each color channel.
This can save a copying step in many programs.
* The handling of compressed data has been cleaned up: the application can
supply routines to source or sink the compressed data. It is possible to
suspend processing on source/sink buffer overrun, although this is not
supported in all operating modes.
* All static state has been eliminated from the library, so that multiple
instances of compression or decompression can be active concurrently.
* JPEG abbreviated datastream formats are supported, ie, quantization and
Huffman tables can be stored separately from the image data.
* And not only that, but the documentation of the library has improved
considerably!
The last widely used release before the version 5 rewrite was version 4A of
18-Feb-93. Change logs before that point have been discarded, since they
are not of much interest after the rewrite.
-215
View File
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
IJG JPEG LIBRARY: FILE LIST
Copyright (C) 1994-2009, Thomas G. Lane, Guido Vollbeding.
This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
Here is a road map to the files in the IJG JPEG distribution. The
distribution includes the JPEG library proper, plus two application
programs ("cjpeg" and "djpeg") which use the library to convert JPEG
files to and from some other popular image formats. A third application
"jpegtran" uses the library to do lossless conversion between different
variants of JPEG. There are also two stand-alone applications,
"rdjpgcom" and "wrjpgcom".
THE JPEG LIBRARY
================
Include files:
jpeglib.h JPEG library's exported data and function declarations.
jconfig.h Configuration declarations. Note: this file is not present
in the distribution; it is generated during installation.
jmorecfg.h Additional configuration declarations; need not be changed
for a standard installation.
jerror.h Declares JPEG library's error and trace message codes.
jinclude.h Central include file used by all IJG .c files to reference
system include files.
jpegint.h JPEG library's internal data structures.
jdct.h Private declarations for forward & reverse DCT subsystems.
jmemsys.h Private declarations for memory management subsystem.
jversion.h Version information.
Applications using the library should include jpeglib.h (which in turn
includes jconfig.h and jmorecfg.h). Optionally, jerror.h may be included
if the application needs to reference individual JPEG error codes. The
other include files are intended for internal use and would not normally
be included by an application program. (cjpeg/djpeg/etc do use jinclude.h,
since its function is to improve portability of the whole IJG distribution.
Most other applications will directly include the system include files they
want, and hence won't need jinclude.h.)
C source code files:
These files contain most of the functions intended to be called directly by
an application program:
jcapimin.c Application program interface: core routines for compression.
jcapistd.c Application program interface: standard compression.
jdapimin.c Application program interface: core routines for decompression.
jdapistd.c Application program interface: standard decompression.
jcomapi.c Application program interface routines common to compression
and decompression.
jcparam.c Compression parameter setting helper routines.
jctrans.c API and library routines for transcoding compression.
jdtrans.c API and library routines for transcoding decompression.
Compression side of the library:
jcinit.c Initialization: determines which other modules to use.
jcmaster.c Master control: setup and inter-pass sequencing logic.
jcmainct.c Main buffer controller (preprocessor => JPEG compressor).
jcprepct.c Preprocessor buffer controller.
jccoefct.c Buffer controller for DCT coefficient buffer.
jccolor.c Color space conversion.
jcsample.c Downsampling.
jcdctmgr.c DCT manager (DCT implementation selection & control).
jfdctint.c Forward DCT using slow-but-accurate integer method.
jfdctfst.c Forward DCT using faster, less accurate integer method.
jfdctflt.c Forward DCT using floating-point arithmetic.
jchuff.c Huffman entropy coding.
jcarith.c Arithmetic entropy coding.
jcmarker.c JPEG marker writing.
jdatadst.c Data destination manager for stdio output.
Decompression side of the library:
jdmaster.c Master control: determines which other modules to use.
jdinput.c Input controller: controls input processing modules.
jdmainct.c Main buffer controller (JPEG decompressor => postprocessor).
jdcoefct.c Buffer controller for DCT coefficient buffer.
jdpostct.c Postprocessor buffer controller.
jdmarker.c JPEG marker reading.
jdhuff.c Huffman entropy decoding.
jdarith.c Arithmetic entropy decoding.
jddctmgr.c IDCT manager (IDCT implementation selection & control).
jidctint.c Inverse DCT using slow-but-accurate integer method.
jidctfst.c Inverse DCT using faster, less accurate integer method.
jidctflt.c Inverse DCT using floating-point arithmetic.
jdsample.c Upsampling.
jdcolor.c Color space conversion.
jdmerge.c Merged upsampling/color conversion (faster, lower quality).
jquant1.c One-pass color quantization using a fixed-spacing colormap.
jquant2.c Two-pass color quantization using a custom-generated colormap.
Also handles one-pass quantization to an externally given map.
jdatasrc.c Data source manager for stdio input.
Support files for both compression and decompression:
jaricom.c Tables for common use in arithmetic entropy encoding and
decoding routines.
jerror.c Standard error handling routines (application replaceable).
jmemmgr.c System-independent (more or less) memory management code.
jutils.c Miscellaneous utility routines.
jmemmgr.c relies on a system-dependent memory management module. The IJG
distribution includes the following implementations of the system-dependent
module:
jmemnobs.c "No backing store": assumes adequate virtual memory exists.
jmemansi.c Makes temporary files with ANSI-standard routine tmpfile().
jmemname.c Makes temporary files with program-generated file names.
jmemdos.c Custom implementation for MS-DOS (16-bit environment only):
can use extended and expanded memory as well as temp files.
jmemmac.c Custom implementation for Apple Macintosh.
Exactly one of the system-dependent modules should be configured into an
installed JPEG library (see install.txt for hints about which one to use).
On unusual systems you may find it worthwhile to make a special
system-dependent memory manager.
Non-C source code files:
jmemdosa.asm 80x86 assembly code support for jmemdos.c; used only in
MS-DOS-specific configurations of the JPEG library.
CJPEG/DJPEG/JPEGTRAN
====================
Include files:
cdjpeg.h Declarations shared by cjpeg/djpeg/jpegtran modules.
cderror.h Additional error and trace message codes for cjpeg et al.
transupp.h Declarations for jpegtran support routines in transupp.c.
C source code files:
cjpeg.c Main program for cjpeg.
djpeg.c Main program for djpeg.
jpegtran.c Main program for jpegtran.
cdjpeg.c Utility routines used by all three programs.
rdcolmap.c Code to read a colormap file for djpeg's "-map" switch.
rdswitch.c Code to process some of cjpeg's more complex switches.
Also used by jpegtran.
transupp.c Support code for jpegtran: lossless image manipulations.
Image file reader modules for cjpeg:
rdbmp.c BMP file input.
rdgif.c GIF file input (now just a stub).
rdppm.c PPM/PGM file input.
rdrle.c Utah RLE file input.
rdtarga.c Targa file input.
Image file writer modules for djpeg:
wrbmp.c BMP file output.
wrgif.c GIF file output (a mere shadow of its former self).
wrppm.c PPM/PGM file output.
wrrle.c Utah RLE file output.
wrtarga.c Targa file output.
RDJPGCOM/WRJPGCOM
=================
C source code files:
rdjpgcom.c Stand-alone rdjpgcom application.
wrjpgcom.c Stand-alone wrjpgcom application.
These programs do not depend on the IJG library. They do use
jconfig.h and jinclude.h, only to improve portability.
ADDITIONAL FILES
================
Documentation (see README for a guide to the documentation files):
README Master documentation file.
*.txt Other documentation files.
*.1 Documentation in Unix man page format.
change.log Version-to-version change highlights.
example.c Sample code for calling JPEG library.
Configuration/installation files and programs (see install.txt for more info):
configure Unix shell script to perform automatic configuration.
configure.ac Source file for use with Autoconf to generate configure.
ltmain.sh Support scripts for configure (from GNU libtool).
config.guess
config.sub
depcomp
missing
install-sh Install shell script for those Unix systems lacking one.
Makefile.in Makefile input for configure.
Makefile.am Source file for use with Automake to generate Makefile.in.
ckconfig.c Program to generate jconfig.h on non-Unix systems.
jconfig.txt Template for making jconfig.h by hand.
mak*.* Sample makefiles for particular systems.
jconfig.* Sample jconfig.h for particular systems.
libjpeg.map Script to generate shared library with versioned symbols.
aclocal.m4 M4 macro definitions for use with Autoconf.
ansi2knr.c De-ANSIfier for pre-ANSI C compilers (courtesy of
L. Peter Deutsch and Aladdin Enterprises).
Test files (see install.txt for test procedure):
test*.* Source and comparison files for confidence test.
These are binary image files, NOT text files.
-148
View File
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/*
* jaricom.c
*
* Developed 1997 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains probability estimation tables for common use in
* arithmetic entropy encoding and decoding routines.
*
* This data represents Table D.2 in the JPEG spec (ISO/IEC IS 10918-1
* and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.81) and Table 24 in the JBIG spec
* (ISO/IEC IS 11544 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.82).
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* The following #define specifies the packing of the four components
* into the compact INT32 representation.
* Note that this formula must match the actual arithmetic encoder
* and decoder implementation. The implementation has to be changed
* if this formula is changed.
* The current organization is leaned on Markus Kuhn's JBIG
* implementation (jbig_tab.c).
*/
#define V(a,b,c,d) (((INT32)a << 16) | ((INT32)c << 8) | ((INT32)d << 7) | b)
const INT32 jaritab[113] = {
/*
* Index, Qe_Value, Next_Index_LPS, Next_Index_MPS, Switch_MPS
*/
/* 0 */ V( 0x5a1d, 1, 1, 1 ),
/* 1 */ V( 0x2586, 14, 2, 0 ),
/* 2 */ V( 0x1114, 16, 3, 0 ),
/* 3 */ V( 0x080b, 18, 4, 0 ),
/* 4 */ V( 0x03d8, 20, 5, 0 ),
/* 5 */ V( 0x01da, 23, 6, 0 ),
/* 6 */ V( 0x00e5, 25, 7, 0 ),
/* 7 */ V( 0x006f, 28, 8, 0 ),
/* 8 */ V( 0x0036, 30, 9, 0 ),
/* 9 */ V( 0x001a, 33, 10, 0 ),
/* 10 */ V( 0x000d, 35, 11, 0 ),
/* 11 */ V( 0x0006, 9, 12, 0 ),
/* 12 */ V( 0x0003, 10, 13, 0 ),
/* 13 */ V( 0x0001, 12, 13, 0 ),
/* 14 */ V( 0x5a7f, 15, 15, 1 ),
/* 15 */ V( 0x3f25, 36, 16, 0 ),
/* 16 */ V( 0x2cf2, 38, 17, 0 ),
/* 17 */ V( 0x207c, 39, 18, 0 ),
/* 18 */ V( 0x17b9, 40, 19, 0 ),
/* 19 */ V( 0x1182, 42, 20, 0 ),
/* 20 */ V( 0x0cef, 43, 21, 0 ),
/* 21 */ V( 0x09a1, 45, 22, 0 ),
/* 22 */ V( 0x072f, 46, 23, 0 ),
/* 23 */ V( 0x055c, 48, 24, 0 ),
/* 24 */ V( 0x0406, 49, 25, 0 ),
/* 25 */ V( 0x0303, 51, 26, 0 ),
/* 26 */ V( 0x0240, 52, 27, 0 ),
/* 27 */ V( 0x01b1, 54, 28, 0 ),
/* 28 */ V( 0x0144, 56, 29, 0 ),
/* 29 */ V( 0x00f5, 57, 30, 0 ),
/* 30 */ V( 0x00b7, 59, 31, 0 ),
/* 31 */ V( 0x008a, 60, 32, 0 ),
/* 32 */ V( 0x0068, 62, 33, 0 ),
/* 33 */ V( 0x004e, 63, 34, 0 ),
/* 34 */ V( 0x003b, 32, 35, 0 ),
/* 35 */ V( 0x002c, 33, 9, 0 ),
/* 36 */ V( 0x5ae1, 37, 37, 1 ),
/* 37 */ V( 0x484c, 64, 38, 0 ),
/* 38 */ V( 0x3a0d, 65, 39, 0 ),
/* 39 */ V( 0x2ef1, 67, 40, 0 ),
/* 40 */ V( 0x261f, 68, 41, 0 ),
/* 41 */ V( 0x1f33, 69, 42, 0 ),
/* 42 */ V( 0x19a8, 70, 43, 0 ),
/* 43 */ V( 0x1518, 72, 44, 0 ),
/* 44 */ V( 0x1177, 73, 45, 0 ),
/* 45 */ V( 0x0e74, 74, 46, 0 ),
/* 46 */ V( 0x0bfb, 75, 47, 0 ),
/* 47 */ V( 0x09f8, 77, 48, 0 ),
/* 48 */ V( 0x0861, 78, 49, 0 ),
/* 49 */ V( 0x0706, 79, 50, 0 ),
/* 50 */ V( 0x05cd, 48, 51, 0 ),
/* 51 */ V( 0x04de, 50, 52, 0 ),
/* 52 */ V( 0x040f, 50, 53, 0 ),
/* 53 */ V( 0x0363, 51, 54, 0 ),
/* 54 */ V( 0x02d4, 52, 55, 0 ),
/* 55 */ V( 0x025c, 53, 56, 0 ),
/* 56 */ V( 0x01f8, 54, 57, 0 ),
/* 57 */ V( 0x01a4, 55, 58, 0 ),
/* 58 */ V( 0x0160, 56, 59, 0 ),
/* 59 */ V( 0x0125, 57, 60, 0 ),
/* 60 */ V( 0x00f6, 58, 61, 0 ),
/* 61 */ V( 0x00cb, 59, 62, 0 ),
/* 62 */ V( 0x00ab, 61, 63, 0 ),
/* 63 */ V( 0x008f, 61, 32, 0 ),
/* 64 */ V( 0x5b12, 65, 65, 1 ),
/* 65 */ V( 0x4d04, 80, 66, 0 ),
/* 66 */ V( 0x412c, 81, 67, 0 ),
/* 67 */ V( 0x37d8, 82, 68, 0 ),
/* 68 */ V( 0x2fe8, 83, 69, 0 ),
/* 69 */ V( 0x293c, 84, 70, 0 ),
/* 70 */ V( 0x2379, 86, 71, 0 ),
/* 71 */ V( 0x1edf, 87, 72, 0 ),
/* 72 */ V( 0x1aa9, 87, 73, 0 ),
/* 73 */ V( 0x174e, 72, 74, 0 ),
/* 74 */ V( 0x1424, 72, 75, 0 ),
/* 75 */ V( 0x119c, 74, 76, 0 ),
/* 76 */ V( 0x0f6b, 74, 77, 0 ),
/* 77 */ V( 0x0d51, 75, 78, 0 ),
/* 78 */ V( 0x0bb6, 77, 79, 0 ),
/* 79 */ V( 0x0a40, 77, 48, 0 ),
/* 80 */ V( 0x5832, 80, 81, 1 ),
/* 81 */ V( 0x4d1c, 88, 82, 0 ),
/* 82 */ V( 0x438e, 89, 83, 0 ),
/* 83 */ V( 0x3bdd, 90, 84, 0 ),
/* 84 */ V( 0x34ee, 91, 85, 0 ),
/* 85 */ V( 0x2eae, 92, 86, 0 ),
/* 86 */ V( 0x299a, 93, 87, 0 ),
/* 87 */ V( 0x2516, 86, 71, 0 ),
/* 88 */ V( 0x5570, 88, 89, 1 ),
/* 89 */ V( 0x4ca9, 95, 90, 0 ),
/* 90 */ V( 0x44d9, 96, 91, 0 ),
/* 91 */ V( 0x3e22, 97, 92, 0 ),
/* 92 */ V( 0x3824, 99, 93, 0 ),
/* 93 */ V( 0x32b4, 99, 94, 0 ),
/* 94 */ V( 0x2e17, 93, 86, 0 ),
/* 95 */ V( 0x56a8, 95, 96, 1 ),
/* 96 */ V( 0x4f46, 101, 97, 0 ),
/* 97 */ V( 0x47e5, 102, 98, 0 ),
/* 98 */ V( 0x41cf, 103, 99, 0 ),
/* 99 */ V( 0x3c3d, 104, 100, 0 ),
/* 100 */ V( 0x375e, 99, 93, 0 ),
/* 101 */ V( 0x5231, 105, 102, 0 ),
/* 102 */ V( 0x4c0f, 106, 103, 0 ),
/* 103 */ V( 0x4639, 107, 104, 0 ),
/* 104 */ V( 0x415e, 103, 99, 0 ),
/* 105 */ V( 0x5627, 105, 106, 1 ),
/* 106 */ V( 0x50e7, 108, 107, 0 ),
/* 107 */ V( 0x4b85, 109, 103, 0 ),
/* 108 */ V( 0x5597, 110, 109, 0 ),
/* 109 */ V( 0x504f, 111, 107, 0 ),
/* 110 */ V( 0x5a10, 110, 111, 1 ),
/* 111 */ V( 0x5522, 112, 109, 0 ),
/* 112 */ V( 0x59eb, 112, 111, 1 )
};
-282
View File
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-compression case or the transcoding-only
* case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jcapistd.c. But also see jcparam.c for
* parameter-setup helper routines, jcomapi.c for routines shared by
* compression and decompression, and jctrans.c for the transcoding case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG compression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateCompress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = FALSE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->dest = NULL;
cinfo->comp_info = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->q_scale_factor[i] = 100;
}
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
cinfo->script_space = NULL;
cinfo->input_gamma = 1.0; /* in case application forgets */
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG compression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Forcibly suppress or un-suppress all quantization and Huffman tables.
* Marks all currently defined tables as already written (if suppress)
* or not written (if !suppress). This will control whether they get emitted
* by a subsequent jpeg_start_compress call.
*
* This routine is exported for use by applications that want to produce
* abbreviated JPEG datastreams. It logically belongs in jcparam.c, but
* since it is called by jpeg_start_compress, we put it here --- otherwise
* jcparam.o would be linked whether the application used it or not.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_suppress_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean suppress)
{
int i;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if ((qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
qtbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if ((htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
if ((htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
}
/*
* Finish JPEG compression.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this may do a great deal of
* work including most of the actual output.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_finish_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
JDIMENSION iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_RAW_OK) {
/* Terminate first pass */
if (cinfo->next_scanline < cinfo->image_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any remaining passes */
while (! cinfo->master->is_last_pass) {
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
for (iMCU_row = 0; iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows; iMCU_row++) {
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) iMCU_row;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* We bypass the main controller and invoke coef controller directly;
* all work is being done from the coefficient buffer.
*/
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
}
/* Write EOI, do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_trailer) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/*
* Write a special marker.
* This is only recommended for writing COM or APPn markers.
* Must be called after jpeg_start_compress() and before
* first call to jpeg_write_scanlines() or jpeg_write_raw_data().
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
const JOCTET *dataptr, unsigned int datalen)
{
JMETHOD(void, write_marker_byte, (j_compress_ptr info, int val));
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
write_marker_byte = cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte; /* copy for speed */
while (datalen--) {
(*write_marker_byte) (cinfo, *dataptr);
dataptr++;
}
}
/* Same, but piecemeal. */
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
{
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
{
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte) (cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* To produce a pair of files containing abbreviated tables and abbreviated
* image data, one would proceed as follows:
*
* initialize JPEG object
* set JPEG parameters
* set destination to table file
* jpeg_write_tables(cinfo);
* set destination to image file
* jpeg_start_compress(cinfo, FALSE);
* write data...
* jpeg_finish_compress(cinfo);
*
* jpeg_write_tables has the side effect of marking all tables written
* (same as jpeg_suppress_tables(..., TRUE)). Thus a subsequent start_compress
* will not re-emit the tables unless it is passed write_all_tables=TRUE.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Initialize the marker writer ... bit of a crock to do it here. */
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* Write them tables! */
(*cinfo->marker->write_tables_only) (cinfo);
/* And clean up. */
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/*
* In library releases up through v6a, we called jpeg_abort() here to free
* any working memory allocated by the destination manager and marker
* writer. Some applications had a problem with that: they allocated space
* of their own from the library memory manager, and didn't want it to go
* away during write_tables. So now we do nothing. This will cause a
* memory leak if an app calls write_tables repeatedly without doing a full
* compression cycle or otherwise resetting the JPEG object. However, that
* seems less bad than unexpectedly freeing memory in the normal case.
* An app that prefers the old behavior can call jpeg_abort for itself after
* each call to jpeg_write_tables().
*/
}
-161
View File
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-compression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_compress, it will end up linking in the entire compressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jcapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole compression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Compression initialization.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* We require a write_all_tables parameter as a failsafe check when writing
* multiple datastreams from the same compression object. Since prior runs
* will have left all the tables marked sent_table=TRUE, a subsequent run
* would emit an abbreviated stream (no tables) by default. This may be what
* is wanted, but for safety's sake it should not be the default behavior:
* programmers should have to make a deliberate choice to emit abbreviated
* images. Therefore the documentation and examples should encourage people
* to pass write_all_tables=TRUE; then it will take active thought to do the
* wrong thing.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_start_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean write_all_tables)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (write_all_tables)
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE); /* mark all tables to be written */
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
jinit_compress_master(cinfo);
/* Set up for the first pass */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
/* Ready for application to drive first pass through jpeg_write_scanlines
* or jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->next_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = (cinfo->raw_data_in ? CSTATE_RAW_OK : CSTATE_SCANNING);
}
/*
* Write some scanlines of data to the JPEG compressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually written.
* This should be less than the supplied num_lines only in case that
* the data destination module has requested suspension of the compressor,
* or if more than image_height scanlines are passed in.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_write_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* excess scanlines passed in the last valid call are *silently* ignored,
* so that the application need not adjust num_lines for end-of-image
* when using a multiple-scanline buffer.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_scanlines (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr, rows_left;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height)
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_scanlines. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_scanlines.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Ignore any extra scanlines at bottom of image. */
rows_left = cinfo->image_height - cinfo->next_scanline;
if (num_lines > rows_left)
num_lines = rows_left;
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, num_lines);
cinfo->next_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to write raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_raw_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_raw_data. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row has been passed. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
if (num_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Directly compress the row. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, data)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, suspend processing. */
return 0;
}
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->next_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}
-921
View File
@@ -1,921 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcarith.c
*
* Developed 1997 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains portable arithmetic entropy encoding routines for JPEG
* (implementing the ISO/IEC IS 10918-1 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.81).
*
* Both sequential and progressive modes are supported in this single module.
*
* Suspension is not currently supported in this module.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Expanded entropy encoder object for arithmetic encoding. */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder pub; /* public fields */
INT32 c; /* C register, base of coding interval, layout as in sec. D.1.3 */
INT32 a; /* A register, normalized size of coding interval */
INT32 sc; /* counter for stacked 0xFF values which might overflow */
INT32 zc; /* counter for pending 0x00 output values which might *
* be discarded at the end ("Pacman" termination) */
int ct; /* bit shift counter, determines when next byte will be written */
int buffer; /* buffer for most recent output byte != 0xFF */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
int dc_context[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* context index for DC conditioning */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number to write (0-7) */
/* Pointers to statistics areas (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
unsigned char * dc_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
unsigned char * ac_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
} arith_entropy_encoder;
typedef arith_entropy_encoder * arith_entropy_ptr;
/* The following two definitions specify the allocation chunk size
* for the statistics area.
* According to sections F.1.4.4.1.3 and F.1.4.4.2, we need at least
* 49 statistics bins for DC, and 245 statistics bins for AC coding.
* Note that we use one additional AC bin for codings with fixed
* probability (0.5), thus the minimum number for AC is 246.
*
* We use a compact representation with 1 byte per statistics bin,
* thus the numbers directly represent byte sizes.
* This 1 byte per statistics bin contains the meaning of the MPS
* (more probable symbol) in the highest bit (mask 0x80), and the
* index into the probability estimation state machine table
* in the lower bits (mask 0x7F).
*/
#define DC_STAT_BINS 64
#define AC_STAT_BINS 256
/* NOTE: Uncomment the following #define if you want to use the
* given formula for calculating the AC conditioning parameter Kx
* for spectral selection progressive coding in section G.1.3.2
* of the spec (Kx = Kmin + SRL (8 + Se - Kmin) 4).
* Although the spec and P&M authors claim that this "has proven
* to give good results for 8 bit precision samples", I'm not
* convinced yet that this is really beneficial.
* Early tests gave only very marginal compression enhancements
* (a few - around 5 or so - bytes even for very large files),
* which would turn out rather negative if we'd suppress the
* DAC (Define Arithmetic Conditioning) marker segments for
* the default parameters in the future.
* Note that currently the marker writing module emits 12-byte
* DAC segments for a full-component scan in a color image.
* This is not worth worrying about IMHO. However, since the
* spec defines the default values to be used if the tables
* are omitted (unlike Huffman tables, which are required
* anyway), one might optimize this behaviour in the future,
* and then it would be disadvantageous to use custom tables if
* they don't provide sufficient gain to exceed the DAC size.
*
* On the other hand, I'd consider it as a reasonable result
* that the conditioning has no significant influence on the
* compression performance. This means that the basic
* statistical model is already rather stable.
*
* Thus, at the moment, we use the default conditioning values
* anyway, and do not use the custom formula.
*
#define CALCULATE_SPECTRAL_CONDITIONING
*/
/* IRIGHT_SHIFT is like RIGHT_SHIFT, but works on int rather than INT32.
* We assume that int right shift is unsigned if INT32 right shift is,
* which should be safe.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS int ishift_temp;
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((ishift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~0) << (16-(shft))) : \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
LOCAL(void)
emit_byte (int val, j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Write next output byte; we do not support suspension in this module. */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = cinfo->dest;
*dest->next_output_byte++ = (JOCTET) val;
if (--dest->free_in_buffer == 0)
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
/*
* Finish up at the end of an arithmetic-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr e = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
INT32 temp;
/* Section D.1.8: Termination of encoding */
/* Find the e->c in the coding interval with the largest
* number of trailing zero bits */
if ((temp = (e->a - 1 + e->c) & 0xFFFF0000L) < e->c)
e->c = temp + 0x8000L;
else
e->c = temp;
/* Send remaining bytes to output */
e->c <<= e->ct;
if (e->c & 0xF8000000L) {
/* One final overflow has to be handled */
if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer + 1, cinfo);
if (e->buffer + 1 == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
e->zc += e->sc; /* carry-over converts stacked 0xFF bytes to 0x00 */
e->sc = 0;
} else {
if (e->buffer == 0)
++e->zc;
else if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer, cinfo);
}
if (e->sc) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
do {
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
} while (--e->sc);
}
}
/* Output final bytes only if they are not 0x00 */
if (e->c & 0x7FFF800L) {
if (e->zc) /* output final pending zero bytes */
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte((e->c >> 19) & 0xFF, cinfo);
if (((e->c >> 19) & 0xFF) == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
if (e->c & 0x7F800L) {
emit_byte((e->c >> 11) & 0xFF, cinfo);
if (((e->c >> 11) & 0xFF) == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
}
}
/*
* The core arithmetic encoding routine (common in JPEG and JBIG).
* This needs to go as fast as possible.
* Machine-dependent optimization facilities
* are not utilized in this portable implementation.
* However, this code should be fairly efficient and
* may be a good base for further optimizations anyway.
*
* Parameter 'val' to be encoded may be 0 or 1 (binary decision).
*
* Note: I've added full "Pacman" termination support to the
* byte output routines, which is equivalent to the optional
* Discard_final_zeros procedure (Figure D.15) in the spec.
* Thus, we always produce the shortest possible output
* stream compliant to the spec (no trailing zero bytes,
* except for FF stuffing).
*
* I've also introduced a new scheme for accessing
* the probability estimation state machine table,
* derived from Markus Kuhn's JBIG implementation.
*/
LOCAL(void)
arith_encode (j_compress_ptr cinfo, unsigned char *st, int val)
{
extern const INT32 jaritab[];
register arith_entropy_ptr e = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register unsigned char nl, nm;
register INT32 qe, temp;
register int sv;
/* Fetch values from our compact representation of Table D.2:
* Qe values and probability estimation state machine
*/
sv = *st;
qe = jaritab[sv & 0x7F]; /* => Qe_Value */
nl = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_LPS + Switch_MPS */
nm = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_MPS */
/* Encode & estimation procedures per sections D.1.4 & D.1.5 */
e->a -= qe;
if (val != (sv >> 7)) {
/* Encode the less probable symbol */
if (e->a >= qe) {
/* If the interval size (qe) for the less probable symbol (LPS)
* is larger than the interval size for the MPS, then exchange
* the two symbols for coding efficiency, otherwise code the LPS
* as usual: */
e->c += e->a;
e->a = qe;
}
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nl; /* Estimate_after_LPS */
} else {
/* Encode the more probable symbol */
if (e->a >= 0x8000L)
return; /* A >= 0x8000 -> ready, no renormalization required */
if (e->a < qe) {
/* If the interval size (qe) for the less probable symbol (LPS)
* is larger than the interval size for the MPS, then exchange
* the two symbols for coding efficiency: */
e->c += e->a;
e->a = qe;
}
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nm; /* Estimate_after_MPS */
}
/* Renormalization & data output per section D.1.6 */
do {
e->a <<= 1;
e->c <<= 1;
if (--e->ct == 0) {
/* Another byte is ready for output */
temp = e->c >> 19;
if (temp > 0xFF) {
/* Handle overflow over all stacked 0xFF bytes */
if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer + 1, cinfo);
if (e->buffer + 1 == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
e->zc += e->sc; /* carry-over converts stacked 0xFF bytes to 0x00 */
e->sc = 0;
/* Note: The 3 spacer bits in the C register guarantee
* that the new buffer byte can't be 0xFF here
* (see page 160 in the P&M JPEG book). */
e->buffer = temp & 0xFF; /* new output byte, might overflow later */
} else if (temp == 0xFF) {
++e->sc; /* stack 0xFF byte (which might overflow later) */
} else {
/* Output all stacked 0xFF bytes, they will not overflow any more */
if (e->buffer == 0)
++e->zc;
else if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer, cinfo);
}
if (e->sc) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
do {
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
} while (--e->sc);
}
e->buffer = temp & 0xFF; /* new output byte (can still overflow) */
}
e->c &= 0x7FFFFL;
e->ct += 8;
}
} while (e->a < 0x8000L);
}
/*
* Emit a restart marker & resynchronize predictions.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_restart (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int restart_num)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
finish_pass(cinfo);
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(JPEG_RST0 + restart_num, cinfo);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Re-initialize statistics areas */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode == 0 || (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)) {
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[compptr->dc_tbl_no], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Reset DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
if (cinfo->progressive_mode == 0 || cinfo->Ss) {
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[compptr->ac_tbl_no], AC_STAT_BINS);
}
}
/* Reset arithmetic encoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0x10000L;
entropy->sc = 0;
entropy->zc = 0;
entropy->ct = 11;
entropy->buffer = -1; /* empty */
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl;
int v, v2, m;
ISHIFT_TEMPS
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci]->dc_tbl_no;
/* Compute the DC value after the required point transform by Al.
* This is simply an arithmetic right shift.
*/
m = IRIGHT_SHIFT((int) ((*block)[0]), cinfo->Al);
/* Sections F.1.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Encoding of DC coefficients */
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.4: Encode_DC_DIFF */
if ((v = m - entropy->last_dc_val[ci]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
} else {
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = m;
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 2; /* Table F.4: SP = S0 + 2 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4; /* small positive diff category */
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 3; /* Table F.4: SN = S0 + 3 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 8; /* small negative diff category */
}
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) (((INT32) 1 << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) (((INT32) 1 << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] += 8; /* large diff category */
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, k, ke;
int v, v2, m;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
/* Sections F.1.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Encoding of AC coefficients */
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
for (ke = cinfo->Se + 1; ke > 1; ke--)
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value.
*/
if ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[ke - 1]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
}
/* Figure F.5: Encode_AC_Coefficients */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k < ke; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
entropy->ac_stats[tbl][245] = 0;
for (;;) {
if ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 0);
break;
}
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 1);
break;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); st += 3; k++;
}
st += 2;
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
if (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k <= cinfo->Se */
if (k <= cinfo->Se) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
unsigned char st[4];
int Al, blkn;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
Al = cinfo->Al;
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
st[0] = 0; /* use fixed probability estimation */
/* We simply emit the Al'th bit of the DC coefficient value. */
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (MCU_data[blkn][0][0] >> Al) & 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, k, ke, kex;
int v;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
/* Section G.1.3.3: Encoding of AC coefficients */
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
for (ke = cinfo->Se + 1; ke > 1; ke--)
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value.
*/
if ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[ke - 1]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
}
/* Establish EOBx (previous stage end-of-block) index */
for (kex = ke; kex > 1; kex--)
if ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[kex - 1]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Ah) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Ah) break;
}
/* Figure G.10: Encode_AC_Coefficients_SA */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k < ke; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
if (k >= kex)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
entropy->ac_stats[tbl][245] = 0;
for (;;) {
if ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
if (v >> 1) /* previously nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 2, (v & 1));
else { /* newly nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 0);
}
break;
}
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
if (v >> 1) /* previously nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 2, (v & 1));
else { /* newly nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 1);
}
break;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); st += 3; k++;
}
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k <= cinfo->Se */
if (k <= cinfo->Se) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Encode and output one MCU's worth of arithmetic-compressed coefficients.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl, k, ke;
int v, v2, m;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sections F.1.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Encoding of DC coefficients */
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.4: Encode_DC_DIFF */
if ((v = (*block)[0] - entropy->last_dc_val[ci]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
} else {
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = (*block)[0];
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 2; /* Table F.4: SP = S0 + 2 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4; /* small positive diff category */
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 3; /* Table F.4: SN = S0 + 3 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 8; /* small negative diff category */
}
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) (((INT32) 1 << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) (((INT32) 1 << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] += 8; /* large diff category */
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Sections F.1.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Encoding of AC coefficients */
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
for (ke = DCTSIZE2; ke > 1; ke--)
if ((*block)[jpeg_natural_order[ke - 1]]) break;
/* Figure F.5: Encode_AC_Coefficients */
for (k = 1; k < ke; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
while ((v = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); st += 3; k++;
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
entropy->ac_stats[tbl][245] = 0;
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 0);
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 245, 1);
}
st += 2;
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
if (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k < DCTSIZE2 */
if (k < DCTSIZE2) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize for an arithmetic-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (gather_statistics)
/* Make sure to avoid that in the master control logic!
* We are fully adaptive here and need no extra
* statistics gathering pass!
*/
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
/* We assume jcmaster.c already validated the progressive scan parameters. */
/* Select execution routines */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_first;
else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_first;
} else {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_refine;
else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_refine;
}
} else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Allocate & initialize requested statistics areas */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode == 0 || (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)) {
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->dc_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->dc_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, DC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[tbl], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
if (cinfo->progressive_mode == 0 || cinfo->Ss) {
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->ac_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->ac_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, AC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[tbl], AC_STAT_BINS);
#ifdef CALCULATE_SPECTRAL_CONDITIONING
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
/* Section G.1.3.2: Set appropriate arithmetic conditioning value Kx */
cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] = cinfo->Ss + ((8 + cinfo->Se - cinfo->Ss) >> 4);
#endif
}
}
/* Initialize arithmetic encoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0x10000L;
entropy->sc = 0;
entropy->zc = 0;
entropy->ct = 11;
entropy->buffer = -1; /* empty */
/* Initialize restart stuff */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num = 0;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for arithmetic entropy encoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_arith_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(arith_entropy_encoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_encoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_stats[i] = NULL;
entropy->ac_stats[i] = NULL;
}
}
-453
View File
@@ -1,453 +0,0 @@
/*
* jccoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for compression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG compressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between forward-DCT and entropy encoding steps.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* We use a full-image coefficient buffer when doing Huffman optimization,
* and also for writing multiple-scan JPEG files. In all cases, the DCT
* step is run during the first pass, and subsequent passes need only read
* the buffered coefficients.
*/
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#else
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#endif
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* For single-pass compression, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU
* (although this may prove a bit slow in practice). We allocate a
* workspace of C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks, and reuse it for each
* MCU constructed and sent. (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though
* it's not really very big; this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged
* when a large coefficient buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_data
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_first_pass
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_output
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (coef->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_data;
break;
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_first_pass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the single-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image,
* which we index according to the component's SOF position.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, bi, ci, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION ypos, xpos;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
forward_DCT_ptr forward_DCT;
/* Loop to write as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Determine where data comes from in input_buf and do the DCT thing.
* Each call on forward_DCT processes a horizontal row of DCT blocks
* as wide as an MCU; we rely on having allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks
* sequentially. Dummy blocks at the right or bottom edge are filled in
* specially. The data in them does not matter for image reconstruction,
* so we fill them with values that will encode to the smallest amount of
* data, viz: all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. (Thanks to Thomas Kinsman for this idea.)
*/
blkn = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
forward_DCT = cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT[compptr->component_index];
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
xpos = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
ypos = yoffset * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
/* ypos == (yoffset+yindex) * DCTSIZE */
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
(*forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[compptr->component_index],
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
ypos, xpos, (JDIMENSION) blockcnt);
if (blockcnt < compptr->MCU_width) {
/* Create some dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn + blockcnt],
(compptr->MCU_width - blockcnt) * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = blockcnt; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi-1][0][0];
}
}
} else {
/* Create a row of dummy blocks at the bottom of the image. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
compptr->MCU_width * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = 0; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
ypos += compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. In event of a suspension failure, we will
* re-DCT the MCU on restart (a bit inefficient, could be fixed...)
*/
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* This amount of data is read from the source buffer, DCT'd and quantized,
* and saved into the virtual arrays. We also generate suitable dummy blocks
* as needed at the right and lower edges. (The dummy blocks are constructed
* in the virtual arrays, which have been padded appropriately.) This makes
* it possible for subsequent passes not to worry about real vs. dummy blocks.
*
* We must also emit the data to the entropy encoder. This is conveniently
* done by calling compress_output() after we've loaded the current strip
* of the virtual arrays.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image. All
* components are DCT'd and loaded into the virtual arrays in this pass.
* However, it may be that only a subset of the components are emitted to
* the entropy encoder during this first pass; be careful about looking
* at the scan-dependent variables (MCU dimensions, etc).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_first_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION blocks_across, MCUs_across, MCUindex;
int bi, ci, h_samp_factor, block_row, block_rows, ndummy;
JCOEF lastDC;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW thisblockrow, lastblockrow;
forward_DCT_ptr forward_DCT;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here, since may not be set! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
blocks_across = compptr->width_in_blocks;
h_samp_factor = compptr->h_samp_factor;
/* Count number of dummy blocks to be added at the right margin. */
ndummy = (int) (blocks_across % h_samp_factor);
if (ndummy > 0)
ndummy = h_samp_factor - ndummy;
forward_DCT = cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT[ci];
/* Perform DCT for all non-dummy blocks in this iMCU row. Each call
* on forward_DCT processes a complete horizontal row of DCT blocks.
*/
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
(*forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, input_buf[ci], thisblockrow,
(JDIMENSION) (block_row * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size),
(JDIMENSION) 0, blocks_across);
if (ndummy > 0) {
/* Create dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
thisblockrow += blocks_across; /* => first dummy block */
jzero_far((void FAR *) thisblockrow, ndummy * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
lastDC = thisblockrow[-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < ndummy; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
}
}
/* If at end of image, create dummy block rows as needed.
* The tricky part here is that within each MCU, we want the DC values
* of the dummy blocks to match the last real block's DC value.
* This squeezes a few more bytes out of the resulting file...
*/
if (coef->iMCU_row_num == last_iMCU_row) {
blocks_across += ndummy; /* include lower right corner */
MCUs_across = blocks_across / h_samp_factor;
for (block_row = block_rows; block_row < compptr->v_samp_factor;
block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
lastblockrow = buffer[block_row-1];
jzero_far((void FAR *) thisblockrow,
(size_t) (blocks_across * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
for (MCUindex = 0; MCUindex < MCUs_across; MCUindex++) {
lastDC = lastblockrow[h_samp_factor-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < h_samp_factor; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
thisblockrow += h_samp_factor; /* advance to next MCU in row */
lastblockrow += h_samp_factor;
}
}
}
}
/* NB: compress_output will increment iMCU_row_num if successful.
* A suspension return will result in redoing all the work above next time.
*/
/* Emit data to the entropy encoder, sharing code with subsequent passes */
return compress_output(cinfo, input_buf);
}
/*
* Process some data in subsequent passes of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan.
* NB: during first pass, this is safe only because the buffers will
* already be aligned properly, so jmemmgr.c won't need to do any I/O.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
coef->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}
-459
View File
@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
/*
* jccolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_converter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for RGB->YCC conversion */
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab; /* => table for RGB to YCbCr conversion */
} my_color_converter;
typedef my_color_converter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** RGB -> YCbCr conversion: most common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
* Y = 0.29900 * R + 0.58700 * G + 0.11400 * B
* Cb = -0.16874 * R - 0.33126 * G + 0.50000 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* Cr = 0.50000 * R - 0.41869 * G - 0.08131 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
* Note: older versions of the IJG code used a zero offset of MAXJSAMPLE/2,
* rather than CENTERJSAMPLE, for Cb and Cr. This gave equal positive and
* negative swings for Cb/Cr, but meant that grayscale values (Cb=Cr=0)
* were not represented exactly. Now we sacrifice exact representation of
* maximum red and maximum blue in order to get exact grayscales.
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times R,G,B for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The CENTERJSAMPLE offsets and the rounding fudge-factor of 0.5 are included
* in the tables to save adding them separately in the inner loop.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define CBCR_OFFSET ((INT32) CENTERJSAMPLE << SCALEBITS)
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/* We allocate one big table and divide it up into eight parts, instead of
* doing eight alloc_small requests. This lets us use a single table base
* address, which can be held in a register in the inner loops on many
* machines (more than can hold all eight addresses, anyway).
*/
#define R_Y_OFF 0 /* offset to R => Y section */
#define G_Y_OFF (1*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* offset to G => Y section */
#define B_Y_OFF (2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* etc. */
#define R_CB_OFF (3*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define G_CB_OFF (4*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CB_OFF (5*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define R_CR_OFF B_CB_OFF /* B=>Cb, R=>Cr are the same */
#define G_CR_OFF (6*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CR_OFF (7*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define TABLE_SIZE (8*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
/*
* Initialize for RGB->YCC colorspace conversion.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_start (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab;
INT32 i;
/* Allocate and fill in the conversion tables. */
cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab = rgb_ycc_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(TABLE_SIZE * SIZEOF(INT32)));
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++) {
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.29900) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.58700) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.11400) * i + ONE_HALF;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.16874)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.33126)) * i;
/* We use a rounding fudge-factor of 0.5-epsilon for Cb and Cr.
* This ensures that the maximum output will round to MAXJSAMPLE
* not MAXJSAMPLE+1, and thus that we don't have to range-limit.
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CB_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
/* B=>Cb and R=>Cr tables are the same
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CR_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.41869)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.08131)) * i;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from the application's interleaved-pixel format
* to our internal noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format.
* The input buffer is therefore three times as wide as the output buffer.
*
* A starting row offset is provided only for the output buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed input_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than RGB -> YCbCr **************/
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles RGB->grayscale conversion, which is the same
* as the RGB->Y portion of RGB->YCbCr.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called (we only use the Y tables).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_gray_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* Y */
outptr[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles Adobe-style CMYK->YCCK conversion,
* where we convert R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y to YCbCr using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
cmyk_ycck_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2, outptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
outptr3 = output_buf[3][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[0]);
g = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1]);
b = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[2]);
/* K passes through as-is */
outptr3[col] = inptr[3]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
inptr += 4;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles grayscale output with no conversion.
* The source can be either plain grayscale or YCbCr (since Y == gray).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
grayscale_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
int instride = cinfo->input_components;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[0]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += instride;
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles multi-component colorspaces without conversion.
* We assume input_components == num_components.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
register int ci;
int nc = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
/* It seems fastest to make a separate pass for each component. */
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
inptr = *input_buf;
outptr = output_buf[ci][output_row];
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[ci]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += nc;
}
}
input_buf++;
output_row++;
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_method (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for input colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_color_converter (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_converter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_converter *) cconvert;
/* set start_pass to null method until we find out differently */
cconvert->pub.start_pass = null_method;
/* Make sure input_components agrees with in_color_space */
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->input_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
#if RGB_PIXELSIZE != 3
if (cinfo->input_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
#endif /* else share code with YCbCr */
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->input_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->input_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->input_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Check num_components, set conversion method based on requested space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_gray_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB && RGB_PIXELSIZE == 3)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_ycc_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = cmyk_ycck_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCCK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default: /* allow null conversion of JCS_UNKNOWN */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != cinfo->in_color_space ||
cinfo->num_components != cinfo->input_components)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
break;
}
}
-482
View File
@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcdctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the forward-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular DCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores including coefficient
* quantization.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_forward_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to the DCT routine actually in use */
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* The actual post-DCT divisors --- not identical to the quant table
* entries, because of scaling (especially for an unnormalized DCT).
* Each table is given in normal array order.
*/
DCTELEM * divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/* Same as above for the floating-point case. */
float_DCT_method_ptr do_float_dct[MAX_COMPONENTS];
FAST_FLOAT * float_divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#endif
} my_fdct_controller;
typedef my_fdct_controller * my_fdct_ptr;
/* The current scaled-DCT routines require ISLOW-style divisor tables,
* so be sure to compile that code if either ISLOW or SCALING is requested.
*/
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#else
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#endif
#endif
/*
* Perform forward DCT on one or more blocks of a component.
*
* The input samples are taken from the sample_data[] array starting at
* position start_row/start_col, and moving to the right for any additional
* blocks. The quantized coefficients are returned in coef_blocks[].
*/
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for integer DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_dct[compptr->component_index];
DCTELEM * divisors = fdct->divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
DCTELEM workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) {
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace, sample_data, start_col);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register DCTELEM temp, qval;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
qval = divisors[i];
temp = workspace[i];
/* Divide the coefficient value by qval, ensuring proper rounding.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
*
* In most files, at least half of the output values will be zero
* (at default quantization settings, more like three-quarters...)
* so we should ensure that this case is fast. On many machines,
* a comparison is enough cheaper than a divide to make a special test
* a win. Since both inputs will be nonnegative, we need only test
* for a < b to discover whether a/b is 0.
* If your machine's division is fast enough, define FAST_DIVIDE.
*/
#ifdef FAST_DIVIDE
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) a /= b
#else
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) if (a >= b) a /= b; else a = 0
#endif
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp;
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
temp = -temp;
} else {
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
}
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) temp;
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT_float (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for floating-point DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
float_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_float_dct[compptr->component_index];
FAST_FLOAT * divisors = fdct->float_divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) {
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace, sample_data, start_col);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register FAST_FLOAT temp;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
/* Apply the quantization and scaling factor */
temp = workspace[i] * divisors[i];
/* Round to nearest integer.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
* The maximum coefficient size is +-16K (for 12-bit data), so this
* code should work for either 16-bit or 32-bit ints.
*/
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) ((int) (temp + (FAST_FLOAT) 16384.5) - 16384);
}
}
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
* Verify that all referenced Q-tables are present, and set up
* the divisor table for each one.
* In the current implementation, DCT of all components is done during
* the first pass, even if only some components will be output in the
* first scan. Hence all components should be examined here.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_fdctmgr (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
int ci, qtblno, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
int method = 0;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
DCTELEM * dtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Select the proper DCT routine for this component's scaling */
switch ((compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size << 8) + compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) {
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
case ((1 << 8) + 1):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_1x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 3):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_3x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 5):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_5x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 7):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_7x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((9 << 8) + 9):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_9x9;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 10):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_10x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((11 << 8) + 11):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_11x11;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 12):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_12x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((13 << 8) + 13):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_13x13;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 14):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_14x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((15 << 8) + 15):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_15x15;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 16):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_16x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 8):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_16x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 7):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_14x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_12x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 5):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_10x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_8x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 3):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 1):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 16):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_8x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 14):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_7x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 12):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 10):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_5x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 8):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_3x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((1 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_1x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
#endif
case ((DCTSIZE << 8) + DCTSIZE):
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_islow;
method = JDCT_ISLOW;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_ifast;
method = JDCT_IFAST;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
fdct->do_float_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_float;
method = JDCT_FLOAT;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE,
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size, compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size);
break;
}
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno];
/* Compute divisors for this quant table */
/* We may do this more than once for same table, but it's not a big deal */
switch (method) {
#ifdef PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
case JDCT_ISLOW:
/* For LL&M IDCT method, divisors are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients multiplied by 8 (to counteract scaling).
*/
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = ((DCTELEM) qtbl->quantval[i]) << 3;
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
*/
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = (DCTELEM)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[i],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-3);
}
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
* What's actually stored is 1/divisor so that the inner loop can
* use a multiplication rather than a division.
*/
FAST_FLOAT * fdtbl;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
if (fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] = (FAST_FLOAT *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(FAST_FLOAT));
}
fdtbl = fdct->float_divisors[qtblno];
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fdtbl[i] = (FAST_FLOAT)
(1.0 / (((double) qtbl->quantval[i] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col] * 8.0)));
i++;
}
}
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT_float;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize FDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_forward_dct (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct;
int i;
fdct = (my_fdct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_fdct_controller));
cinfo->fdct = (struct jpeg_forward_dct *) fdct;
fdct->pub.start_pass = start_pass_fdctmgr;
/* Mark divisor tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
fdct->divisors[i] = NULL;
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
fdct->float_divisors[i] = NULL;
#endif
}
}
-1612
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-65
View File
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcinit.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains initialization logic for the JPEG compressor.
* This routine is in charge of selecting the modules to be executed and
* making an initialization call to each one.
*
* Logically, this code belongs in jcmaster.c. It's split out because
* linking this routine implies linking the entire compression library.
* For a transcoding-only application, we want to be able to use jcmaster.c
* without linking in the whole library.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Master selection of compression modules.
* This is done once at the start of processing an image. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_compress_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, FALSE /* full compression */);
/* Preprocessing */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
jinit_color_converter(cinfo);
jinit_downsampler(cinfo);
jinit_c_prep_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
}
/* Forward DCT */
jinit_forward_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code)
jinit_arith_encoder(cinfo);
else {
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* Need a full-image coefficient buffer in any multi-pass mode. */
jinit_c_coef_controller(cinfo,
(boolean) (cinfo->num_scans > 1 || cinfo->optimize_coding));
jinit_c_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}
-293
View File
@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for compression.
* The main buffer lies between the pre-processor and the JPEG
* compressor proper; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Note: currently, there is no operating mode in which a full-image buffer
* is needed at this step. If there were, that mode could not be used with
* "raw data" input, since this module is bypassed in that case. However,
* we've left the code here for possible use in special applications.
*/
#undef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION cur_iMCU_row; /* number of current iMCU row */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups received in iMCU row */
boolean suspended; /* remember if we suspended output */
J_BUF_MODE pass_mode; /* current operating mode */
/* If using just a strip buffer, this points to the entire set of buffers
* (we allocate one for each component). In the full-image case, this
* points to the currently accessible strips of the virtual arrays.
*/
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* If using full-image storage, this array holds pointers to virtual-array
* control blocks for each component. Unused if not full-image storage.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) process_data_buffer_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Do nothing in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
main->cur_iMCU_row = 0; /* initialize counters */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->suspended = FALSE;
main->pass_mode = pass_mode; /* save mode for use by process_data */
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
if (main->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
break;
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE:
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (main->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
main->pub.process_data = process_data_buffer_main;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles the simple pass-through mode,
* where we have only a strip buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_simple_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size);
/* If we don't have a full iMCU row buffered, return to application for
* more data. Note that preprocessor will always pad to fill the iMCU row
* at the bottom of the image.
*/
if (main->rowgroup_ctr != (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
return;
/* Send the completed row to the compressor */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles all of the modes that use a full-size buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_buffer_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
boolean writing = (main->pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Realign the virtual buffers if at the start of an iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr == 0) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, main->whole_image[ci],
main->cur_iMCU_row * (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE),
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE), writing);
}
/* In a read pass, pretend we just read some source data. */
if (! writing) {
*in_row_ctr += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = DCTSIZE;
}
}
/* If a write pass, read input data until the current iMCU row is full. */
/* Note: preprocessor will pad if necessary to fill the last iMCU row. */
if (writing) {
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) DCTSIZE);
/* Return to application if we need more data to fill the iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < DCTSIZE)
return;
}
/* Emit data, unless this is a sink-only pass. */
if (main->pass_mode != JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
}
/* If get here, we are done with this iMCU row. Mark buffer empty. */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#endif /* FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_main_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_c_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
/* We don't need to create a buffer in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
/* Create the buffer. It holds downsampled data, so each component
* may be of a different size.
*/
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component */
/* Note we pad the bottom to a multiple of the iMCU height */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor) * DCTSIZE,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size));
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
main->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
#endif
/* Allocate a strip buffer for each component */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size));
}
}
}
-667
View File
@@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcmarker.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains routines to write JPEG datastream markers.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
typedef enum { /* JPEG marker codes */
M_SOF0 = 0xc0,
M_SOF1 = 0xc1,
M_SOF2 = 0xc2,
M_SOF3 = 0xc3,
M_SOF5 = 0xc5,
M_SOF6 = 0xc6,
M_SOF7 = 0xc7,
M_JPG = 0xc8,
M_SOF9 = 0xc9,
M_SOF10 = 0xca,
M_SOF11 = 0xcb,
M_SOF13 = 0xcd,
M_SOF14 = 0xce,
M_SOF15 = 0xcf,
M_DHT = 0xc4,
M_DAC = 0xcc,
M_RST0 = 0xd0,
M_RST1 = 0xd1,
M_RST2 = 0xd2,
M_RST3 = 0xd3,
M_RST4 = 0xd4,
M_RST5 = 0xd5,
M_RST6 = 0xd6,
M_RST7 = 0xd7,
M_SOI = 0xd8,
M_EOI = 0xd9,
M_SOS = 0xda,
M_DQT = 0xdb,
M_DNL = 0xdc,
M_DRI = 0xdd,
M_DHP = 0xde,
M_EXP = 0xdf,
M_APP0 = 0xe0,
M_APP1 = 0xe1,
M_APP2 = 0xe2,
M_APP3 = 0xe3,
M_APP4 = 0xe4,
M_APP5 = 0xe5,
M_APP6 = 0xe6,
M_APP7 = 0xe7,
M_APP8 = 0xe8,
M_APP9 = 0xe9,
M_APP10 = 0xea,
M_APP11 = 0xeb,
M_APP12 = 0xec,
M_APP13 = 0xed,
M_APP14 = 0xee,
M_APP15 = 0xef,
M_JPG0 = 0xf0,
M_JPG13 = 0xfd,
M_COM = 0xfe,
M_TEM = 0x01,
M_ERROR = 0x100
} JPEG_MARKER;
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_marker_writer pub; /* public fields */
unsigned int last_restart_interval; /* last DRI value emitted; 0 after SOI */
} my_marker_writer;
typedef my_marker_writer * my_marker_ptr;
/*
* Basic output routines.
*
* Note that we do not support suspension while writing a marker.
* Therefore, an application using suspension must ensure that there is
* enough buffer space for the initial markers (typ. 600-700 bytes) before
* calling jpeg_start_compress, and enough space to write the trailing EOI
* (a few bytes) before calling jpeg_finish_compress. Multipass compression
* modes are not supported at all with suspension, so those two are the only
* points where markers will be written.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit a byte */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = cinfo->dest;
*(dest->next_output_byte)++ = (JOCTET) val;
if (--dest->free_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER mark)
/* Emit a marker code */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) mark);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_2bytes (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int value)
/* Emit a 2-byte integer; these are always MSB first in JPEG files */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, (value >> 8) & 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, value & 0xFF);
}
/*
* Routines to write specific marker types.
*/
LOCAL(int)
emit_dqt (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index)
/* Emit a DQT marker */
/* Returns the precision used (0 = 8bits, 1 = 16bits) for baseline checking */
{
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[index];
int prec;
int i;
if (qtbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, index);
prec = 0;
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
if (qtbl->quantval[i] > 255)
prec = 1;
}
if (! qtbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DQT);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, prec ? DCTSIZE2*2 + 1 + 2 : DCTSIZE2 + 1 + 2);
emit_byte(cinfo, index + (prec<<4));
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
/* The table entries must be emitted in zigzag order. */
unsigned int qval = qtbl->quantval[jpeg_natural_order[i]];
if (prec)
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval >> 8));
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval & 0xFF));
}
qtbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
return prec;
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dht (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index, boolean is_ac)
/* Emit a DHT marker */
{
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
int length, i;
if (is_ac) {
htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
index += 0x10; /* output index has AC bit set */
} else {
htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
}
if (htbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, index);
if (! htbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DHT);
length = 0;
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
length += htbl->bits[i];
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length + 2 + 1 + 16);
emit_byte(cinfo, index);
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->bits[i]);
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->huffval[i]);
htbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dac (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DAC marker */
/* Since the useful info is so small, we want to emit all the tables in */
/* one DAC marker. Therefore this routine does its own scan of the table. */
{
#ifdef C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED
char dc_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
char ac_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
int length, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
dc_in_use[i] = ac_in_use[i] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
dc_in_use[compptr->dc_tbl_no] = 1;
ac_in_use[compptr->ac_tbl_no] = 1;
}
length = 0;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
length += dc_in_use[i] + ac_in_use[i];
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DAC);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length*2 + 2);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
if (dc_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] + (cinfo->arith_dc_U[i]<<4));
}
if (ac_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i + 0x10);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_ac_K[i]);
}
}
#endif /* C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dri (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DRI marker */
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DRI);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 4); /* fixed length */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->restart_interval);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sof (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER code)
/* Emit a SOF marker */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, code);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 3 * cinfo->num_components + 2 + 5 + 1); /* length */
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than SOF field can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->jpeg_height > 65535L ||
(long) cinfo->jpeg_width > 65535L)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) 65535);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->data_precision);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->jpeg_height);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->jpeg_width);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->num_components);
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
emit_byte(cinfo, (compptr->h_samp_factor << 4) + compptr->v_samp_factor);
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sos (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a SOS marker */
{
int i, td, ta;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOS);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 * cinfo->comps_in_scan + 2 + 1 + 3); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->comps_in_scan);
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
td = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
ta = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Progressive mode: only DC or only AC tables are used in one scan;
* furthermore, Huffman coding of DC refinement uses no table at all.
* We emit 0 for unused field(s); this is recommended by the P&M text
* but does not seem to be specified in the standard.
*/
if (cinfo->Ss == 0) {
ta = 0; /* DC scan */
if (cinfo->Ah != 0 && !cinfo->arith_code)
td = 0; /* no DC table either */
} else {
td = 0; /* AC scan */
}
}
emit_byte(cinfo, (td << 4) + ta);
}
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Ss);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Se);
emit_byte(cinfo, (cinfo->Ah << 4) + cinfo->Al);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_jfif_app0 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a JFIF-compliant APP0 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP0 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (4 bytes - ASCII "JFIF")
* Zero byte (1 byte to terminate the ID string)
* Version Major, Minor (2 bytes - major first)
* Units (1 byte - 0x00 = none, 0x01 = inch, 0x02 = cm)
* Xdpu (2 bytes - dots per unit horizontal)
* Ydpu (2 bytes - dots per unit vertical)
* Thumbnail X size (1 byte)
* Thumbnail Y size (1 byte)
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP0);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 4 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 1 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x4A); /* Identifier: ASCII "JFIF" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x49);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_major_version); /* Version fields */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_minor_version);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->density_unit); /* Pixel size information */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->X_density);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->Y_density);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* No thumbnail image */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_adobe_app14 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit an Adobe APP14 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP14 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (5 bytes - ASCII "Adobe")
* Version Number (2 bytes - currently 100)
* Flags0 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Flags1 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Color transform (1 byte)
*
* Although Adobe TN 5116 mentions Version = 101, all the Adobe files
* now in circulation seem to use Version = 100, so that's what we write.
*
* We write the color transform byte as 1 if the JPEG color space is
* YCbCr, 2 if it's YCCK, 0 otherwise. Adobe's definition has to do with
* whether the encoder performed a transformation, which is pretty useless.
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP14);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 5 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x41); /* Identifier: ASCII "Adobe" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x64);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x6F);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x62);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x65);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 100); /* Version */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags0 */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags1 */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_YCbCr:
emit_byte(cinfo, 1); /* Color transform = 1 */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
emit_byte(cinfo, 2); /* Color transform = 2 */
break;
default:
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Color transform = 0 */
break;
}
}
/*
* These routines allow writing an arbitrary marker with parameters.
* The only intended use is to emit COM or APPn markers after calling
* write_file_header and before calling write_frame_header.
* Other uses are not guaranteed to produce desirable results.
* Counting the parameter bytes properly is the caller's responsibility.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
/* Emit an arbitrary marker header */
{
if (datalen > (unsigned int) 65533) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LENGTH);
emit_marker(cinfo, (JPEG_MARKER) marker);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) (datalen + 2)); /* total length */
}
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit one byte of marker parameters following write_marker_header */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Write datastream header.
* This consists of an SOI and optional APPn markers.
* We recommend use of the JFIF marker, but not the Adobe marker,
* when using YCbCr or grayscale data. The JFIF marker should NOT
* be used for any other JPEG colorspace. The Adobe marker is helpful
* to distinguish RGB, CMYK, and YCCK colorspaces.
* Note that an application can write additional header markers after
* jpeg_start_compress returns.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI); /* first the SOI */
/* SOI is defined to reset restart interval to 0 */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
if (cinfo->write_JFIF_header) /* next an optional JFIF APP0 */
emit_jfif_app0(cinfo);
if (cinfo->write_Adobe_marker) /* next an optional Adobe APP14 */
emit_adobe_app14(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write frame header.
* This consists of DQT and SOFn markers.
* Note that we do not emit the SOF until we have emitted the DQT(s).
* This avoids compatibility problems with incorrect implementations that
* try to error-check the quant table numbers as soon as they see the SOF.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_frame_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, prec;
boolean is_baseline;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Emit DQT for each quantization table.
* Note that emit_dqt() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
prec = 0;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prec += emit_dqt(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
/* now prec is nonzero iff there are any 16-bit quant tables. */
/* Check for a non-baseline specification.
* Note we assume that Huffman table numbers won't be changed later.
*/
if (cinfo->arith_code || cinfo->progressive_mode ||
cinfo->data_precision != 8) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
} else {
is_baseline = TRUE;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->dc_tbl_no > 1 || compptr->ac_tbl_no > 1)
is_baseline = FALSE;
}
if (prec && is_baseline) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
/* If it's baseline except for quantizer size, warn the user */
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_16BIT_TABLES);
}
}
/* Emit the proper SOF marker */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF10); /* SOF code for progressive arithmetic */
else
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF9); /* SOF code for sequential arithmetic */
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF2); /* SOF code for progressive Huffman */
else if (is_baseline)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF0); /* SOF code for baseline implementation */
else
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF1); /* SOF code for non-baseline Huffman file */
}
}
/*
* Write scan header.
* This consists of DHT or DAC markers, optional DRI, and SOS.
* Compressed data will be written following the SOS.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_scan_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
int i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
/* Emit arith conditioning info. We may have some duplication
* if the file has multiple scans, but it's so small it's hardly
* worth worrying about.
*/
emit_dac(cinfo);
} else {
/* Emit Huffman tables.
* Note that emit_dht() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Progressive mode: only DC or only AC tables are used in one scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0) {
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) /* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->dc_tbl_no, FALSE);
} else {
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->ac_tbl_no, TRUE);
}
} else {
/* Sequential mode: need both DC and AC tables */
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->dc_tbl_no, FALSE);
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->ac_tbl_no, TRUE);
}
}
}
/* Emit DRI if required --- note that DRI value could change for each scan.
* We avoid wasting space with unnecessary DRIs, however.
*/
if (cinfo->restart_interval != marker->last_restart_interval) {
emit_dri(cinfo);
marker->last_restart_interval = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
emit_sos(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write datastream trailer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_trailer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Write an abbreviated table-specification datastream.
* This consists of SOI, DQT and DHT tables, and EOI.
* Any table that is defined and not marked sent_table = TRUE will be
* emitted. Note that all tables will be marked sent_table = TRUE at exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_tables_only (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
(void) emit_dqt(cinfo, i);
}
if (! cinfo->arith_code) {
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, FALSE);
if (cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, TRUE);
}
}
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Initialize the marker writer module.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_marker_writer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker;
/* Create the subobject */
marker = (my_marker_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_marker_writer));
cinfo->marker = (struct jpeg_marker_writer *) marker;
/* Initialize method pointers */
marker->pub.write_file_header = write_file_header;
marker->pub.write_frame_header = write_frame_header;
marker->pub.write_scan_header = write_scan_header;
marker->pub.write_file_trailer = write_file_trailer;
marker->pub.write_tables_only = write_tables_only;
marker->pub.write_marker_header = write_marker_header;
marker->pub.write_marker_byte = write_marker_byte;
/* Initialize private state */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
}
-770
View File
@@ -1,770 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG compressor.
* These routines are concerned with parameter validation, initial setup,
* and inter-pass control (determining the number of passes and the work
* to be done in each pass).
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef enum {
main_pass, /* input data, also do first output step */
huff_opt_pass, /* Huffman code optimization pass */
output_pass /* data output pass */
} c_pass_type;
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_comp_master pub; /* public fields */
c_pass_type pass_type; /* the type of the current pass */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
int total_passes; /* total # of passes needed */
int scan_number; /* current index in scan_info[] */
} my_comp_master;
typedef my_comp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Support routines that do various essential calculations.
*/
/*
* Compute JPEG image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/* Compute actual JPEG image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
if (cinfo->scale_num >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/1 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width << 3;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height << 3;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 1;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 1;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num >= cinfo->scale_denom * 4) {
/* Provide 4/1 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width << 2;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height << 2;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 2;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 2;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 3 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/3 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (cinfo->image_width << 1) + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 2, 3L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (cinfo->image_height << 1) + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 2, 3L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 3;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 3;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num >= cinfo->scale_denom * 2) {
/* Provide 2/1 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width << 1;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height << 1;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 4;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 4;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 5 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/5 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 3, 5L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 3, 5L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 5;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 5;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 3 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 4) {
/* Provide 4/3 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 3L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 3L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 6;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 6;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 7 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/7 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 7L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height + (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 7L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 7;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 7;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num >= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/1 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 9 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/9 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 8, 9L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 8, 9L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 9;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 9;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 5 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 4) {
/* Provide 4/5 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 4, 5L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 4, 5L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 10;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 10;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 11 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/11 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 8, 11L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 8, 11L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 11;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 11;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 3 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 2) {
/* Provide 2/3 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 2, 3L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 2, 3L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 12;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 12;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 13 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/13 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 8, 13L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 8, 13L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 13;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 13;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 7 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 4) {
/* Provide 4/7 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 4, 7L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 4, 7L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 14;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 14;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 15 >= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/15 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 8, 15L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 8, 15L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 15;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 15;
} else {
/* Provide 1/2 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 2L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 2L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 16;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 16;
}
#else /* !DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Hardwire it to "no scaling" */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
#endif /* DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
initial_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
int ci, ssize;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions(cinfo);
/* Sanity check on image dimensions */
if (cinfo->jpeg_height <= 0 || cinfo->jpeg_width <= 0
|| cinfo->num_components <= 0 || cinfo->input_components <= 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE);
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->jpeg_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->jpeg_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* Width of an input scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->image_width * (long) cinfo->input_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Fill in the correct component_index value; don't rely on application */
compptr->component_index = ci;
/* In selecting the actual DCT scaling for each component, we try to
* scale down the chroma components via DCT scaling rather than downsampling.
* This saves time if the downsampler gets to use 1:1 scaling.
* Note this code adapts subsampling ratios which are powers of 2.
*/
ssize = 1;
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
while (cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor % (compptr->h_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
#endif
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize;
ssize = 1;
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
while (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor % (compptr->v_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
#endif
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize;
/* We don't support DCT ratios larger than 2. */
if (compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2;
else if (compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width *
(long) (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height *
(long) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
/* Mark component needed (this flag isn't actually used for compression) */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows (number of times that
* main controller will call coefficient controller).
*/
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
}
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(void)
validate_script (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Verify that the scan script in cinfo->scan_info[] is valid; also
* determine whether it uses progressive JPEG, and set cinfo->progressive_mode.
*/
{
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
int scanno, ncomps, ci, coefi, thisi;
int Ss, Se, Ah, Al;
boolean component_sent[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
int * last_bitpos_ptr;
int last_bitpos[MAX_COMPONENTS][DCTSIZE2];
/* -1 until that coefficient has been seen; then last Al for it */
#endif
if (cinfo->num_scans <= 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, 0);
/* For sequential JPEG, all scans must have Ss=0, Se=DCTSIZE2-1;
* for progressive JPEG, no scan can have this.
*/
scanptr = cinfo->scan_info;
if (scanptr->Ss != 0 || scanptr->Se != DCTSIZE2-1) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
cinfo->progressive_mode = TRUE;
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[0][0];
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++)
*last_bitpos_ptr++ = -1;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
component_sent[ci] = FALSE;
}
for (scanno = 1; scanno <= cinfo->num_scans; scanptr++, scanno++) {
/* Validate component indexes */
ncomps = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
if (ncomps <= 0 || ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, ncomps, MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (thisi < 0 || thisi >= cinfo->num_components)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Components must appear in SOF order within each scan */
if (ci > 0 && thisi <= scanptr->component_index[ci-1])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
/* Validate progression parameters */
Ss = scanptr->Ss;
Se = scanptr->Se;
Ah = scanptr->Ah;
Al = scanptr->Al;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* The JPEG spec simply gives the ranges 0..13 for Ah and Al, but that
* seems wrong: the upper bound ought to depend on data precision.
* Perhaps they really meant 0..N+1 for N-bit precision.
* Here we allow 0..10 for 8-bit data; Al larger than 10 results in
* out-of-range reconstructed DC values during the first DC scan,
* which might cause problems for some decoders.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MAX_AH_AL 10
#else
#define MAX_AH_AL 13
#endif
if (Ss < 0 || Ss >= DCTSIZE2 || Se < Ss || Se >= DCTSIZE2 ||
Ah < 0 || Ah > MAX_AH_AL || Al < 0 || Al > MAX_AH_AL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
if (Ss == 0) {
if (Se != 0) /* DC and AC together not OK */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
if (ncomps != 1) /* AC scans must be for only one component */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[scanptr->component_index[ci]][0];
if (Ss != 0 && last_bitpos_ptr[0] < 0) /* AC without prior DC scan */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
for (coefi = Ss; coefi <= Se; coefi++) {
if (last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] < 0) {
/* first scan of this coefficient */
if (Ah != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
/* not first scan */
if (Ah != last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] || Al != Ah-1)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] = Al;
}
}
#endif
} else {
/* For sequential JPEG, all progression parameters must be these: */
if (Ss != 0 || Se != DCTSIZE2-1 || Ah != 0 || Al != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Make sure components are not sent twice */
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (component_sent[thisi])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
component_sent[thisi] = TRUE;
}
}
}
/* Now verify that everything got sent. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* For progressive mode, we only check that at least some DC data
* got sent for each component; the spec does not require that all bits
* of all coefficients be transmitted. Would it be wiser to enforce
* transmission of all coefficient bits??
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (last_bitpos[ci][0] < 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
#endif
} else {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (! component_sent[ci])
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
}
}
#endif /* C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
LOCAL(void)
select_scan_parameters (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the scan parameters for the current scan */
{
int ci;
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
/* Prepare for current scan --- the script is already validated */
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr = cinfo->scan_info + master->scan_number;
cinfo->comps_in_scan = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
for (ci = 0; ci < scanptr->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] =
&cinfo->comp_info[scanptr->component_index[ci]];
}
cinfo->Ss = scanptr->Ss;
cinfo->Se = scanptr->Se;
cinfo->Ah = scanptr->Ah;
cinfo->Al = scanptr->Al;
}
else
#endif
{
/* Prepare for single sequential-JPEG scan containing all components */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
cinfo->comps_in_scan = cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] = &cinfo->comp_info[ci];
}
cinfo->Ss = 0;
cinfo->Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
cinfo->Ah = 0;
cinfo->Al = 0;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
per_scan_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] are already set */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
/* Convert restart specified in rows to actual MCU count. */
/* Note that count must fit in 16 bits, so we provide limiting. */
if (cinfo->restart_in_rows > 0) {
long nominal = (long) cinfo->restart_in_rows * (long) cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
cinfo->restart_interval = (unsigned int) MIN(nominal, 65535L);
}
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each pass. We determine which modules
* will be active during this pass and give them appropriate start_pass calls.
* We also set is_last_pass to indicate whether any more passes will be
* required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
prepare_for_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* Initial pass: will collect input data, and do either Huffman
* optimization or data output for the first scan.
*/
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->downsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->prep->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
(*cinfo->fdct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, cinfo->optimize_coding);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->total_passes > 1 ?
JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
if (cinfo->optimize_coding) {
/* No immediate data output; postpone writing frame/scan headers */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
} else {
/* Will write frame/scan headers at first jpeg_write_scanlines call */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = TRUE;
}
break;
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
case huff_opt_pass:
/* Do Huffman optimization for a scan after the first one. */
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Ah == 0) {
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, TRUE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
}
/* Special case: Huffman DC refinement scans need no Huffman table
* and therefore we can skip the optimization pass for them.
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
master->pass_number++;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
#endif
case output_pass:
/* Do a data-output pass. */
/* We need not repeat per-scan setup if prior optimization pass did it. */
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding) {
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
}
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
/* We emit frame/scan headers now */
if (master->scan_number == 0)
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
}
master->pub.is_last_pass = (master->pass_number == master->total_passes-1);
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->total_passes;
}
}
/*
* Special start-of-pass hook.
* This is called by jpeg_write_scanlines if call_pass_startup is TRUE.
* In single-pass processing, we need this hook because we don't want to
* write frame/scan headers during jpeg_start_compress; we want to let the
* application write COM markers etc. between jpeg_start_compress and the
* jpeg_write_scanlines loop.
* In multi-pass processing, this routine is not used.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pass_startup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->master->call_pass_startup = FALSE; /* reset flag so call only once */
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up at end of pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* The entropy coder always needs an end-of-pass call,
* either to analyze statistics or to flush its output buffer.
*/
(*cinfo->entropy->finish_pass) (cinfo);
/* Update state for next pass */
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* next pass is either output of scan 0 (after optimization)
* or output of scan 1 (if no optimization).
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->scan_number++;
break;
case huff_opt_pass:
/* next pass is always output of current scan */
master->pass_type = output_pass;
break;
case output_pass:
/* next pass is either optimization or output of next scan */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
master->scan_number++;
break;
}
master->pass_number++;
}
/*
* Initialize master compression control.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_master_control (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean transcode_only)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_comp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_comp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_pass = prepare_for_pass;
master->pub.pass_startup = pass_startup;
master->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_master;
master->pub.is_last_pass = FALSE;
/* Validate parameters, determine derived values */
initial_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
validate_script(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
cinfo->num_scans = 1;
}
if (cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->arith_code == 0) /* TEMPORARY HACK ??? */
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE; /* assume default tables no good for progressive mode */
/* Initialize my private state */
if (transcode_only) {
/* no main pass in transcoding */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
else
master->pass_type = output_pass;
} else {
/* for normal compression, first pass is always this type: */
master->pass_type = main_pass;
}
master->scan_number = 0;
master->pass_number = 0;
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans * 2;
else
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans;
}
-106
View File
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcomapi.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface routines that are used for both
* compression and decompression.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression or decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*
* For this, we merely clean up all the nonpermanent memory pools.
* Note that temp files (virtual arrays) are not allowed to belong to
* the permanent pool, so we will be able to close all temp files here.
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
int pool;
/* Do nothing if called on a not-initialized or destroyed JPEG object. */
if (cinfo->mem == NULL)
return;
/* Releasing pools in reverse order might help avoid fragmentation
* with some (brain-damaged) malloc libraries.
*/
for (pool = JPOOL_NUMPOOLS-1; pool > JPOOL_PERMANENT; pool--) {
(*cinfo->mem->free_pool) (cinfo, pool);
}
/* Reset overall state for possible reuse of object */
if (cinfo->is_decompressor) {
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
/* Try to keep application from accessing now-deleted marker list.
* A bit kludgy to do it here, but this is the most central place.
*/
((j_decompress_ptr) cinfo)->marker_list = NULL;
} else {
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG object.
*
* Everything gets deallocated except the master jpeg_compress_struct itself
* and the error manager struct. Both of these are supplied by the application
* and must be freed, if necessary, by the application. (Often they are on
* the stack and so don't need to be freed anyway.)
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* We need only tell the memory manager to release everything. */
/* NB: mem pointer is NULL if memory mgr failed to initialize. */
if (cinfo->mem != NULL)
(*cinfo->mem->self_destruct) (cinfo);
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* be safe if jpeg_destroy is called twice */
cinfo->global_state = 0; /* mark it destroyed */
}
/*
* Convenience routines for allocating quantization and Huffman tables.
* (Would jutils.c be a more reasonable place to put these?)
*/
GLOBAL(JQUANT_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_quant_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}
GLOBAL(JHUFF_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_huff_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JHUFF_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JHUFF_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JHUFF_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}
-45
View File
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
/* jconfig.vc --- jconfig.h for Microsoft Visual C++ on Windows 95 or NT. */
/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
/* #define void char */
/* #define const */
#undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H
#undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* we presume a 32-bit flat memory model */
#undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not int, per Windows custom */
#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
typedef unsigned char boolean;
#endif
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
#undef RLE_SUPPORTED /* Utah RLE image file format */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
#define TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE /* optional */
#define USE_SETMODE /* Microsoft has setmode() */
#undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER
#undef DONT_USE_B_MODE
#undef PROGRESS_REPORT /* optional */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */
-632
View File
@@ -1,632 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcparam.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2008 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains optional default-setting code for the JPEG compressor.
* Applications do not have to use this file, but those that don't use it
* must know a lot more about the innards of the JPEG code.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Quantization table setup routines
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_add_quant_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl,
const unsigned int *basic_table,
int scale_factor, boolean force_baseline)
/* Define a quantization table equal to the basic_table times
* a scale factor (given as a percentage).
* If force_baseline is TRUE, the computed quantization table entries
* are limited to 1..255 for JPEG baseline compatibility.
*/
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
int i;
long temp;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (which_tbl < 0 || which_tbl >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_DQT_INDEX, which_tbl);
qtblptr = & cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[which_tbl];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
temp = ((long) basic_table[i] * scale_factor + 50L) / 100L;
/* limit the values to the valid range */
if (temp <= 0L) temp = 1L;
if (temp > 32767L) temp = 32767L; /* max quantizer needed for 12 bits */
if (force_baseline && temp > 255L)
temp = 255L; /* limit to baseline range if requested */
(*qtblptr)->quantval[i] = (UINT16) temp;
}
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
/* These are the sample quantization tables given in JPEG spec section K.1.
* The spec says that the values given produce "good" quality, and
* when divided by 2, "very good" quality.
*/
static const unsigned int std_luminance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
16, 11, 10, 16, 24, 40, 51, 61,
12, 12, 14, 19, 26, 58, 60, 55,
14, 13, 16, 24, 40, 57, 69, 56,
14, 17, 22, 29, 51, 87, 80, 62,
18, 22, 37, 56, 68, 109, 103, 77,
24, 35, 55, 64, 81, 104, 113, 92,
49, 64, 78, 87, 103, 121, 120, 101,
72, 92, 95, 98, 112, 100, 103, 99
};
static const unsigned int std_chrominance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
17, 18, 24, 47, 99, 99, 99, 99,
18, 21, 26, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99,
24, 26, 56, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
47, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99
};
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_default_qtables (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables
* and straight percentage-scaling quality scales.
* This entry point allows different scalings for luminance and chrominance.
*/
{
/* Set up two quantization tables using the specified scaling */
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 0, std_luminance_quant_tbl,
cinfo->q_scale_factor[0], force_baseline);
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 1, std_chrominance_quant_tbl,
cinfo->q_scale_factor[1], force_baseline);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_linear_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int scale_factor,
boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables
* and a straight percentage-scaling quality scale. In most cases it's better
* to use jpeg_set_quality (below); this entry point is provided for
* applications that insist on a linear percentage scaling.
*/
{
/* Set up two quantization tables using the specified scaling */
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 0, std_luminance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 1, std_chrominance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
}
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_quality_scaling (int quality)
/* Convert a user-specified quality rating to a percentage scaling factor
* for an underlying quantization table, using our recommended scaling curve.
* The input 'quality' factor should be 0 (terrible) to 100 (very good).
*/
{
/* Safety limit on quality factor. Convert 0 to 1 to avoid zero divide. */
if (quality <= 0) quality = 1;
if (quality > 100) quality = 100;
/* The basic table is used as-is (scaling 100) for a quality of 50.
* Qualities 50..100 are converted to scaling percentage 200 - 2*Q;
* note that at Q=100 the scaling is 0, which will cause jpeg_add_quant_table
* to make all the table entries 1 (hence, minimum quantization loss).
* Qualities 1..50 are converted to scaling percentage 5000/Q.
*/
if (quality < 50)
quality = 5000 / quality;
else
quality = 200 - quality*2;
return quality;
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables.
* This is the standard quality-adjusting entry point for typical user
* interfaces; only those who want detailed control over quantization tables
* would use the preceding three routines directly.
*/
{
/* Convert user 0-100 rating to percentage scaling */
quality = jpeg_quality_scaling(quality);
/* Set up standard quality tables */
jpeg_set_linear_quality(cinfo, quality, force_baseline);
}
/*
* Huffman table setup routines
*/
LOCAL(void)
add_huff_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL **htblptr, const UINT8 *bits, const UINT8 *val)
/* Define a Huffman table */
{
int nsymbols, len;
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Copy the number-of-symbols-of-each-code-length counts */
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->bits, bits, SIZEOF((*htblptr)->bits));
/* Validate the counts. We do this here mainly so we can copy the right
* number of symbols from the val[] array, without risking marching off
* the end of memory. jchuff.c will do a more thorough test later.
*/
nsymbols = 0;
for (len = 1; len <= 16; len++)
nsymbols += bits[len];
if (nsymbols < 1 || nsymbols > 256)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->huffval, val, nsymbols * SIZEOF(UINT8));
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*htblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
LOCAL(void)
std_huff_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the standard Huffman tables (cf. JPEG standard section K.3) */
/* IMPORTANT: these are only valid for 8-bit data precision! */
{
static const UINT8 bits_dc_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_luminance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_dc_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_chrominance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 3, 5, 5, 4, 4, 0, 0, 1, 0x7d };
static const UINT8 val_ac_luminance[] =
{ 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x04, 0x11, 0x05, 0x12,
0x21, 0x31, 0x41, 0x06, 0x13, 0x51, 0x61, 0x07,
0x22, 0x71, 0x14, 0x32, 0x81, 0x91, 0xa1, 0x08,
0x23, 0x42, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x15, 0x52, 0xd1, 0xf0,
0x24, 0x33, 0x62, 0x72, 0x82, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x16,
0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
0x29, 0x2a, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39,
0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48, 0x49,
0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58, 0x59,
0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68, 0x69,
0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78, 0x79,
0x7a, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87, 0x88, 0x89,
0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97, 0x98,
0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7,
0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6,
0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5,
0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4,
0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xe1, 0xe2,
0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea,
0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 2, 4, 4, 3, 4, 7, 5, 4, 4, 0, 1, 2, 0x77 };
static const UINT8 val_ac_chrominance[] =
{ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x11, 0x04, 0x05, 0x21,
0x31, 0x06, 0x12, 0x41, 0x51, 0x07, 0x61, 0x71,
0x13, 0x22, 0x32, 0x81, 0x08, 0x14, 0x42, 0x91,
0xa1, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x09, 0x23, 0x33, 0x52, 0xf0,
0x15, 0x62, 0x72, 0xd1, 0x0a, 0x16, 0x24, 0x34,
0xe1, 0x25, 0xf1, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x26,
0x27, 0x28, 0x29, 0x2a, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38,
0x39, 0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48,
0x49, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58,
0x59, 0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68,
0x69, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78,
0x79, 0x7a, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96,
0x97, 0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5,
0xa6, 0xa7, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4,
0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3,
0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2,
0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda,
0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9,
0xea, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_dc_luminance, val_dc_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_ac_luminance, val_ac_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_dc_chrominance, val_dc_chrominance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_ac_chrominance, val_ac_chrominance);
}
/*
* Default parameter setup for compression.
*
* Applications that don't choose to use this routine must do their
* own setup of all these parameters. Alternately, you can call this
* to establish defaults and then alter parameters selectively. This
* is the recommended approach since, if we add any new parameters,
* your code will still work (they'll be set to reasonable defaults).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_defaults (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Allocate comp_info array large enough for maximum component count.
* Array is made permanent in case application wants to compress
* multiple images at same param settings.
*/
if (cinfo->comp_info == NULL)
cinfo->comp_info = (jpeg_component_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
MAX_COMPONENTS * SIZEOF(jpeg_component_info));
/* Initialize everything not dependent on the color space */
cinfo->scale_num = 1; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = 1;
cinfo->data_precision = BITS_IN_JSAMPLE;
/* Set up two quantization tables using default quality of 75 */
jpeg_set_quality(cinfo, 75, TRUE);
/* Set up two Huffman tables */
std_huff_tables(cinfo);
/* Initialize default arithmetic coding conditioning */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] = 0;
cinfo->arith_dc_U[i] = 1;
cinfo->arith_ac_K[i] = 5;
}
/* Default is no multiple-scan output */
cinfo->scan_info = NULL;
cinfo->num_scans = 0;
/* Expect normal source image, not raw downsampled data */
cinfo->raw_data_in = FALSE;
/* Use Huffman coding, not arithmetic coding, by default */
cinfo->arith_code = FALSE;
/* By default, don't do extra passes to optimize entropy coding */
cinfo->optimize_coding = FALSE;
/* The standard Huffman tables are only valid for 8-bit data precision.
* If the precision is higher, force optimization on so that usable
* tables will be computed. This test can be removed if default tables
* are supplied that are valid for the desired precision.
*/
if (cinfo->data_precision > 8)
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE;
/* By default, use the simpler non-cosited sampling alignment */
cinfo->CCIR601_sampling = FALSE;
/* By default, apply fancy downsampling */
cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling = TRUE;
/* No input smoothing */
cinfo->smoothing_factor = 0;
/* DCT algorithm preference */
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
/* No restart markers */
cinfo->restart_interval = 0;
cinfo->restart_in_rows = 0;
/* Fill in default JFIF marker parameters. Note that whether the marker
* will actually be written is determined by jpeg_set_colorspace.
*
* By default, the library emits JFIF version code 1.01.
* An application that wants to emit JFIF 1.02 extension markers should set
* JFIF_minor_version to 2. We could probably get away with just defaulting
* to 1.02, but there may still be some decoders in use that will complain
* about that; saying 1.01 should minimize compatibility problems.
*/
cinfo->JFIF_major_version = 1; /* Default JFIF version = 1.01 */
cinfo->JFIF_minor_version = 1;
cinfo->density_unit = 0; /* Pixel size is unknown by default */
cinfo->X_density = 1; /* Pixel aspect ratio is square by default */
cinfo->Y_density = 1;
/* Choose JPEG colorspace based on input space, set defaults accordingly */
jpeg_default_colorspace(cinfo);
}
/*
* Select an appropriate JPEG colorspace for in_color_space.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_default_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_GRAYSCALE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_CMYK); /* By default, no translation */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCCK);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_UNKNOWN);
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
}
}
/*
* Set the JPEG colorspace, and choose colorspace-dependent default values.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)
{
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
int ci;
#define SET_COMP(index,id,hsamp,vsamp,quant,dctbl,actbl) \
(compptr = &cinfo->comp_info[index], \
compptr->component_id = (id), \
compptr->h_samp_factor = (hsamp), \
compptr->v_samp_factor = (vsamp), \
compptr->quant_tbl_no = (quant), \
compptr->dc_tbl_no = (dctbl), \
compptr->ac_tbl_no = (actbl) )
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* For all colorspaces, we use Q and Huff tables 0 for luminance components,
* tables 1 for chrominance components.
*/
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = colorspace;
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = FALSE; /* No marker for non-JFIF colorspaces */
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = FALSE; /* write no Adobe marker by default */
switch (colorspace) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 1;
/* JFIF specifies component ID 1 */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag RGB */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
SET_COMP(0, 0x52 /* 'R' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x47 /* 'G' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x42 /* 'B' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
/* JFIF specifies component IDs 1,2,3 */
/* We default to 2x2 subsamples of chrominance */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag CMYK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 0x43 /* 'C' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x4D /* 'M' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x59 /* 'Y' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(3, 0x4B /* 'K' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag YCCK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(3, 4, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
cinfo->num_components = cinfo->input_components;
if (cinfo->num_components < 1 || cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
SET_COMP(ci, ci, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
}
}
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_a_scan (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ci,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for specified component */
{
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for each component */
{
int ci;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
}
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_dc_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate interleaved DC scan if possible, else N scans */
{
int ci;
if (ncomps <= MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN) {
/* Single interleaved DC scan */
scanptr->comps_in_scan = ncomps;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++)
scanptr->component_index[ci] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = scanptr->Se = 0;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
} else {
/* Noninterleaved DC scan for each component */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 0, Ah, Al);
}
return scanptr;
}
/*
* Create a recommended progressive-JPEG script.
* cinfo->num_components and cinfo->jpeg_color_space must be correct.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_simple_progression (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ncomps = cinfo->num_components;
int nscans;
jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Figure space needed for script. Calculation must match code below! */
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
nscans = 10;
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
if (ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
nscans = 6 * ncomps; /* 2 DC + 4 AC scans per component */
else
nscans = 2 + 4 * ncomps; /* 2 DC scans; 4 AC scans per component */
}
/* Allocate space for script.
* We need to put it in the permanent pool in case the application performs
* multiple compressions without changing the settings. To avoid a memory
* leak if jpeg_simple_progression is called repeatedly for the same JPEG
* object, we try to re-use previously allocated space, and we allocate
* enough space to handle YCbCr even if initially asked for grayscale.
*/
if (cinfo->script_space == NULL || cinfo->script_space_size < nscans) {
cinfo->script_space_size = MAX(nscans, 10);
cinfo->script_space = (jpeg_scan_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
cinfo->script_space_size * SIZEOF(jpeg_scan_info));
}
scanptr = cinfo->script_space;
cinfo->scan_info = scanptr;
cinfo->num_scans = nscans;
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
/* Initial DC scan */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
/* Initial AC scan: get some luma data out in a hurry */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 5, 0, 2);
/* Chroma data is too small to be worth expending many scans on */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 0, 1);
/* Complete spectral selection for luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Refine next bit of luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Finish DC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
/* Finish AC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 1, 0);
/* Luma bottom bit comes last since it's usually largest scan */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 1, 0);
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
/* Successive approximation first pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 5, 0, 2);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Successive approximation second pass */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Successive approximation final pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 1, 0);
}
}
#endif /* C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED */
-358
View File
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcprepct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the compression preprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the color conversion, downsampling,
* and edge expansion steps.
*
* Most of the complexity here is associated with buffering input rows
* as required by the downsampler. See the comments at the head of
* jcsample.c for the downsampler's needs.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* At present, jcsample.c can request context rows only for smoothing.
* In the future, we might also need context rows for CCIR601 sampling
* or other more-complex downsampling procedures. The code to support
* context rows should be compiled only if needed.
*/
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#define CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
#endif
/*
* For the simple (no-context-row) case, we just need to buffer one
* row group's worth of pixels for the downsampling step. At the bottom of
* the image, we pad to a full row group by replicating the last pixel row.
* The downsampler's last output row is then replicated if needed to pad
* out to a full iMCU row.
*
* When providing context rows, we must buffer three row groups' worth of
* pixels. Three row groups are physically allocated, but the row pointer
* arrays are made five row groups high, with the extra pointers above and
* below "wrapping around" to point to the last and first real row groups.
* This allows the downsampler to access the proper context rows.
* At the top and bottom of the image, we create dummy context rows by
* copying the first or last real pixel row. This copying could be avoided
* by pointer hacking as is done in jdmainct.c, but it doesn't seem worth the
* trouble on the compression side.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling input buffer. This buffer holds color-converted data
* until we have enough to do a downsample step.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in source image */
int next_buf_row; /* index of next row to store in color_buf */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED /* only needed for context case */
int this_row_group; /* starting row index of group to process */
int next_buf_stop; /* downsample when we reach this index */
#endif
} my_prep_controller;
typedef my_prep_controller * my_prep_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_prep (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_PASS_THRU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
prep->rows_to_go = cinfo->image_height;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/* Preset additional state variables for context mode.
* These aren't used in non-context mode, so we needn't test which mode.
*/
prep->this_row_group = 0;
/* Set next_buf_stop to stop after two row groups have been read in. */
prep->next_buf_stop = 2 * cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
#endif
}
/*
* Expand an image vertically from height input_rows to height output_rows,
* by duplicating the bottom row.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_bottom_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, JDIMENSION num_cols,
int input_rows, int output_rows)
{
register int row;
for (row = input_rows; row < output_rows; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(image_data, input_rows-1, image_data, row,
1, num_cols);
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the simple no-context case.
*
* Preprocessor output data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be v_samp_factor sample rows of each component.
* Downsampling will produce this much data from each max_v_samp_factor
* input rows.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
JDIMENSION inrows;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
while (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
/* If at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
prep->next_buf_row < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
prep->next_buf_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
/* If we've filled the conversion buffer, empty it. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/* If at bottom of image, pad the output to a full iMCU height.
* Note we assume the caller is providing a one-iMCU-height output buffer!
*/
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
numrows = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
expand_bottom_edge(output_buf[ci],
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(int) (*out_row_group_ctr * numrows),
(int) (out_row_groups_avail * numrows));
}
*out_row_group_ctr = out_row_groups_avail;
break; /* can exit outer loop without test */
}
}
}
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the context case.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_context (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
int buf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * 3;
JDIMENSION inrows;
while (*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
if (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = prep->next_buf_stop - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
/* Pad at top of image, if first time through */
if (prep->rows_to_go == cinfo->image_height) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
int row;
for (row = 1; row <= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(prep->color_buf[ci], 0,
prep->color_buf[ci], -row,
1, cinfo->image_width);
}
}
}
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
} else {
/* Return for more data, unless we are at the bottom of the image. */
if (prep->rows_to_go != 0)
break;
/* When at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->next_buf_row < prep->next_buf_stop) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, prep->next_buf_stop);
}
prep->next_buf_row = prep->next_buf_stop;
}
}
/* If we've gotten enough data, downsample a row group. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == prep->next_buf_stop) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->this_row_group,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
/* Advance pointers with wraparound as necessary. */
prep->this_row_group += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (prep->this_row_group >= buf_height)
prep->this_row_group = 0;
if (prep->next_buf_row >= buf_height)
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
prep->next_buf_stop = prep->next_buf_row + cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
}
}
/*
* Create the wrapped-around downsampling input buffer needed for context mode.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_context_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int rgroup_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY true_buffer, fake_buffer;
/* Grab enough space for fake row pointers for all the components;
* we need five row groups' worth of pointers for each component.
*/
fake_buffer = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(cinfo->num_components * 5 * rgroup_height) *
SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate the actual buffer space (3 row groups) for this component.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
true_buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks *
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) (3 * rgroup_height));
/* Copy true buffer row pointers into the middle of the fake row array */
MEMCOPY(fake_buffer + rgroup_height, true_buffer,
3 * rgroup_height * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
/* Fill in the above and below wraparound pointers */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup_height; i++) {
fake_buffer[i] = true_buffer[2 * rgroup_height + i];
fake_buffer[4 * rgroup_height + i] = true_buffer[i];
}
prep->color_buf[ci] = fake_buffer + rgroup_height;
fake_buffer += 5 * rgroup_height; /* point to space for next component */
}
}
#endif /* CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize preprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_prep_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_prep_ptr prep;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (need_full_buffer) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
prep = (my_prep_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_prep_controller));
cinfo->prep = (struct jpeg_c_prep_controller *) prep;
prep->pub.start_pass = start_pass_prep;
/* Allocate the color conversion buffer.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
if (cinfo->downsample->need_context_rows) {
/* Set up to provide context rows */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_context;
create_context_buffer(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* No context, just make it tall enough for one row group */
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_data;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prep->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks *
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}
-545
View File
@@ -1,545 +0,0 @@
/*
* jcsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains downsampling routines.
*
* Downsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be max_v_samp_factor pixel rows of each component,
* from which the downsampler produces v_samp_factor sample rows.
* A single row group is processed in each call to the downsampler module.
*
* The downsampler is responsible for edge-expansion of its output data
* to fill an integral number of DCT blocks horizontally. The source buffer
* may be modified if it is helpful for this purpose (the source buffer is
* allocated wide enough to correspond to the desired output width).
* The caller (the prep controller) is responsible for vertical padding.
*
* The downsampler may request "context rows" by setting need_context_rows
* during startup. In this case, the input arrays will contain at least
* one row group's worth of pixels above and below the passed-in data;
* the caller will create dummy rows at image top and bottom by replicating
* the first or last real pixel row.
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*
* The downsampling algorithm used here is a simple average of the source
* pixels covered by the output pixel. The hi-falutin sampling literature
* refers to this as a "box filter". In general the characteristics of a box
* filter are not very good, but for the specific cases we normally use (1:1
* and 2:1 ratios) the box is equivalent to a "triangle filter" which is not
* nearly so bad. If you intend to use other sampling ratios, you'd be well
* advised to improve this code.
*
* A simple input-smoothing capability is provided. This is mainly intended
* for cleaning up color-dithered GIF input files (if you find it inadequate,
* we suggest using an external filtering program such as pnmconvol). When
* enabled, each input pixel P is replaced by a weighted sum of itself and its
* eight neighbors. P's weight is 1-8*SF and each neighbor's weight is SF,
* where SF = (smoothing_factor / 1024).
* Currently, smoothing is only supported for 2h2v sampling factors.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to downsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, downsample1_ptr,
(j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_downsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling method pointers, one per component */
downsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* Height of an output row group for each component. */
int rowgroup_height[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* These arrays save pixel expansion factors so that int_downsample need not
* recompute them each time. They are unused for other downsampling methods.
*/
UINT8 h_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
UINT8 v_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_downsampler;
typedef my_downsampler * my_downsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a downsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work for now */
}
/*
* Expand a component horizontally from width input_cols to width output_cols,
* by duplicating the rightmost samples.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_right_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, int num_rows,
JDIMENSION input_cols, JDIMENSION output_cols)
{
register JSAMPROW ptr;
register JSAMPLE pixval;
register int count;
int row;
int numcols = (int) (output_cols - input_cols);
if (numcols > 0) {
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
ptr = image_data[row] + input_cols;
pixval = ptr[-1]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (count = numcols; count > 0; count--)
*ptr++ = pixval;
}
}
}
/*
* Do downsampling for a whole row group (all components).
*
* In this version we simply downsample each component independently.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
sep_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_index,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION out_row_group_index)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample = (my_downsample_ptr) cinfo->downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY in_ptr, out_ptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
in_ptr = input_buf[ci] + in_row_index;
out_ptr = output_buf[ci] +
(out_row_group_index * downsample->rowgroup_height[ci]);
(*downsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr, in_ptr, out_ptr);
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* One row group is processed per call.
* This version handles arbitrary integral sampling ratios, without smoothing.
* Note that this version is not actually used for customary sampling ratios.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
int_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample = (my_downsample_ptr) cinfo->downsample;
int inrow, outrow, h_expand, v_expand, numpix, numpix2, h, v;
JDIMENSION outcol, outcol_h; /* outcol_h == outcol*h_expand */
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
INT32 outvalue;
h_expand = downsample->h_expand[compptr->component_index];
v_expand = downsample->v_expand[compptr->component_index];
numpix = h_expand * v_expand;
numpix2 = numpix/2;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * h_expand);
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
for (outcol = 0, outcol_h = 0; outcol < output_cols;
outcol++, outcol_h += h_expand) {
outvalue = 0;
for (v = 0; v < v_expand; v++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow+v] + outcol_h;
for (h = 0; h < h_expand; h++) {
outvalue += (INT32) GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
}
}
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((outvalue + numpix2) / numpix);
}
inrow += v_expand;
outrow++;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
/* Copy the data */
jcopy_sample_rows(input_data, 0, output_data, 0,
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor, cinfo->image_width);
/* Edge-expand */
expand_right_edge(output_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor, cinfo->image_width,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size);
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*
* A note about the "bias" calculations: when rounding fractional values to
* integer, we do not want to always round 0.5 up to the next integer.
* If we did that, we'd introduce a noticeable bias towards larger values.
* Instead, this code is arranged so that 0.5 will be rounded up or down at
* alternate pixel locations (a simple ordered dither pattern).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
outptr = output_data[inrow];
inptr = input_data[inrow];
bias = 0; /* bias = 0,1,0,1,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1])
+ bias) >> 1);
bias ^= 1; /* 0=>1, 1=>0 */
inptr += 2;
}
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
bias = 1; /* bias = 1,2,1,2,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1])
+ bias) >> 2);
bias ^= 3; /* 1=>2, 2=>1 */
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2;
}
inrow += 2;
outrow++;
}
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
/* We don't bother to form the individual "smoothed" input pixel values;
* we can directly compute the output which is the average of the four
* smoothed values. Each of the four member pixels contributes a fraction
* (1-8*SF) to its own smoothed image and a fraction SF to each of the three
* other smoothed pixels, therefore a total fraction (1-5*SF)/4 to the final
* output. The four corner-adjacent neighbor pixels contribute a fraction
* SF to just one smoothed pixel, or SF/4 to the final output; while the
* eight edge-adjacent neighbors contribute SF to each of two smoothed
* pixels, or SF/2 overall. In order to use integer arithmetic, these
* factors are scaled by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 16384 - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 80; /* scaled (1-5*SF)/4 */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 16; /* scaled SF/4 */
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
above_ptr = input_data[inrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[inrow+2];
/* Special case for first column: pretend column -1 is same as column 0 */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* sum of pixels directly mapped to this output element */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
/* sum of edge-neighbor pixels */
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
/* The edge-neighbors count twice as much as corner-neighbors */
neighsum += neighsum;
/* Add in the corner-neighbors */
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
/* form final output scaled up by 2^16 */
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
/* round, descale and output it */
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inrow += 2;
outrow++;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info *compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
int colsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols);
/* Each of the eight neighbor pixels contributes a fraction SF to the
* smoothed pixel, while the main pixel contributes (1-8*SF). In order
* to use integer arithmetic, these factors are multiplied by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 65536L - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 512L; /* scaled 1-8*SF */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 64; /* scaled SF */
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
outptr = output_data[inrow];
inptr = input_data[inrow];
above_ptr = input_data[inrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[inrow+1];
/* Special case for first column */
colsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr++) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr++) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = colsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
above_ptr++; below_ptr++;
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + colsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
}
}
#endif /* INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Module initialization routine for downsampling.
* Note that we must select a routine for each component.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_downsampler (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean smoothok = TRUE;
int h_in_group, v_in_group, h_out_group, v_out_group;
downsample = (my_downsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_downsampler));
cinfo->downsample = (struct jpeg_downsampler *) downsample;
downsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_downsample;
downsample->pub.downsample = sep_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE;
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, and set up method pointers */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Compute size of an "output group" for DCT scaling. This many samples
* are to be converted from max_h_samp_factor * max_v_samp_factor pixels.
*/
h_out_group = (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
v_out_group = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
h_in_group = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor;
v_in_group = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
downsample->rowgroup_height[ci] = v_out_group; /* save for use later */
if (h_in_group == h_out_group && v_in_group == v_out_group) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_downsample;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group * 2 &&
v_in_group == v_out_group) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_downsample;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group * 2 &&
v_in_group == v_out_group * 2) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_downsample;
} else if ((h_in_group % h_out_group) == 0 &&
(v_in_group % v_out_group) == 0) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = int_downsample;
downsample->h_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (h_in_group / h_out_group);
downsample->v_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (v_in_group / v_out_group);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor && !smoothok)
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL);
#endif
}
-381
View File
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
/*
* jctrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding compression,
* that is, writing raw DCT coefficient arrays to an output JPEG file.
* The routines in jcapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(void) transencode_master_selection
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
LOCAL(void) transencode_coef_controller
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
/*
* Compression initialization for writing raw-coefficient data.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
* Call jpeg_finish_compress() to actually write the data.
*
* The number of passed virtual arrays must match cinfo->num_components.
* Note that the virtual arrays need not be filled or even realized at
* the time write_coefficients is called; indeed, if the virtual arrays
* were requested from this compression object's memory manager, they
* typically will be realized during this routine and filled afterwards.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_coefficients (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Mark all tables to be written */
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
transencode_master_selection(cinfo, coef_arrays);
/* Wait for jpeg_finish_compress() call */
cinfo->next_scanline = 0; /* so jpeg_write_marker works */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_WRCOEFS;
}
/*
* Initialize the compression object with default parameters,
* then copy from the source object all parameters needed for lossless
* transcoding. Parameters that can be varied without loss (such as
* scan script and Huffman optimization) are left in their default states.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_copy_critical_parameters (j_decompress_ptr srcinfo,
j_compress_ptr dstinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
jpeg_component_info *incomp, *outcomp;
JQUANT_TBL *c_quant, *slot_quant;
int tblno, ci, coefi;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (dstinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, dstinfo->global_state);
/* Copy fundamental image dimensions */
dstinfo->image_width = srcinfo->image_width;
dstinfo->image_height = srcinfo->image_height;
dstinfo->input_components = srcinfo->num_components;
dstinfo->in_color_space = srcinfo->jpeg_color_space;
/* Initialize all parameters to default values */
jpeg_set_defaults(dstinfo);
/* jpeg_set_defaults may choose wrong colorspace, eg YCbCr if input is RGB.
* Fix it to get the right header markers for the image colorspace.
*/
jpeg_set_colorspace(dstinfo, srcinfo->jpeg_color_space);
dstinfo->data_precision = srcinfo->data_precision;
dstinfo->CCIR601_sampling = srcinfo->CCIR601_sampling;
/* Copy the source's quantization tables. */
for (tblno = 0; tblno < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; tblno++) {
if (srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] != NULL) {
qtblptr = & dstinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) dstinfo);
MEMCOPY((*qtblptr)->quantval,
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno]->quantval,
SIZEOF((*qtblptr)->quantval));
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
}
/* Copy the source's per-component info.
* Note we assume jpeg_set_defaults has allocated the dest comp_info array.
*/
dstinfo->num_components = srcinfo->num_components;
if (dstinfo->num_components < 1 || dstinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(dstinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, dstinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0, incomp = srcinfo->comp_info, outcomp = dstinfo->comp_info;
ci < dstinfo->num_components; ci++, incomp++, outcomp++) {
outcomp->component_id = incomp->component_id;
outcomp->h_samp_factor = incomp->h_samp_factor;
outcomp->v_samp_factor = incomp->v_samp_factor;
outcomp->quant_tbl_no = incomp->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure saved quantization table for component matches the qtable
* slot. If not, the input file re-used this qtable slot.
* IJG encoder currently cannot duplicate this.
*/
tblno = outcomp->quant_tbl_no;
if (tblno < 0 || tblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
slot_quant = srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
c_quant = incomp->quant_table;
if (c_quant != NULL) {
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++) {
if (c_quant->quantval[coefi] != slot_quant->quantval[coefi])
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
}
}
/* Note: we do not copy the source's Huffman table assignments;
* instead we rely on jpeg_set_colorspace to have made a suitable choice.
*/
}
/* Also copy JFIF version and resolution information, if available.
* Strictly speaking this isn't "critical" info, but it's nearly
* always appropriate to copy it if available. In particular,
* if the application chooses to copy JFIF 1.02 extension markers from
* the source file, we need to copy the version to make sure we don't
* emit a file that has 1.02 extensions but a claimed version of 1.01.
* We will *not*, however, copy version info from mislabeled "2.01" files.
*/
if (srcinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
if (srcinfo->JFIF_major_version == 1) {
dstinfo->JFIF_major_version = srcinfo->JFIF_major_version;
dstinfo->JFIF_minor_version = srcinfo->JFIF_minor_version;
}
dstinfo->density_unit = srcinfo->density_unit;
dstinfo->X_density = srcinfo->X_density;
dstinfo->Y_density = srcinfo->Y_density;
}
}
/*
* Master selection of compression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jcinit.c's initialization of the full compressor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_master_selection (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
/* Although we don't actually use input_components for transcoding,
* jcmaster.c's initial_setup will complain if input_components is 0.
*/
cinfo->input_components = 1;
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, TRUE /* transcode only */);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
jinit_arith_encoder(cinfo);
} else {
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* We need a special coefficient buffer controller. */
transencode_coef_controller(cinfo, coef_arrays);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI, JFIF) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* The rest of this file is a special implementation of the coefficient
* buffer controller. This is similar to jccoefct.c, but it handles only
* output from presupplied virtual arrays. Furthermore, we generate any
* dummy padding blocks on-the-fly rather than expecting them to be present
* in the arrays.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* Virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr * whole_image;
/* Workspace for constructing dummy blocks at right/bottom edges. */
JBLOCKROW dummy_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Process some data.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yindex+yoffset < compptr->last_row_height) {
/* Fill in pointers to real blocks in this row */
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < blockcnt; xindex++)
MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
} else {
/* At bottom of image, need a whole row of dummy blocks */
xindex = 0;
}
/* Fill in any dummy blocks needed in this row.
* Dummy blocks are filled in the same way as in jccoefct.c:
* all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. The init routine has already zeroed the
* AC entries, so we need only set the DC entries correctly.
*/
for (; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
MCU_buffer[blkn] = coef->dummy_buffer[blkn];
MCU_buffer[blkn][0][0] = MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
blkn++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*
* Each passed coefficient array must be the right size for that
* coefficient: width_in_blocks wide and height_in_blocks high,
* with unitheight at least v_samp_factor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
/* Save pointer to virtual arrays */
coef->whole_image = coef_arrays;
/* Allocate and pre-zero space for dummy DCT blocks. */
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
jzero_far((void FAR *) buffer, C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->dummy_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
}
-396
View File
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
/*
* jdapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-decompression case or the
* transcoding-only case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jdapistd.c. But also see jcomapi.c for routines
* shared by compression and decompression, and jdtrans.c for the transcoding
* case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG decompression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateDecompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = TRUE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->src = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++)
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize marker processor so application can override methods
* for COM, APPn markers before calling jpeg_read_header.
*/
cinfo->marker_list = NULL;
jinit_marker_reader(cinfo);
/* And initialize the overall input controller. */
jinit_input_controller(cinfo);
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG decompression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Set default decompression parameters.
*/
LOCAL(void)
default_decompress_parms (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Guess the input colorspace, and set output colorspace accordingly. */
/* (Wish JPEG committee had provided a real way to specify this...) */
/* Note application may override our guesses. */
switch (cinfo->num_components) {
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
break;
case 3:
if (cinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* JFIF implies YCbCr */
} else if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
break;
}
} else {
/* Saw no special markers, try to guess from the component IDs */
int cid0 = cinfo->comp_info[0].component_id;
int cid1 = cinfo->comp_info[1].component_id;
int cid2 = cinfo->comp_info[2].component_id;
if (cid0 == 1 && cid1 == 2 && cid2 == 3)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume JFIF w/out marker */
else if (cid0 == 82 && cid1 == 71 && cid2 == 66)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB; /* ASCII 'R', 'G', 'B' */
else {
TRACEMS3(cinfo, 1, JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, cid0, cid1, cid2);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
}
}
/* Always guess RGB is proper output colorspace. */
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 4:
if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
case 2:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK; /* assume it's YCCK */
break;
}
} else {
/* No special markers, assume straight CMYK. */
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
}
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
default:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
break;
}
/* Set defaults for other decompression parameters. */
cinfo->scale_num = DCTSIZE; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->output_gamma = 1.0;
cinfo->buffered_image = FALSE;
cinfo->raw_data_out = FALSE;
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling = TRUE;
cinfo->do_block_smoothing = TRUE;
cinfo->quantize_colors = FALSE;
/* We set these in case application only sets quantize_colors. */
cinfo->dither_mode = JDITHER_FS;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = TRUE;
#else
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = FALSE;
#endif
cinfo->desired_number_of_colors = 256;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
/* Initialize for no mode change in buffered-image mode. */
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
/*
* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there.
* Need only initialize JPEG object and supply a data source before calling.
*
* This routine will read as far as the first SOS marker (ie, actual start of
* compressed data), and will save all tables and parameters in the JPEG
* object. It will also initialize the decompression parameters to default
* values, and finally return JPEG_HEADER_OK. On return, the application may
* adjust the decompression parameters and then call jpeg_start_decompress.
* (Or, if the application only wanted to determine the image parameters,
* the data need not be decompressed. In that case, call jpeg_abort or
* jpeg_destroy to release any temporary space.)
* If an abbreviated (tables only) datastream is presented, the routine will
* return JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY upon reaching EOI. The application may then
* re-use the JPEG object to read the abbreviated image datastream(s).
* It is unnecessary (but OK) to call jpeg_abort in this case.
* The JPEG_SUSPENDED return code only occurs if the data source module
* requests suspension of the decompressor. In this case the application
* should load more source data and then re-call jpeg_read_header to resume
* processing.
* If a non-suspending data source is used and require_image is TRUE, then the
* return code need not be inspected since only JPEG_HEADER_OK is possible.
*
* This routine is now just a front end to jpeg_consume_input, with some
* extra error checking.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_read_header (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean require_image)
{
int retcode;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_START &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_INHEADER)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
retcode = jpeg_consume_input(cinfo);
switch (retcode) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS:
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_OK;
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI:
if (require_image) /* Complain if application wanted an image */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_IMAGE);
/* Reset to start state; it would be safer to require the application to
* call jpeg_abort, but we can't change it now for compatibility reasons.
* A side effect is to free any temporary memory (there shouldn't be any).
*/
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* sets state = DSTATE_START */
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY;
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
/* no work */
break;
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Consume data in advance of what the decompressor requires.
* This can be called at any time once the decompressor object has
* been created and a data source has been set up.
*
* This routine is essentially a state machine that handles a couple
* of critical state-transition actions, namely initial setup and
* transition from header scanning to ready-for-start_decompress.
* All the actual input is done via the input controller's consume_input
* method.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_consume_input (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int retcode = JPEG_SUSPENDED;
/* NB: every possible DSTATE value should be listed in this switch */
switch (cinfo->global_state) {
case DSTATE_START:
/* Start-of-datastream actions: reset appropriate modules */
(*cinfo->inputctl->reset_input_controller) (cinfo);
/* Initialize application's data source module */
(*cinfo->src->init_source) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_INHEADER;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case DSTATE_INHEADER:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS) { /* Found SOS, prepare to decompress */
/* Set up default parameters based on header data */
default_decompress_parms(cinfo);
/* Set global state: ready for start_decompress */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_READY;
}
break;
case DSTATE_READY:
/* Can't advance past first SOS until start_decompress is called */
retcode = JPEG_REACHED_SOS;
break;
case DSTATE_PRELOAD:
case DSTATE_PRESCAN:
case DSTATE_SCANNING:
case DSTATE_RAW_OK:
case DSTATE_BUFIMAGE:
case DSTATE_BUFPOST:
case DSTATE_STOPPING:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Have we finished reading the input file?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_input_complete (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Check for valid jpeg object */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_START ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached;
}
/*
* Is there more than one scan?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_has_multiple_scans (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Only valid after jpeg_read_header completes */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_READY ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans;
}
/*
* Finish JPEG decompression.
*
* This will normally just verify the file trailer and release temp storage.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate final pass of non-buffered mode */
if (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) {
/* Finishing after a buffered-image operation */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_STOPPING) {
/* STOPPING = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read until EOI */
while (! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
/* Do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->src->term_source) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
-275
View File
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/*
* jdapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-decompression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_decompress, it will end up linking in the entire decompressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jdapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole decompression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(boolean) output_pass_setup JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Decompression initialization.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this will do all but the
* last pass, and thus may take a great deal of time.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize master control, select active modules */
jinit_master_decompress(cinfo);
if (cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* No more work here; expecting jpeg_start_output next */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRELOAD;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_PRELOAD) {
/* If file has multiple scans, absorb them all into the coef buffer */
if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* jdmaster underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the final pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Set up for an output pass, and perform any dummy pass(es) needed.
* Common subroutine for jpeg_start_decompress and jpeg_start_output.
* Entry: global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN only if previously suspended.
* Exit: If done, returns TRUE and sets global_state for proper output mode.
* If suspended, returns FALSE and sets global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
output_pass_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN) {
/* First call: do pass setup */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN;
}
/* Loop over any required dummy passes */
while (cinfo->master->is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Crank through the dummy pass */
while (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height) {
JDIMENSION last_scanline;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
last_scanline = cinfo->output_scanline;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPARRAY) NULL,
&cinfo->output_scanline, (JDIMENSION) 0);
if (cinfo->output_scanline == last_scanline)
return FALSE; /* No progress made, must suspend */
}
/* Finish up dummy pass, and set up for another one */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
}
/* Ready for application to drive output pass through
* jpeg_read_scanlines or jpeg_read_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->global_state = cinfo->raw_data_out ? DSTATE_RAW_OK : DSTATE_SCANNING;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Read some scanlines of data from the JPEG decompressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually read.
* This may be less than the number requested in several cases,
* including bottom of image, data source suspension, and operating
* modes that emit multiple scanlines at a time.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_read_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* an oversize buffer (max_lines > scanlines remaining) is not an error.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_scanlines (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, max_lines);
cinfo->output_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to read raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_raw_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row can be returned. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
if (max_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Decompress directly into user's buffer. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, data))
return 0; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->output_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}
/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Initialize for an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int scan_number)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Limit scan number to valid range */
if (scan_number <= 0)
scan_number = 1;
if (cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached &&
scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
cinfo->output_scan_number = scan_number;
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the real pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up after an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate this pass. */
/* We do not require the whole pass to have been completed. */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFPOST;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFPOST) {
/* BUFPOST = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read markers looking for SOS or EOI */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More